Home

Genesis Pro Manual - 10.01b

1. ada J _Edt J _Deete Print J _ Close Figure 61 Configure Holidays Groups 2 The Configure Holidays Groups dialog box contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 85 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter a unique code up to two characters to identify the holiday group Once saved this code cannot be changed Name This is a required field Enter the name of the holiday group as you want it to appear in the system The holiday group name can be up to 30 characters long Active Check the Active box to indicate that this holiday group will be observed Holidays Click the Include box for each Holiday the Group will observe Add a Holiday Group 1 2 Edit a Holiday 1 Click the Configure menu Holidays Groups The Configure Holidays Groups dialog box will open Click the Add button to add a new Holidays Groups The General tab will become available Configure Holiday Groups 01 General Executive Employees 01 Executive Employe Holidays Include Date Name 12 24 2004 CHRISTMAS EVE 11 26 2004 THANKSGIVING DAY AFTER 11 25 2004 THANKSGIVING DAY 11 11 2004 VETERAN S DAY 09 06 2004 LABOR DAY 07 04 2004 INDEPENDENCE DAY 05 31 2004 MEMORIAL DAY 03 31 2004 CESAR CHAVEZ S BIRTHDAY v 2 Listed Code OName Show Inactives ada J _ Edt J _Deete Pit C
2. Configure Purge Riles Archive and Restore System Backup System Restore v Active Clocks Dther Import Export Print Setup Print Barcode Repost from Riles Initialize can only be done by SYSOP Uncheck all ce Figure 93 Security Levels File tab Setting Security Users Define Levels Who Is In Utilities Reindex Repair Update Set Reprocess Date January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This section defines the user s access rights to the File Security menu s features Defines the user s access rights to User Maintenance settings The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For more information on User Maintenance see page 140 Defines the user s access rights to Security Levels settings The option is View Defines the user s access rights to the Who s In screen The option is View For more information on the Who s In screen see 146 This section defines the user s access rights to the File Utilities menu s features NOTE Typically these are reserved for the system administrator Allows the user to Repair Reindex and Update the Genesis Pro databases For more information on these features see the sections on Repairing page 407 Reindexing page 407 and Updating page 408 Allows the user to Set employees Reprocess Date For more information on this feature see Set Re
3. a Login New User Exit ALT F4 Figure 91 Security Menu Configure Security Levels Security Levels define which areas of the program are accessible and what can be done in them Security Levels should be configured prior to adding Users Examples of Security Levels are e Branch Managers e Line Supervisors e Payroll HR Up to four options are available for each feature As the function of these options is the same for each feature they are described once here for ease of use January 2009 Time America Inc 127 Genesis Pro Manual Option Definition View Grants read only access to items Add Allows the user to add new items Edit Allows the user to edit existing items Delete Allows the user to delete existing items 1 Click the File menu Security Define Levels The Configure Security Levels window will open Configure Security Levels POLL Code N POLL TIME CLOCKS v Acti POLL TIME CLOCKS dd one ee ee Set Date and Time Print Lists A File Edit Reports Configure Clocks Security Utilities Other View Add Edt Del Reindex Repair Update C Purge Files Import Users Set Reprocess Date Archive and Restore Export Define Levels Fix Unassigned badges System Backup Print Setup Who is in Restore Original Reports System Restore Print Barcode Repost from
4. 2 Select the file you wish to purge by double clicking it to tag it Or select all files by clicking the Tag All button 3 Click OK to purge the files January 2009 Time America Inc 416 Genesis Pro Manual Post Historical Data Posting Historical Data allows you to move historical information to another location where it can still be accessed for reports but where it is not slowing down the performance of the program You must also Post Historical Data prior to archiving it See Archive page 417 Genesis Pro keeps track of a large amount of information As the number of employees goes up the amount of data that pertains to those employees goes up After awhile the amount of data that needs to be processed will noticeably slow down the computer Genesis Pro allows a user to decide when past transactions will no longer be needed for editing and saves the processed punches to another file The transactions in this new file cannot be edited in any way Posted transactions will appear in reports but will not appear in online timecards or transactions screens If the transactions do need to be edited they will need to be unposted The difference between posting data and archiving data is posted data will appear on reports archived data will not Data cannot be archived until it has been posted 1 Click the File menu Utilities Post Historical Data The Post Historical Data dialog box will open fj Post Histo
5. External Report Writer Print Apply OK Cancel Figure 27 Main Company Defaults Screen 6 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Employee Enter the term you would like to use to refer to employees i e Employees Associates Members etc The default is Employees Length Enter the maximum number of digits for the Employee ID Type Choose the data type for the Employee ID The options are Numeric and Alphanumeric Department Enter the term you would like to use to refer to the business units within your organization i e Departments Business Unit Cost Center etc The default is Department Length Enter the maximum number of digits for the Department ID Type Choose the data type for the Department ID The options are Numeric and Alphanumeric O January 2009 Time America Inc 32 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Job Length Type Step Length Type Operation Length Type Task Length Type User Defined Fields O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the term you would like to use to refer to the second level of job costing in your organization i e Job Project Client etc The default is Job Enter the maximum number of digits for the Job ID Choose the data type for the Job ID The options are Numeric and Alphanumeric Enter the term you would like to use to refer to the third level of job costing in your organization
6. Hand Reader Activation Copyright 1989 2008 Time America Inc All rights reserved 3 System Configuration The System Configuration screen displays the technical setup of your computer 1 Click the Help menu System Configuration The System Configuration window will open 23 System Information Lol action vew Tos e gt Alm eS 2 e uea OS Name Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional System Information By system Summary Version 5 0 2195 Service Pack 3 Build 2195 G Hardware Resources OS Manufacturer Microsoft Corporation J Components System Name KIMS m Software Environment System Manufacturer D815EW m Internet Explorer System Model EW615104 H E Applications System Type X86 based PC Processor x86 Family 6 Model 11 Stepping 1 GenuineIntel 119 BIOS Version 10 16 01 Windows Directory C WINNT Locale United States Total Physical Memory 260 400 KB Available Physical Memory 49 320 KB Total Virtual Memory 1 023 344 KB Available Virtual Memory 619 668 KB Page File Space 762 944 KB Figure 362 System Configuration 2 Press the Close button x to exit the dialog box O January 2009 Time America Inc 423 Genesis Pro Manual Conversion Table The Conversion Table displays conversions from 12 Hour to 24 Hours and minutes to hundredths of an hour 1 Click the Help menu Conversion Table The Conversion Table will open al01x 12 HOURS
7. cccccccceeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeseeaees 362 COMITE a raa a a E OaE inc 362 Hardware keys additional polling coooooncccnnnnnnccnnnncccccnno 17 demonstration demo 18 System KBY cococcconnoccconcccnoncccnancnnnoncnnnancnnnncnnn 17 Hardware requirement oooonocccccnnnocccccnnonccccnnn 11 FIOM RO 23 COMES ii caidas tate cdi 23 FING A NO 24 A eiai Neate eaten eee 23 OIE in ii tacos 23 A A 24 Historical data oooococcccccnnnniciconococcconcnnccnnnnanonoos 417 A den i Se eee eee 83 BO nidad A E 84 86 CONTIGUOS aia iran ias tata de 83 85 configure pay OPtiONS ooooonnnccnnnnncccco 51 delete is iii de 85 87 223 OM PETEN EEA AAA AE EE EE SA 84 86 o ate ests eeru aa a R 400 428 Genesis Pro Manual INDEX Cont Advanced TA 400 Benelli aaa lada 402 In Out ON Service 58 Wt ANZ civic da 408 Installation 11 hardware KeyS occccococccccononcccnanancnncnnannnnnnnnnnos 17 INSTTUCHIONS iiaeaiiy iina aatinaa 11 system requirements 0 eect eeteeeeeetteeeeees 11 JOD COSTING i i a 91 165 add JODS waste titi tie any 101 add Operations ccoconoccccnonoccccnnnnonncnons 110 115 AN 105 configure JODS c ooooooccccnnccconccccconanonannnanoccnancnnn 98 configure Operations 0 0ceeee 107 112 delete JODS iia tinh enlivened 101 Odia eee teas eet dae 101 edit Operations oooonoocccnnnoccccnnononccnnos 111 116 O aati a dias 106 Jobs Ml e ae ds 101 CONFIQUIC a E 98 delete matee iandae a e aa 101 A E
8. A negative number is the number of minutes before the period s start time A positive number is the number of minutes after the period s start time Indicates the rounding time in minutes from the scheduled time for punches that occur between the From and To entries Enter 999 to use the settings in the Outside Round or Go To 999 box Enter 0 to round the time to the scheduled start time Select an attendance code to be applied to the time transaction The attendance codes were predefined in the Attendance page 45 dialog box These settings define the rounding rules for the period s end time Depending upon the type of transaction selected this may be the Out End Lunch or End Break punch 66 Genesis Pro Manual Setting From To Go to Code Scheduled Duration Stop From To O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Identifies the number of minutes that are rounded before the scheduled stop time Scheduled time is considered 0 A negative number is the number of minutes before the period s stop time A positive number is the number of minutes after the period s stop time Identifies the number of minutes that are rounded before the scheduled stop time Scheduled time is considered 0 A negative number is the number of minutes before the period s stop time A positive number is the number of minutes after the period s stop time Indicates the rounding time in m
9. Highlight the wage you wish to delete Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 209 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion January 2009 Time America Inc 236 Genesis Pro Manual Add an Employee Level Wage Employee Level Wages specify the wage the employee makes when working for a specific Department Job Step Operation or Task In this section Level refers to the Department Job Step Operation or Task as appropriate The procedure is the same regardless of which level you are defining thus they are all described together 1 Navigate to the Wages tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Wages page 234 Select the Non Exempt option Click the Department Job Step Operation or Task button depending upon choice The Level Wage Details dialog box will open Department Wage Details for 00002 Baines Peter i Tuesday As defined under configure IN wage 7 Use hourly wage 11 0000 0 0000 IV Use piece rate 1 0000 0 0000 Default for Aug 19 01 y 2 Sales Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Hou rly Wage Sunday Monday Aug19 01_ Aug20 01 Aug21 01 Aug22 01 Aug23 01_ 9 Aug 24 01 Aug25 01 e 11 0000 11 0000 f 11 0000 11 0000 f 11 0000 f 11 0000 f 11 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Piece Rate 0 0000 Aug26 01_ Aug27 01_ Aug28 01_ Aug29 0_ Aug30 0_ Aug 3101 Sep 1 0 0 0000
10. Next Page in a multi page report Last Page of a multi page report Zoom Click this button to enter the page to which Click this button to navigate to the next page Click this button to navigate to the last page Use this box to change the zoom percentage of the report to show more or less of the report on screen Close Preview screen Click this button to exit the Report Preview O January 2009 Time America Inc 296 Genesis Pro Manual Print Click this button to print the report to the printer currently selected under File Print See Important Information on Printing Reports page 284 4 Click the Close Preview button to exit the Report Preview screen 5 Click the Close button until you have exited all the dialog boxes Emailing a Report Genesis Pro allows you to email reports in Adobe Acrobat format using the email program currently configured on your computer Genesis Pro will attach the report to an email and place it in the outgoing email queue of your email program Your email program will then be responsible for sending the email The title of the email will be the same as the report you have chosen and the text of the message will inclu de the date and time at which the report was run When you output a report to email you will be asked to fill in the email addresses of the recipients 1 Run the report of your choice selecting Output to Email See Running
11. Settin Definition Code This field is required Enter a unique rounding code up to 5 characters in length Once saved this code cannot be changed Name This field is required Type the time rounding code name as you want it to appear in the system and on reports The rounding code name can be up to 30 characters long January 2009 Time America Inc 65 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Active Type Scheduled Start From To Go to Code Scheduled Stop January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Click the Active check box to indicate an active rounding code Clear this check box if the code is inactive Rather than deleting a rounding code from the system simply mark it inactive in the event you wish to use it again at a later date Select the type of transaction to be rounded Available selections are In Out In or Out punch Lunch and Break These settings define the rounding rules for the period s start time Depending upon the type of transaction selected this may be the In Start Lunch or Start Break punch Identifies the number of minutes that are rounded before the scheduled start time Scheduled time is considered 0 A negative number is the number of minutes before the period s start time A positive number is the number of minutes after the period s start time Identifies the number of minutes that are rounded before the scheduled start time Scheduled time is considered 0
12. 2 Listed For IN punches between to OT level REG Figure 41 Policies Overtime tab Setting Definition Pay OT Check this option to pay overtime to employees using this Policy January 2009 Time America Inc 54 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Overtime Cycle Overtime Definition OT Level Period Limit Multiplier January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This field is required Enter the pay period that you use to calculate overtime For example if overtime is paid after 40 hours of work per week select the Weekly option This Overtime Cycle is independent of the Pay Period specified in Policy Maintenance but must not be greater than the policy pay period For example if the policy Pay Period is Biweekly you may select an Overtime Cycle of Weekly or Biweekly but not Semimonthly or Monthly since these cycles are longer than the policy pay period Weekly Overtime is calculated weekly Biweekly Overtime is calculated every two weeks Semimonthly Overtime is calculated twice a month Monthly Overtime is calculated once a month These settings define when and how overtime is calculated TIP Begin by entering your first level of overtime in OT1 If after 40 hours of work per week you pay time and a half enter 40 00 in the Period Limit field and 1 5000 in the Multiplier field If double time is paid after 60 hours enter 60 00 in the Period Limit field and 2 0000
13. Genesis Pro incorporates an Online Help system to answer questions about functions procedures and commands You can access context sensitive Help from anywhere in the application by pressing the F1 function key You will automatically be taken to the Help topic appropriate for the screen that you are in currently You may also access the Online Help feature through the Help menu from which you can perform searches and browse the Help topics There are three ways you can look for information Browse the Contents Search the Index or do a text Find There are three tabs across the top of the Help Topics window to access each of these methods Access the Online Help Window 1 Click the Help menu Help The Help Topics window will open E Genesis Pro Help amp Hide Print Options alles Contents Index Search File Menu Edit Menu Reports Menu o Configure Menu H Clocks Menu Qg Help Menu a 2 Calculator 2 Calendar Diary 2 Help 2 Record Macro 12 System Configuration 2 Time Conversion Table General Figure 19 Use Help Contents 28 In the Help Topics window click the Contents tab About Genesis This screen displays assistance company and system information for your reference The box at the top of the screen provides the address and phone number for Time America Inc or your local authorized dealer The lower left box displays the product registra
14. Grants access to the reports in the Schedule category Grants access to the reports in the Human Resource category Grants access to the reports in the Wage category Grants access to the reports in the Exports category NOTE This is the category in which the payroll exports live 134 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Job Costing Access Listings Report Editor Check All Uncheck All Definition Grants access to the reports in the Job Costing category Grants access to the reports in the Access category Grants access to the reports in the Listings category For more information see Listings page Grants access to the Report Editor This option will activate all available features in the Reports window This option will inactivate all available features in the Reports window The Configure tab grants access to features under the Configure menu and contains the following information Configure Security Levels POLL POLL TIME CLOCKS a 3 Listed Code File Name POLL TIME CLOCKS i V Active Set Date and Time Print Lists Edit Reports Configure Clocks View Add Edit Delete View Add Edit Delete Main Company Department Divisions Job Categories Step Attendance Operation Policies Task Rounding Profile Lockouts Shifts Bell Schedules Ho
15. Group ALL x P Find Next gt gt Frani 00002 00004 Smith John 00005 Washington Carol 00001 5 Listed Number Name I Show Inactives Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Badges Profies Detail pf NON EXEMPT T Use a global wage C EXEMPT r Report Hours from Actual Scheduled wi r Attendance Clocking Palred Punching Add E Step Operation a Task App Cancel In On Never Print Close Figure 207 Configure Employee Wages tab Settin Non Exempt Use Globa Wage Department Job January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option to indicate that the employee is Non Exempt Check this option to assign the employee a fixed standard wage regardless of which department job step operation or task he she works for If un checked the employee will earn a different wage based on the department job step operation or task they work in For more information see the Department Job Step Operation or Task buttons in this section Click this button to set a wage that applies whenever the employee works for a particular Department This can be used to pay different rates when the employee performs different functions Click this button to set a wage that applies whenever the employee works for a particular Job This can be used to pay different rates when the employe
16. OT2 OT3 January 2009 Time America Inc This line of information will specify the codes for hours that do not have differential adjustments These lines of information will specify the codes used by hours allocated to each Shift Differential Regular Hours are hours paid at straight time Enter the code your payroll application uses to refer to Regular hours OT1 hours are hours paid at the factor defined for OT1 in the Payroll Policy Enter the code your payroll application uses to refer to hours paid at the OT1 factor OT2 hours are hours paid at the factor defined for OT2 in the Payroll Policy Enter the code your payroll application uses to refer to hours paid at the OT2 factor NOTE This option will only appear if OT2 has been selected on the Configure tab of the Main Company configuration dialog box OTS hours are hours paid at the factor defined for OT3 in the Payroll Policy Enter the code your payroll application uses to refer to hours paid at the OT3 factor NOTE This option will only appear if OT3 has been selected on the Configure tab of the Main Company configuration dialog box 42 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Field Code Enter the code that indicates which field of your payroll software this category will be mapped to This code differentiates between categories of time that use the same field number For example regular REG hours for VACATION and HOLIDAY may both use fi
17. 1 2 Figure 230 Multiple Miscellaneous January 2009 Time America Inc 260 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Time Category Add Subtract HH MM Amount REG OT1 0T2 0T3 Accrue towards Overtime Differential Reason Job Cost Level Override Calendar Definition Enter the start time for this miscellaneous transaction If AM PM activated from Main Company will require selection Select the category for this transaction Select Add to add the number of hours or dollars in the next field Select Subtract to deduct the number of hours or dollars in the next field If an Hours category was selected this field will become available Enter the number of hours for this transaction in decimal format If a Dollars category was selected this field will become available Enter the amount of dollars for this transaction If an Hours category was selected this field will automatically fill in when enter the HH MM in the previous field Select the rate at which the Miscellaneous time should be paid Check this box to cause the Miscellaneous entry to count toward overtime daily and weekly Select the differential at which the Miscellaneous time should be paid Select the reason code associated with this transaction Check this option to have Genesis SQL override the Job Costing level s Using the drop do
18. 11 2002 Thursday Save NewStits WOR 1 ast e 1 Ge F z mora f 0300 lt No Change gt ero Changes A No Change gt J 112902 Friday Sa NewStits WORK 13 13 16 1 Customer Service 1 Genesis Pro Tra zi mor 03 00 No Chango Die Chengo gt 2 lt Ho Changer 3 11 30 02 Saturday __ Save MewStits works poo 63 00 lt No Chango Dette Changes 3 lt Ho Changer gt Seve New Shits Submit Shits for Processing Figure 169 Time Sheet Submittal page with data 10 When all shifts have been entered and confirmed click the Submit Shifts For Processing bution The Submit Time Sheet For Week Screen will appear Employee Anderson Frank O Log Out Retina TAE Timecard Schedule Benefics en Submit Time Sheet For Week Of 11 24 02 lt gt previous next e gt Type Start Dar Start Lunch End Lunch End Da ENTER DEPARTMENT ENTER JOB ENTER STEP IAM Sunday Submitted 11 2502 Monday Submitted 11 26 02 Tuesday Submitted NOR 1 ng 11 2702 Wednesday Submitted NORY 7 11 11 28 02 Thursday Submitted NORY 12 p 11 2902 Friday Submitted 11 3002 Saturday Submitted 11 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page O January 2009 Time America Inc 198 Genesis Pro Manual Changing a Password 1 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home pag
19. 3 object s B My Computer Figure 1 My Computer 3 The Genesis Pro Setup window will appear January 2009 Time America Inc 11 Genesis Pro Manual Genesis Pro Setup Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Genesis Pro The InstallShield Wizard will install Genesis Pro on your computer To continue click Next Figure 2 Genesis Pro Setup Wizard 4 Click the Next button to advance to the next screen The License Agreement screen will appear License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement IBENESIS PRO END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT TIME AMERICA LICENSE AGREEMENT This is a legal agreement between you the end user and Time America Inc HEREINAFTER TIME AMERICA BY CLICKING ON THE ACCEPT BUTTON YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT CLICK THE DO NOT ACCEPT BUTTON AND THE INSTALLATION PROCESS WILL NOT CONTINUE PROMPTLY RETURN THE PACKAGE AND THE ACCOMPANYING ITEMS f Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you choose No the setup will close To install Genesis Pro you must accept this agreement Figure 3 Genesis Pro License Agreement 5 Click Yes to accept the License Agreement The Choose Destination Location screen will appear Genesis Pro Setup Choose Destination Locati
20. ATS Series Videx Datasym Figure 277 Clocks Menu Types of Connections Time America clocks are capable of communicating in one of four different ways The Direct or RS 232 serial port solution is designed for a single short range terminal The terminal should not be placed beyond 50 feet of shielded wire from a PC Each terminal requires its own serial connection to a PC using an RS 232 serial port The LAN or RS 485 solution is designed for a direct connection long range single or multi terminal system RS 485 allows up to 32 terminals to be networked to one PC serial port creating a Local Area Network LAN Each terminal is connected to a LAN distribution box These boxes connect to the Polling PC with two conductor January 2009 Time America Inc 304 Genesis Pro Manual shielded cable The total length of the serial connection can be as much as 5000 feet almost 1 mile Each terminal is identified using a unique ID e The modem option is designed for a single or multi unit environment The modem solution provides two additional options internal modem or external modem Generally this option is utilized when the terminal is located out of cabling range or if the use of cabling is being avoided When data needs to be downloaded Genesis Pro can place a call using a modem in the PC to the terminal download the information and disconnect NOTE The computer that polls the clocks will need a modem in o
21. Displays the function key number of the key selected on the keypad graphic to the left Function Key Soft Key Displays the software function currently assigned to the selected key See page 371 for a description of the functions available Prompt Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts themselves are entered in the Prompt area in the upper left corner of the keypad display Up to four prompts are available For more information on creating custom prompts see page 371 January 2009 Time America Inc 347 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Key Class Type Maximum Input Characters Minimum Input Characters Number of Decimal Display Entry data January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to indicate that employees may key the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Tips The Class defines the information being entered for reporting For example is it a department number tips etc Class choices cannot be added If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available See page 372 for a description of the classes available Select the data Type for the information being entered The settings in Company Defaults of Main company determine which Type options are available for each Class The options are Alphabetic Clock will accept letters only for this entry Numeric Clock will accept numbers only for this entry Alphanumeric Cloc
22. Highlight the Step you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted Confirmation x Are you sure you want to delete a Cana Figure 75 Deletion Confirmation January 2009 Time America Inc 106 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Step dialog box Operations Operations are the fourth level in Job Costing Operations are used to track employee s time and labor cost in terms of hours and dollars Operations serve many purposes in Genesis Pro Employees can track their time to an operation by clocking into and or transferring to the operation Wages and piece rates can be associated with the operation and employee Hours and wage budgets can be set for the operation enabling accurate budget vs actual reporting Operations are optional and only available when the Department Job Step and Operation Use Flags are checked on the Configure tab of the Main Company dialog box Also if you changed the name used to refer to Operations on the Defaults tab of the Main Company dialog box that name will be used in lieu of Operations For more information see Main Company page 28 Configure Operations Operations are the fourth level of the Job Costing feature Departments Jobs Steps are above it 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Operation The ConfigureOperation window will open Configure Oper
23. LONG DAY SHORT LUNCH LONG LUNCH SHORT OUT DOCKED OUT EARLY OUT GRACED OUT LATE OUT ROUNDED 16 Listed C Code Name I Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 35 Configure Attendance 2 The Configure Attendance dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Code This field is required Enter a user defined attendance code up to 5 alphanumeric characters in length Once saved this code cannot be changed Name This field is required Type the attendance code name as you want it to appear in the system and on reports The attendance description can be up to 30 characters long January 2009 Time America Inc 45 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Active Click the Active check box to indicate an active attendance code Clear this check box if the code is inactive Rather than deleting an attendance code from the system simply mark it inactive in the event you wish to use it again at a later date Approval Check this box to cause attendance infractions marked with this Attendance code to appear in the Approval Editor The Approval Editor permits a supervisor to review and process attendance infractions prior to producing time and attendance reports For more information on the Approval Editor see page 266 Add an Attendance Code 1 5 Click the Configure menu Attendance The Configure Attendance dialog box will o
24. Operati Dutput Destination M Screen T Printer I File 2 SALES 3 PROGRAMMING SERVI Add Add all emove emove all 3 Available 0 Selected OK Close Figure 348 Select Level 2 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Selection Select the level to be printed The options are Department Job Step Operation and Task if Job Costing is in Use Output Destination Select where you want the completed barcodes to go The options are Screen Previews the badges on screen from which you can print Printer Sends the badges directly to the printer File Sends the badges to an external file Items Select the items s for which you wish to make badges Click the Add button to add the selected item or the Add All button to add all items 3 Click OK to create the badges The badges will be sent to the Output Destination selected January 2009 Time America Inc 412 Genesis Pro Manual G Report Designer levlbcod frx Page 1 Genesis Pro Time America Inc File Edit Reports Configure Clocks Help Mc DEPARTMENT LIST CUSTOMER SERVICE ALES PROGRAMMING SERVICE Figure 349 Completed Badges 1 1 2 3 4 Click Close to exit the dialog box Set Reprocess Date The Set Reprocess Date utility allows you to globally reset the reprocess date for employees Processing occurs when Genesis Pro t
25. Reset Swipe amp Go at Do not link over day end Figure 38 Configure Policies 2 There are several tabs in the Configure Policies dialog box each with its own settings The first tab General tab defines general payroll policy parameters and contains the following information Configure Policies 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions STANDARD a al 2 Listed Code 001 Name STANDARD v Active Pay Period O Weekly Start Date 06 01 2008 ES Sun Biweekly Number of days in semimonthly period Semimonthly Process on O Actual Schedule O Monthly Auto close at pay period end midnight Auto close at overtime cycle end midnight Current pay period started on 11 30 2008 and ends on 12 13 2008 Punch Defaults Ignore use of duplicate function key punches within 2 minutes Ignore use of opposing function key punches within a minutes Missing OUT punch limit 18 00 hours Will default the work totalto 0 00 hours Maximum OUT punch link back to next IN punch 4 00 hours First change punch accrues to previous IN punch Stop after hours Do not link over day end Reset Swipe amp Go at Figure 39 Policies General tab January 2009 Time America Inc 48 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Code Name Active Pay Period Weekly Bi weekly Semimo
26. Selections Options AutoProcess Schedule Start Definition This section defines the user s access rights to Poll hardware clocks Allows the user to start the process of polling clocks For more information on this feature see Polling page 388 Allows the user to manually change the times at which the clocks poll For more information on this feature see Polling page 388 Allows the user to change the settings in the Poll Clock Selection dialog box For more information on this feature see Polling page 388 This section defines the user s access rights to configure Auto Processes For more information on this feature see Configure an AutoProcess page 390 Defines the user s access rights to Schedule AutoProcess settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Configure an AutoProcess page 390 Allows the user to start a pre defined AutoProcess For more information on this feature see Configure an AutoProcess page 390 O January 2009 Time America Inc 138 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Configure Set Date and Time Check All Uncheck All Add a Security Level Definition Defines the user s access rights to clock configuration settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Terminal Configuration page 304 Allows the user to set the date and time of the clocks This opti
27. Y s Logged In Figure 20 Help Article Print a Help Topic You can print any help topic by clicking the Print button on the toolbar oix File Edit Bookmark Options Help oore Bok em lt gt Login Hew User This function will log out the current system operator and bring up the Effi screen that is shown on start up This is used when one system administrator leaves and another comes in so that new entries will be registered to the person who entered them Figure 21 Help Article 39 Click the Print button on the Genesis Pro Help toolbar The Print window will open O January 2009 Time America Inc 24 Genesis Pro Manual General Finishing Effects Paper Basics Select Printer 8 Add Printer Q Acrobat POF Writer aserJet 5000 N PCL 6 on PLUTO Gf ActiveTouch Document Loader Fax Status Ready TT Print to file Location C A Find Printer amment r Page Range All Number of copies 1 Selection Curent Page See tee Figure 22 Print 40 Select the printer to which you wish to print and click the Print button The topic will print Configuring the System Environment Environmental settings control various display and functional characteristics of your system The default settings can be modified Bell Background and Large Toolbar are available environment options A check mark y in front of the option means that the option is a
28. e Symphony version 1 through 1 2 WRK WR1 e Microsoft Excel XLS e Comma Delimited e Tab Delimited e Space Delimited e System Data Format SDF e Symbolic Link Format SYLK e Data Interchange Format DIF e FoxPro January 2009 Time America Inc 400 Genesis Pro Manual 1 Click the File menu Import Advanced The Configure Import dialog box will open TYPE Delimited with Commas ial Import file Append to Ok Cancel Figure 331 Configure Import 2 Select the type of file to be imported 3 Click the Import File button to select the file that contains the information to be imported The Open dialog box will open Open zixl Look in lt a GENPRO v e c En LJ ARCHIVE LJ IMAGES LJ RESOURCE FINDCLK E CI BACKGRND ue Eatscommp exe ssi FIX XI BACKUP CI NEWDBFS F BAR39 TTF JFKPARSE E cK CI PDFDRYR F comms EXE ME FKPARSE 1 DBFS RAINBOW sa CONFIG FPW A FOXFONT CI REPORTS 32 Dealer32 EXE T FOXPRINT y Import Version Files of type fal Files y Cancel Help Code Page Figure 332 Open File 4 Navigate to and select the file you wish to import The file must be of one of the types listed at the beginning of the Import section Click the Select button to commit the change Click the Append To button to select the table onto which this data will be appended The Open dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 401 Genesis
29. 297 Email Employee The report will be sent via email If you choose this option you will be given an additional screen to select the employee 10 When all settings are complete click the OK button to run the report NOTE At this point some reports may prompt for additional information particular to that specific report You may also be prompted for Email recipient information if you choose to send a report via email 11 The report will output to your choice Screen Printer File or Email 12 After receiving the report click the Close button until you have exited all the dialog boxes On Screen Report Preview If you chose to output the report to Screen a Report Preview window will open This window will display the report as it will be printed and allows you to print directly from this window 1 Run the report of your choice selecting Output to Screen See Running a Report page 285 2 The Report Designer window for the selected report will open to preview your report January 2009 Time America Inc 295 Genesis Pro Manual G Report Designer timecard frx Page 1 Genesis Pro Time America Inc Y file Edit Reports Configure Clocks Help lelxi 18 x leal Ordered by Code ABC Widgets Date range 08 13 2001 08 26 2001 TIME CARD REPORT Tuesday 08 28 2001 07 51 23 Page 1 Hame Washington Carol DATE DAY _CTGY START STOP HOURS REG on oT2 This em ployee has
30. 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Rounding section 4 Click OK to commit the changes and close the Rounding dialog box 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Rounding dialog box Edit a Rounding Rule 1 Click the Configure menu Rounding The Configure Rounding dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Rounding rule you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Rounding Rule 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure Rounding section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Rounding screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Rounding dialog box Delete a Rounding Rule 1 Click the Configure menu Rounding The Configure Rounding dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Rounding rule you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted January 2009 Time America Inc 70 Genesis Pro Manual xi C7 4re you sure you want to delete Figure 50 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Rounding dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 71 Genesis Pro Manual Shifts Shifts define the work schedule for your employees Shifts are created in Shift Groups which can include multiple Shifts For example you may have a Shift Group for the Da
31. 3 The Time Zones tab sets time periods during which the clock can be used When a person is entered into the Hand Reader they must be assigned a Time Zone Up to 60 Time Zones can be configured per clock HP2000 Hand Punch clocks do not support Time Zones 4 windows for punching may be setup for each Time Zone By default the Hand Punch allows punches at any time The Time Zones table contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 364 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Hand Reader Clocks General signments Miscellaneous Function ey Proginto Time Zones Description Access Windows Start Stop Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Daco foo oo goo ee ee ee E 2i 00400 mf rr e Pee 2m aa e E e Pree 0 Listed Aaaa TA rn Code Neme Show Ire Apply OK Cancel Figure 309 Configure Hand Reader Clocks Time Zones tab Setting Definition Time Zones Displays the number of the Time Zones There are 60 available Time Zones Each time zone can have up to four Access Windows Description Enter a description for each Time Zone Access Windows These settings determine the times or windows during which the clock can be used Start Enter the time at which the clock will start accepting punches The time must be entered in military time The default value is 00 00 TIP To indicate that the clock can accept punches all day enter 00 00 in the Start and 23 59 in t
32. 4 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Daylight savings Check this box if your company is in a state that observes daylight savings time Typically you will check this box Divisions Check this box to enable the Divisions feature A Division is a subset of the main company such as a branch different location or subsidiary company TIP Companies who submit multiple company codes to their payroll service may want to use Divisions Department Check this box to enable the Departments feature Departments reflect the business units within your company and are the top level of Job Costing NOTE You will have the opportunity to customize this nomenclature in the next screen January 2009 Time America Inc 29 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Job Step Operation Task Use level wage before default assignment wage Paid lunches and breaks do not accrue toward overtime Tip reporting O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to enable the Job level Jobs are the second level of Job Costing NOTE You will have the opportunity to customize this nomenclature in the next screen This option will only be available if you have purchased the Job Costing Module Check this box to enable the Steps level of the Job Costing feature Steps are the third level of Job Costing NOTE You will have the opportunity to customize this nomenclature in the next screen
33. Figure 137 WebClock Clock In Page 4 Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear Figure 138 Transaction Successfully Entered Label 5 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page O January 2009 Time America Inc 185 Genesis Pro Manual Clocking Out 1 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Employee Washington Carol o Log Bus f pecans TU Stes Timecard Schedule Benefits eF GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 139 WebClock Function Page Select Clock Out The Clock Out page will appear coa Mica cl Employee Washington Carol Log Out Fah Type S pest Timecard Schedule Benefits pats GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Function CLOCKED OUT Submit Figure 140 WebClock Clock Out Page 4 Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear Figure 141 Transaction Successfully Entered Label 5 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page January 2009 Time America Inc 186 Genesis Pro Manual Starting Lunch or Break 1 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha
34. Figure 313 Customizing Function Keys Example shows a TA520 keypad Edit the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Clock Code Displays the unique ID code assigned to this clock Function Key Displays the function key number of the key selected on the keypad graphic to the left January 2009 Time America Inc 375 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Soft Key Prompt 1 through 4 Prompt area Supervisor only Check Profiles Check Access January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select the software function you wish to assign to the key See page 371 for a description of the functions available Enter the Prompt s you wish to display when the employee presses the selected function key You may enter up to four prompts per key At least one prompt must be entered NOTE The Prompt settings in the lower right of the screen will not become available until you have entered at least one prompt Check this box to allow only supervisor access to this function key Supervisor access is gained by swiping a supervisor badge in the clock This is used for function keys that collect data or change employee assignments such as Group Transfer or Category Entry Clearing this box permits any employee to access this function key Check this box to enforce Profile Lockouts This option is only used when the optional Access Control and Profile Lockout module is installed Checking this box means that whe
35. Inc Definition Check this box to pay a second Overtime Level if an employee works more than the specified amount in the After field Genesis Pro will apply the settings in the After and Overtime Level fields once the employee qualifies for consecutive day overtime Enter the number of hours after which the second OT level will apply on days qualifying for consecutive day overtime For example if the employee gets OT1 for the first eight hours and OT2 after eight hours worked on the seventh consecutive day you would enter 8 in this field and OT2 in the next field Select the second OT level Genesis Pro will pay when an employee meets the qualification for the After field under On days that qualify This setting works in conjunction with the After column and indicates what overtime level will be paid when the number of hours in the After field has been met If checked this option tells Genesis Pro to reset the Consecutive Days count after the Overtime Cycle ends This is used for Pay Periods with more days than the Overtime Cycle These settings allow you to force OT to be calculated for hours worked during specific times of day regardless of the total number hours worked Check this option to cause any hours outside of the employee s scheduled work hours to be paid at the specified overtime level A drop down box from which to choose the desired OT level will become available Select the OT level for time work
36. Installing Foxpro Library N The program features you selected are being installed S Ca Please wait while the InstallShield Wizard installs Foxpro Library This may o take several minutes Status Installatie Figure 16 FoxPro LIB Installation 20 When the installation is finished the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen will appear Click the Finish button to proceed January 2009 Time America Inc 16 Genesis Pro Manual 21 Click OK Genesis Pro will now appear in your Start Menu and on your desktop 22 You must attach a hardware key to the computer s parallel port prior to being able to start and operated Genesis Pro See Hardware Keys Hardware Keys When the installation is complete a hardware key must be attached to the computer s parallel port in order to start and operate the Genesis Pro software There are three types of hardware keys each designed for a specific purpose e Main System Key e Polling Key e Demo Key Attach the hardware key to the computer s parallel port If you have a printer attached to the parallel port place the hardware key between the computer s parallel port and the printer cable as shown in Figure 17 Using a Hardware Key with a Printer Cable below Figure 17 Using a Hardware Key with a Printer Cable When the system is first launched Genesis Pro searches for and verifies the presence of a hardware key If a key is not found the system will not s
37. JONES DAVID 00004 REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 Add SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 5 Available Group Division Figure 254 Global Add Transaction 2 Select the employee s you wish to assign using the techniques described above see Selecting Employees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes page 272 O January 2009 Time America Inc 282 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Click the Punch button The Global Add Transaction Details dialog box will open Global Add Transaction Details gt Date and Time irs 6000 6 Function ooo a Mon Clock 001 MAIN CLOCK v Reason Override Round Override Attend Override Automatic Lunches and Breaks OK P Cancel al Figure 255 Global Add Transaction Details 4 Fill in the settings as described in the Adding and Editing Transactions section page 253 5 Click the OK button to commit the changes and return to the Global Add Transaction dialog box Click OK again to complete the entry Click Close to exit the dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 283 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter X Reports Genesis Pro has more than 300 available reports In the interest of brevity this section will focus on the concepts and techniques associated with running reports and listings rather than on the specifics of running every one of the reports Listings are a type of report that lists the items and settings in your Genesis Pro database Listings are go
38. Sentinel System Driver The InstallShield R Wizard will allow you to modify repair or remove Sentinel System Driver To continue click Next Cancel Figure 9 Sentinel InstallShield Wizard 13 Click the Next button to begin the Sentinel System Drive Installation The Setup Type screen will appear 113 Sentinel System Driver InstallShield Wizard xj Setup Type N Choose the setup type that best suits your needs S Please select a setup type All program features will be installed Requires the most disk space Choose which program features you want installed and where they o will be installed Recommended for advanced users lt Back Cancel Figure 10 Sentinel Driver Setup Type 14 Verify that Complete is selected and click Next to continue The Ready to Install screen will appear January 2009 Time America Inc 14 Genesis Pro Manual 113 Sentinel System Driver InstallShield Wizard xj Ready to Install the Program N The wizard is ready to begin installation S Click Install to begin the installation Tf you want to review or change any of your installation settings click Back Click Cancel to exit the wizard Cancel lt Back Figure 11 Ready to Install 15 Click Install to begin the installation lala Installing Sentinel System Driver N The program features you selected are being installed A Please wait while the InstallShield Wizard installs Sentinel System Driver Te
39. The Benefit Details screen will display 3 Click the Manual Adj Button The Manual Adjustment dialog box will open Benefit Det Day Date Time Amount Balance Category Type Archived y Ove rr r Sat 01 01 2000 00 00 00 0 000000 0 000000 SICK Ca r NO Fri 01 01 1999 00 00 00 0 000000 0 000000 SICK Carry Over NO Manual adjustment Date MZA SUN Time 17 51 57 Type of Adjustment Balance Give Hours 0 000000 OK Cancel Y Show Accrued Adjustments Print Delete C Close Figure 201 Manual Benefit Adjustment 4 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Date Enter the Date on which the adjustment should be posted Time Enter the time at which the adjustment should be posted Type Select the type of adjustment to be made Given Grants the employee the number of hours entered in the Amount field Balance Adjusts the employee s Allowed field value to cause the current Left balance to reflect the number of hours entered in the Amount field For example if the Employee had taken 40 hours already and you wanted their balance to reflect 40 hours left Genesis Pro would adjust the Allowed to 80 80 Allowed 40 Taken 40 Left Amount Enter the amount of the adjustment This number can be positive for an addition or negative for a deduction 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Benefit Details screen 6 Click Close to return to the Benefits screen Ja
40. Type Badge Assignment External Report Writer Definition Enter the number of characters from 2 to 10 that will be read from the employee badge For example if the badge number is 10 characters long but you want to read only the last five characters enter a 5 in this field The number of digits here must match the actual number of digits on the physical badges given to employees and must also match the settings programmed into the badge reader clocks Enter the number of digits from the left that the clock should offset before reading the numbers This tells the clock how many characters to skip before starting to read the numbers For example if you have a badge number that is 10 characters long say 1234567890 and you want to read the last five numbers only 67890 the offset would be 5 Type the maximum number of characters from 2 to 64 on an employee s badge Any badge longer than this number will be rejected by the time clock Choose the data type for the Badge number The options are Numeric and Alphanumeric Most though not all badges will be Numeric Genesis Pro can assign badge numbers automatically when adding a new employee You can manually change automatic assignments later if necessary Choose No Automatic Assignment to bypass the automatic assignment and be allowed to enter the badge number manually Choose Next Numeric Available to have Genesis Pro assign the next sequential availa
41. against the downloaded level information If the level entry does not exist at the time of the last programming the data will be considered invalid Click this button to commit the changes made to a key s functions or settings 349 Genesis Pro Manual TASC The TASC terminal is similar to the TA500 and TA600 Series in that it collects punches and transmits them to the software via the polling process However TASC is a stand alone time clock This means that it does not require a PC to calculate and record employee s time TASC is perfect for situations in which a remote site performs its own transaction editing while payroll and other functions are processed at a central location The remote site can print transactions from the clock locally the central location can connect to clock only when it needs to retrieve data to process data and run reports Since TASC are stand alone clocks they will not receive Policy and employee information in the same way that other clocks do As part of the configuration of the clock you will define the rounding lockout and overtime policies as well as list which employees may use this clock This information is then programmed into the clock Configure a TASC Clock 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure TASC The Configure Clock dialog box will open The dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below Configure TASC Series Clocks General Policies Tasc Empl
42. characters must be in uppercase 2 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Employee Washington Carol o log Sit f SEO TB ate Timecard Schedule Benefits gey GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 142 WebClock Function Page 3 Select Out For Lunch or Out On Break whichever is appropriate The Out For Lunch or Out On Break page will appear E Webciock Attica me Employee Wostengtor 1 Log Out Fa lop atest timecrd Schede Benefits Ba ae Submit Figure 143 WebClock Out for Lunch Page 4 Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear Figure 144 Transaction Successfully Entered Label 5 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page January 2009 Time America Inc 187 Genesis Pro Manual Ending Lunch or Break 1 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase 2 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear iWebciock AME Employee Washington Carol o Log e 1 f Gey Tye Stest timecard schedule Bene es geu GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 lock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 145 WebClock Functio
43. hand template The lower the number the more exact the match needs to be 0 is default and indicates that the default clock threshold set on the Miscellaneous tab will be used Authority Level The Authority Level defines which clock menus employee can view or use at the clock 0 is the lowest employee and default 5 is the highest and allows complete at the clock setup supervisor 5 The Miscellaneous tab defines default operations for the clock and contains the following information a 1 Listed Access Duration 79 O No Menu Reject Threshold 125 Use Access Control Configure Hand Reader Clocks Assignments Miscellaneous Function Keys Proglnfo Miscellaneous Passwords Site 7 Mode Service Group Access ties 6 Punch Menu Setup Management Keypad Beep Enrollment 12 hour display al le ol n fo OO W Special Clock Defaults Department Step Job Operation Figure 311 Configure Hand Reader Clock Miscellaneous tab Setting Download Bell Schedule Bell Schedule Site Access Duration January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to download a pre defined Bell Schedule to this clock This option is only available with the Bell Schedule module Select the pre defined Bell Schedule you wish to assign to this clock Enter a unique Site code for this clock This field duplicates the Code or Descrip
44. newer SD style converters If you are unsure which you have contact your dealer These settings define how an Ethernet clock will communicate with Genesis Pro Enter the IP address assigned to the Etherlink converter DO NOT enter leading zeros Displays the port used on the Etherlink Converter The default is 3000 and should not be changed Altering this number will result in communication failure and the possibility of only being able to connect to the Etherlink Converter serially These settings define how a modem clock will communicate with Genesis Pro Select the modem s communication speed Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock NOTE The maximum baud rate for the TA500 internal modem is 1200 and the maximum baud rate for the TA600 internal modem is 2400 The maximum baud rate for the TA7000 internal modem is TBD 307 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Phone Number Start Stop Answer Ring Delay Number of Retries Time Difference Between Computer and Clock Division Supervisor January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the phone number the PC modem must dial to communicate with this clock The number must be entered in the following format Outside Line Access Code Wait Symbol Area Code Phone Number If no outside line is required Such as 9 simply enter the phone number Omit the area code if not applicable On most modems the wait sym
45. regular wages or OT7 OT2 or OT3 to pay the overtime wages defined above Under OT1 OT2 and OT3 enter the number of daily hours in HH MM format that must be worked before that overtime level will be acknowledged by the system For example if Sunday hours start at OT1 and OT2 begins after 8 hours enter 8 00 in Sunday s OT2 Daily Qualifier Only overtime levels above the entry in Start at OT Level are available Check this box to force any overtime hours that roll into the next day after midnight to be processed using the next day s rules Clear the check box to process hours accumulated past midnight using the OT rate from the previous day Check this box if overtime is paid automatically after working a certain number of consecutive days NOTE Additional options appear when this box is checked Enter the number of consecutive days that must be worked before overtime starts Enter the minimum number of daily hours that must be worked on each consecutive days to qualify for overtime Enter the minimum number of total hours that must be worked for all of the consecutive days to qualify for overtime Select the overtime level that applies when the consecutive days criteria is met 56 Genesis Pro Manual Setting On Days that Qualify After hrs OT Level Reset Overtime at Cycle End Force OT by Time of Day Time worked outside defined shifts to OT level XX January 2009 Time America
46. will wait 10 seconds for a response after prompting for input The default is 60 0 seconds January 2009 Time America Inc 325 Genesis Pro Manual Setting To Enter function Displayed messages Supervisor questions Error messages Messages Enter Function Invalid Source January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wait for a response to enter a function before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 5 5 means that the clock will wait 51 2 seconds for a response after prompting for input The default is 20 0 seconds Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will display any message before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 1 5 means that the clock will display messages for 112 seconds The default is 2 0 seconds Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wait for a response to a supervisor question before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 30 0 means that the clock will wait 30 seconds for a supervisor s response to a question such as Employee Badge The default is 90 0 seconds Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will display any error message before returning to an idle state Time is
47. 02 2 11 30 02 7 00 16 00 07 00 16 00 07 00 16 00 7 16 00 07 00 16 00 07 00 16 00 ork 8 00 12 01 02 12 02 02 12 03 02 12 04 02 12 05 02 12 06 02 12 07 02 07 00 15 01 7 16 00 1 186 0 16 7 00 16 0 07 00 16 0 07 00 16 00 lt 4 previous Figure 159 WebClock Schedule Page NOTE The Schedule is a snapshot of Genesis based on the most current process of data The Schedule display is view only and will not accept any edits 5 Click Previous and Next to view other weeks 6 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page Viewing the Benefits 1 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear e jas e 2 OINP pasmes pats u j gome me froma ia gjasme ras j EOE H Figure 160 WebClock Home Page 2 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase January 2009 Time America Inc 193 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Wtcc Aiton wel Employee Washington Carol o los Sis f Rhee Tae Shes Timecard Schedule Benefits Sans GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 161 WebClock Function Page Select the Benefits ta
48. 02 8 00 NO VAC Delete OK Cancel Figure 196 Benefit Entitlement Details 4 The Benefit Details dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Day Displays the day on which the time was taken Date Displays the date on which the time was taken Time Displays the time at which the time was taken Amount Displays the number of hours taken January 2009 Time America Inc 225 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Archived Indicates whether these transactions are ina data set that has already been archived For more information on Archiving see Archive page 417 Category Displays the category of time taken Benefit Entitlement Grant Benefit Time With Benefit Entitlement you manually enter the amount of hours given for each Benefit Category This is a one time entry 1 Navigate to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee window 2 Highlight the benefit Category you wish to grant 3 Click the Details button The Benefit Details screen for the selected Category will open Benefit Details for HOL E Amount allowed Day Date Time Amount Archived Category elete OK Cancel Figure 197 Benefit Details 4 Enter the amount of time you wish to grant in the Amount Allowed box 5 Click OK to commit the change and return to the Benefits screen Benefit Entitlement Delete a Detail 1 Navigate to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee window 2 Click the Details bu
49. 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Attendance Notices The Attendance Notices dialog box will open Attendance Notices i Notice to Print A Name Number Notice Detail Attend Category Absent Total CA iw Washington Carol 00001 0 00 0 00 650 00 650 00 4TH NOTICE TERMINATION Y 2 Employees Listed Print Notice Print Detail Group ALL GROUPS w Division ALL DIVISIONS v Print All Notices _Print All Detail Print No Notices j Print No Detail Print Notices and Detailto Screen O Printer O Fie Print Print Listing Close Figure 126 Attendance Notices 2 The Attendance Notices dialog box contains the following information Settin Definition Name Displays the name of the employee receiving the notice Number Displays the Employee Number of the employee receiving the notice Notice Stands for Print Notice and indicates that the Attendance Notice report will preview and print for the specific employees selected Detail Stands for Print Details and indicates that the Attendance Details report will print for the specific employees selected Attend Displays the number of Attendance Infractions this employee has Category Displays the number of Category Infractions this employee has Absent Displays the number of Absences this employee has Total Displays the total number of Occurrences Notice to Print this employee has Display
50. 2003 3 46 00p Tue 06 03 2003 7 20 00a Te 4 OUT FOR LUNCH PC 6 Tue 06 03 2003 10 30 00p n IN FROM LUNCH Pc CLOCKED OUT Pc CLOCKED IN Pc CLOCKED OUT Pc VAC 8 00 Hr DO REG ACC PC CLOCKED IN CLOCKED OUT PC CLOCKED IN Pc TR Wed 06 04 2003 8 00 00a Thu 06 05 2003 8 00 00a Thu 06 05 2003 8 45 00p Fri 06 06 2003 8 17 00a a June 2003 SUPERVISOR PROMPT INPUT Badge 1111111111 CLOCKED IN Name OPERATOR SYSTEM Date 06 02 2003 Time 11 39 03 Add Edit Delete Print Close Configure Employee Transaction tab g Definition Day Date Time Key Prompt Clock Badge Reason January 2009 Time America Inc Displays the day of the transaction Displays the date of the transaction Displays the actual time of the transaction Displays the time clock function key pressed to generate the transaction i e for Clock In for day etc Displays the function prompt for the transaction Displays the number of the clock at which the transaction was recorded NOTE No clock number will display if the transaction was entered by a supervisor through the Genesis Pro software Displays the employee s badge number used for this transaction Displays the reason code associated with the corresponding transaction 220 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Supervisor Prompt Input Add Edit Delete Employee Status Tab Definition This field shows audit trail information
51. ACCESSING Employee Timesheet ii ane a ia eek a cada cba A E eee eo EAE E e a E te 178 Using Employee TimesheclS iii ad ti de 178 PE CLOCK PA ON 181 Who Can Clock In and Out with PC Clock ieee E e u NE EE e a E 181 ACCESSING PC Clockinuriaia a arias 181 Default Settings to Use PC Clock irte ocre diente kE ia Ea Rien iaaa ves 181 DESUSO E EE E E trantdea fassabag snteeeaseeean 182 Other Key Functions aap erraia neiaa ea aida api 183 January 2009 Time America Inc 5 Genesis Pro Manual WEBCLOCK miii reena n e e give vsiensansuneebivsndutasnvucensensegueans vecaveeveudesaleshbonoencusay sepvbuseds eras 184 Who Can Clock In and Out with WebDCIOCK ccccsccesseeseeseeseceseceseeeecesecesecusecaecaaecaaecaeeeseeeseeeaeeeeeeeeseeeseeeenaes 184 ACCESSING WED COCK 5 aise css ibis ia yi Sash Scop ad dan di ea Mandi eae es 184 CIO CK PUNCH ONS a e n dd bas Se dese las delo Ii tad E a nae oa es 185 TRECET da eE E bck dh utes aL lang Nail dadas deceo de 191 SUPEIVISOF FUNCHONS issia apii i iaaa aa E ap kE a arai E EA E riria TAS OPATA TEE EASE 200 CHAPTER VII EMPLOYEE MAINTENANCE ssesesessesesecceceroroeseoerosoesesecoceesoroesesecoeoesoroesesecoerosoroesecesoeeesoeeeee 204 CONFIGURE EMPLOYEE oeieo her s AE EE DEN ES caducus dean VKE EOE ic died Ad add dat 204 EMPLOYEE LIST doctor daci n dado nea A id E EE dels E E EEEE T EEA LD do e E E dd 205 EMPLOYEE TIMECARD DESCRIPTION TAB cccessssceessscecesssececeesaececseneeceesaeeecsesaececeeee
52. At Notice Notices SET Category Infraction Details Each ABSE ABSENT iz count as EG occurrences pk Cancel Notices Text Apy OK Cancel Figure 121 Infraction Details 4 The Infraction Details dialog box contains the following information Setting Each Occurrences Definition Select the Category or Attendance code for which you are adding details You will be given different lists of pre defined Categories and Attendance codes based upon your choice in the Infractions dialog box Enter the number or percentage of occurrences this infraction will count as 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Occurrences screen January 2009 Time America Inc 159 Genesis Pro Manual Edit a Category and Attendance Infraction 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurrences window will open 2 Highlight the Occurrence Rating you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General tab will become available Click the Edit button in the Category and Attendance Infractions section The Infraction dialog box will open 5 Edit the settings as described in the Add Category and Attendance Infractions section 6 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Occurrences dialog box 7 Click Close to exit the dialog box Delete a Category and Attendance Infraction 1 Clic
53. Awak Figure 165 WebClock Status Board Page NOTE The Status Board is a snapshot of Genesis based on the most current process of data The Status Board display is view only and will not accept any edits 5 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page O January 2009 Time America Inc 195 Genesis Pro Manual Submitting Time Sheets WebClock allows employees to enter their time via time sheet submittal Time sheet submittal may be used instead of clocking in and out or it may be used in conjunction with clocking in and out The entries from a submitted time sheet are visible in the Online Timecard in Genesis Pro Once a time sheet has been submitted it cannot be changed Only additional time may be added NOTE An additional clock must be configured to use TimeSheet Submittal for details see page 346 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear fel soan foam ss gats ware eer ma foana om gjasme rue ertan Figure 166 WebClock Home Page Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Webclock Ricaa Log Out Employee Washington Caro p Schedule Benefits fune Tine Sheet Submittal Clack Timecard
54. Barcodes e Set Reprocess Date e Fix Unassigned Badges e Restore Original Reports e Repost R Files e Purge R Files e Post Historical Data e Archive Data e Restore Archived Data e Back Up System Files e Restore System Files G Genesis Pro Time America Inc File Edit Reports Configure Clocks Help Repair Databases Update Databases Environment Initialize Databases Login New User Change Employee Number Exit January 2009 Time America Inc ALT F4 Change Employee Number width J Badge Maker Cod Set Reprocess Date Leve Ed Fix Unassigned Badges Restore Original Reports Repost From R files Purge R files Post Historical Data Archive Restore Archive Figure 339 Utilities Menu System Backup System Restore 406 Genesis Pro Manual Reindex Database The Reindex Databases utility removes deleted records and sorts the data base in either numeric or alphabetic order depending on the contents Since this utility has the greatest impact on the speed and reliability of Genesis Pro it is recommended that you develop a weekly schedule for reindexing system database files Also it is a good idea to Repair the database prior to Reindexing Repairing fixes inconsistencies and potential problems in the data See Repair Databases page 407 TIP Reindex can be set as an AutoProcess See Configure an AutoProcess page 390
55. Configure Clocks Help Approval Editor Employee Configure gt Update to current Figure 107 Benefit Accruals menu Configure Benefit Accruals 1 Click the Edit menu Benefit Accruals Configure The Configure Benefit Accrual window will open Configure Benefit Accrual 1 i ANNUAL ACCRUAL ANNUAL ACCRUAL WEEKLY ACCRUAL 2 Listed Code Name T Show Inactives Regular E E et Teg de Edi Ushia F Overtime Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 108 Benefit Accruals 2 The Configure Benefit Accrual dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter the code or number you wish to use to refer to this Benefit Accrual policy You may enter up to 3 characters Name This is a required field Enter the name you wish to use to refer to this Benefit Accrual policy You may enter up to 30 characters January 2009 Time America Inc 147 Genesis Pro Manual Active Accumulators Code Posting Basis Start Date Reference Date Categories to Sum Code Name Regular Overtime Overtime 2 Overtime 3 January 2009 Time America Inc Click the Active check box to indicate that the policy is currently in use Uncheck this box if the policy is not being used at this time Lists the accumulators that make up this Benefit Accrual policy For more information on this feature
56. DATA IN THE SELECTED TABLES WILL BE DESTROYED Change Employee Number Once an employee has been added to the system you can no longer change his or her employee number through the Configure Employees Detail screen This utility allows you to change employee numbers one employee at a time 1 Click the File menu Utilities Change Employee Number The Change Employee Number dialog box will open Change Employee Number Figure 344 Change Employee Number 2 Select the employee whose number you wish to change using the drop down list in the Old field Enter the new employee number in the New field 4 Click OK to change the employee s number Change Employee Number Width The number of digits width in the Employee Number is initially defined in the Configure Main Company dialog box However once employees have been added you can no longer change the setting through the Main Company screen This avoids accidental data loss This utility allows you to change the number of digits for Employee Numbers safely Typically the width should only be changed to a higher longer number in order to avoid January 2009 Time America Inc 409 Genesis Pro Manual losing data When digit length is increased the digits are added on to the left of the current number When digits are taken away they are taken from the right 1 Click the File menu Utilities Change Employee Number Width The Change Employee Number Widt
57. Enter the maximum number of hours HH MM that are budgeted for this entire Operation per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the amount budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Operation by the number of hours each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 40 hours per pay period 400 total hours 400 total hours 7 days in the pay period 57 14 budgeted total hours 109 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Budgeted Total Dollars Hourly Wage Charge Rate Piece Work Rate Add an Operation 1 Definition Enter the maximum number of dollars that are budgeted for this entire Operation per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the dollars budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Operation by the dollar amount each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 600
58. Explorer find the Genesis Pro folder Locate and double click autoProcessServiceSetup this will allow you to start the automated service Click the Start button If you want the service to start when the operating system is starting check the appropriate box Time America Autoprocess Service Service Y a D gt Start ae Stop Add an AutoProcess 1 2 Click the Clocks menu AutoProcess The Configure Auto Process dialog box will open Click the Add button and the Auto Process Maintenance dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 393 Genesis Pro Manual Auto Process Maintenance Number Name Daily Poll Time Description SMTUTFS Type ogc i o 1 Add Edit Delete OK Cancel Figure 326 Configure Auto Process Enter the Number and Name for this Auto Process Click the Add button The Auto Process Schedule Details dialog box will Open Auto Process Schedule Details Description Process C Runa File C Pollclocks C RunReports Reindex Time 00 oo M Sunday IV Monday MV Tuesday M Wednesday IV Thursday IV Friday M Saturday Figure 327 Auto Process Schedule Details Setting Description Run a File Poll Clocks O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter a description for this AutoProcess Schedule Examples Poll California Clock Run Payroll Reports etc Select this option to schedule an Event that wil
59. Genesis Pro Manual INDEX Cont INMAlZ Osseo eeeat 408 CA avid even weaved 407 POD All saved wie vi evened 407 TA vedi eee a NA 408 Delete a Occurrence Rating sceeeee 158 Delete an Attendance Code 47 Demonstration demo Key 18 DepartMe MSi raad aat 92 97 flo lo PEE E AAE EE rece reac EEE EAE 95 COMU iia tla Ata 92 delel oai a selteba teed 96 editae orea ia tia ban eds eis 96 Differential CONPIQUIC cc ctocionacuta ista te its 61 DIVISIONS iii i 36 A e o a rece 37 A e 36 Delete nica Mata sda 37 CCI ia tte eat poeta tae 37 Edit Add Start eccececceeeesseeceeeeeesteeeeeseeeeees 258 Edit Add Stop cooooooocccccccconocinonacanancnonannnana corno 259 Editing time recordS oooccconocccccconocccccanancccnnnnns 251 End ui 297 Employee Details CONPIQUIC coooncconococoncccnonnnonanananccc narrar cnnnnc 245 Employee info ccccecceeeesseeceeeeeeteeeeeneeeeees 245 Employee Level Wage Mean id hare 237 ES l A tati 238 Employee Maintenace Benes isin ea cid toa 224 Timecar it 207 Employee Maintenance 204 A O O 239 configure employee s 204 205 Det e E ai 245 Messages ccococccconccononcnononanannccnnnncnnnnncnannccnns 231 Profiles se a ada 240 243 Shed le iem aeran ica 211 Statu S e a tess 221 Transactions coccccccccnonnconcncncnnonaconnnnon 175 220 Wagas iria ieia ida vies nei 234 Employee Reviewer sessies 168 Employee SettidQS ooooncccnnnnnccinnncccccnnnnccccnnns 245 Employee St
60. Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a unique code up to 4 characters to identify the clock Once defined this code cannot be changed Enter a unique ID number to identify the clock This number will also be programmed into the clock Enter a description of the clock This description will be seen in the system and on reports This field can be used to describe the clock type and it s location in your facility i e HP3000 In BUILDING TWO The clock description can be up to 30 characters long Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use Uncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time Select the model of your Hand Reader unit The options e ID3D e HP2000 e HP3000 e HP4000 Enter the message text that displays on the time clock when in an idle state If this field is left blank no message will be displayed Select this option to choose an RS485 or RS232 connection Select this option to choose a modem solution Select this option to choose an Ethernet solution 363 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Baud Rate Select the applicable communication speed Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock e Rs485 Serial and Ethernet 9600 baud e Modem 9600 baud Comm Port Select the communications port on your computer that will be used to communicate with the clock The factory default is COM 1 Retries Enter
61. Inc 166 Genesis Pro Manual PC Clock PC Clock is an optional module that may be installed on anyone s workstation and allows employees to clock in and out for the day to lunch and to breaks from their workstation Employees may also use PC Clock to transfer departments or jobs and change their own passwords PC Time Clock is perfect in situations where hardware data collection systems can t be cost justified or where hardware time clocks don t match into your organization s environment For more information see PC Clock page 321 WebClock WebClock is an optional module that may be installed in addition to other hardware or as a stand alone solution Employees may use WebClock like any other clock except it works without badges thru a web browser WebClock makes it easy to gather time from thousands of users in every corner of your enterprise either across the building or across the country NOTE The TimeSheet Submittal portion of WebClock only permits up to 3 levels of Job Costing to be entered or transferred For more information see WebClock page 342 Videx DuraTrax The DuraTrax can record employee routes time and monitor productivity for a multitude of industries including Security Manufacturing Retail Hospitals and Healthcare The Duratrax can have multiple configurations ranging from a simple route to complex route and issue tracking DuraTrax is a contact bar code and Touch Memory button reader DuraTrax brings yo
62. January 2009 Time America Inc 323 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Start Stop Answer Ring Delay Number of Retries Time Difference Between Computer and Clock Division Supervisor Default Date Default Time Input Initial Source January 2009 Time America Inc Definition These fields control the time of day the clock s internal modem will answer an incoming call Enter the modem s start and stop answer time in military format HH MM For example to set the modem to answer only between 7 00 A M and 6 00 P M enter 07 00 and 18 00 in the fields provided The default is 00 00 midnight and 23 59 one minute before midnight In other words the modem will answer any time it is called during the day Enter the number of rings that the clock should wait before picking up the line For example setting the Ring Delay to 4 means that after the clock detects a ringing phone it will wait 4 rings before answering 0 means DO NOT ANSWER Enter the number of times the computer should attempt to connect to the clock if communication either fails or is interrupted during polling Enter the time difference in hours between the computer and time clock Since the computer can set the clock s time this field compensates for time zone differences between the computer s location and the clock s location When the clock s time is set the system either adds or subtracts this time difference from t
63. Numbers for F5 prompt 2 Time difference between clock and computer 0 M Division 0000 ABC Manufactoring Company z Idle message Messages T Download messages IT Keyboard Ent Time outs seconds 3 r e AAA For data input e Note Employees without j messages assigned will M Swipe and Go Displayed messages 3 not be able to punch 0 Listed Code Heme M Show Inactive Apply e Cancel Figure 305 Configure ATS Clock 2 The General tab defines communication and operation settings and contains the following information Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter a unique code up to 4 characters to identify the clock Once defined this code cannot be changed ID Enter a unique ID number to identify the clock This number will also be programmed into the clock Description Enter a description of the clock This description will be seen in the system and on reports This field can be used to describe the clock type and it s location in your facility i e ATS In BUILDING TWO The clock description can be up to 30 characters long Active Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use Uncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time RS485 or Serial Select this option to choose an RS485 or RS232 connection Modem Select this option to choose a modem solution January 2009 Time America Inc 357 Genesis Pro Manual
64. PC Clock module must be purchased Allow access to the selected employee for Remote Web Access Enter an IP address to give access to employees punching on the Webclock Wildcards are okay NOTE The WebClock module must be purchased Allow access to the selected employee for Web Clock Allow the selected employee to view their benefit balances Allow the selected employee to view their schedule Allow the selected employee to view their timecard 247 Genesis Pro Manual Setting View Status Board Submit Time Sheet Picture Browse button Clear Password button Comments button Add an Employee Definition Allow the selected employee to view the Status Board Allow the selected employee to submit work and non work time Genesis Pro allows you to display the employee s picture Click the Browse button to select a picture NOTE The picture must be in Bitmap bmp format and stored in the Images folder under the GENPRO install directory NOTE 150 x 150 pixels By default an employee s password is blank If the employee forgets their password the administrator may clear their password by pressing this button Click on this button to enter text comments for the selected employee Genesis Pro uses an Add Employee wizard to walk you through the steps of adding a new employee Once you have completed the Detail screen additional screens will open one after another until all the settings for the em
65. Pl This program is protected by U S and international copyright laws Figure 18 Genesis Pro Login Screen O January 2009 Time America Inc 19 Genesis Pro Manual 25 Type your User ID in the User ID field then press either ENTER or the TAB key to advance to the Password field 26 Type your password in the Password field and press either ENTER TAB or click OK to access Genesis Pro 27 The Main Window will open Fie Ed Reports Configure Gods Hep LI ons 0004 Maintenance Exiting the System You can use any of the following methods to close or exit out of Genesis Pro e Click File Exit on the menu bar e Click the Exit button on the toolbar e Click the Windows Close button the X at the far right of the menu bar e Press ALT F4 on the keyboard January 2009 Time America Inc 20 Genesis Pro Manual Tips and Techniques Genesis Pro is designed to be user friendly and as such there are common techniques to making working in Genesis Pro easier Some of these tips are listed below Setting Apply Name vs Number listing Show Inactives Print Cancel Definition You may click the Apply button in any screen to commit the changes you have made without exiting the current screen This allows you to save as you go and is a good practice You will notice that most of the configuration dialog boxes provide a list of the existing items at the side of the screen For example the Divisions
66. Prog Info a DListed ACCESS CONFIGURATION Use Access Control Figure 292 Configure TA715 TA777 TA780 Clocks Access Control tab O January 2009 Time America Inc 333 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Use Access Control Check this box to configure Access Control for this clock Access only terminal Check this box to use this clock for building access only The clock will not record time punches such as Clock In Start Lunch etc Allow access for all Check this option only when Access is being used in badges conjunction with Profiles If Profiles have not been downloaded to the clock and this option is checked any badge of the correct length will cause the clock to grant access open the door Access duration Enter the length of time in seconds that the Access relay will keep the door open 7 The Diag Info tab contains the communication information between the computer and the clock after each attempt to communicate NOTE This tab will be blank if the clock has not been communicated with yet or if the Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info option is checked The Prog Info tab contains the information that was sent to the clock after any type of programming NOTE This tab will be blank if the clock has not been communicated with yet or if the Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info option is checked NOTE This tab will only apply to TA780 Clocks using
67. R files zi Initialize can only be done by SYSOP 3 Listed Check all_ Uncheck all Figure 92 Configure Security Levels 2 The Configure Security Levels dialog box contains some general settings and several tabs all of which are described below Setting Definition Code This field is required Enter a unique code up to 10 characters to identify the security level Once saved this Code cannot be changed Name Enter a description of the security level in this field The description can be up to 30 characters long Active Click the Active check box to indicate that the level is currently in use Uncheck this box if the level is not being used at this time Set Date and Time Check this box to allow the user to update the date and time of the PC Print Lists Click the Print Lists check box to allow the user to print all available listings reports 3 The File tab grants access to features under the File menu and contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 128 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Security Levels Name OS POLL POLL TIME CLOCKS a 3 Listed Code File Security Users Define Levels Who is in Set Date and Time Edit View Add Edit Del Print Lists Reports Utilities Reindex Repair Update Set Reprocess Date Fix Unassigned badges Restore Original Reports
68. Setting Ethernet Baud Rate Comm Port Retries Connect wait Hayes compatible modem January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select this option to choose an Ethernet solution Select the applicable communication speed Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock e RS485 Serial and Ethernet 9600 baud e Modem 2400 baud Select the communications port on your computer that will be used to communicate with the clock The factory default is COM 1 Enter the number of times the computer should attempt to connect to the clock if communication either fails or is interrupted during polling The value entered into this field specifies the greatest amount of time Genesis Pro will wait before deciding the clock is unable to be reached and will time out This value is minutes and tenths of minutes Connect wait minutes is used solely for Ethernet communication ATS series clocks do not respond immediately to a communication query across Ethernet communication instead they broadcast continuously on a 30 second cycle Depending on the speed of the network used the amount of time needed for the attention signal sent from Genesis Pro to reach the clock the clock to finish its 30 second cycle and send a signal back can fluctuate greatly Check whether the modem used to call the clock is Hayes Compatible Hayes Corporation is one of the founders of modem technology and as
69. TO 24 HOURS MINUTES TO HUNDREDTHS 12MD 0 12NN 12 14M 1 1PM 13 24M 2 2PM 14 3AM 3 3PM 15 44M 4 4PM 16 5AM 5 5PM 17 BAM 6 6PM 18 TAM 7 7PM 19 8AM 8 8PM 20 94M 9 SPM 21 104M 10 10PM 22 TAM 11 11PM 23 January 2009 Time America Inc 424 Genesis Pro Manual Macros Macros allow you to record keyboard steps in Genesis Pro and play them back by pressing a key For example you could record a macro to Poll time clocks 1 Click the Help menu Macros The Record Macro dialog box will open xi Defined key press the key Macro name Cancel Figure 363 Record Macro Press the key or key combination that will run this macro Enter a name for the macro no spaces Click OK to begin recording a Fo N Perform the steps you wish to record Type the keystrokes you normally press to perform an operation on the keyboard Remember only keyboard operations can be recorded 6 Press Shift F10 to stop recording The Stop Recording Macro dialog box will open Stop Recording Macro x Stop recording test Insert Literal es _Insert Pause C Seconds A Continue Discard Figure 364 Stop Recording 7 Click one of the following Setting Definition OK Click OK to stop recording the macro Continue Click continue to continue recording the macro after a pause Discard Click Discard to cancel recording and discard the macro Janu
70. The options are e Direct RS232 e LAN RS485 e Modem Internal e Serial LAN Smart Converter e Remote Direct External Modem e Modem LAN Smart Converter See Types of Connections page 304 Select the communications port on your computer that will be used to communicate with the clock The factory default is COM 1 This setting is for RS232 communication The factory default is 9600 These settings become available when LAN has been chosen as the communication type in the Communication Path field Select the applicable communication speed The default is 9600 baud Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock TIP You can use the Configuration Badge 000000000 at the clock to view modify the clock s baud rate Enter the clock s unique identification number in this field This number provides a way for the system to distinguish between individual clocks Any one character alphabetic or numeric ID may be used Make sure the LAN ID defined here matches the LAN ID defined at the clock TIP You can use the Configuration Badge 000000000 at the clock to view modify the clock s LAN ID Select the type of converter used in the LAN setup The RTS converters have been phased out over the years and were mainly used with AT style computers that used a 25 pin serial port Most new computers use 9 pin serial ports that connect to the newer SD style converters If you are unsu
71. This option allows for custom features to be turned on This option will define the number of minutes a user can be idle in Genesis Pro before it automatically logs them out This option will define a specific time all users will automatically be logged out of Genesis Pro Enter the type of currency Genesis Pro should use The default is Dollars 31 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Date Format Select the manner in which dates should be displayed The options are American MM DD YYYY and European DD MM YYYY Date Delimiter Enter the character with which to delimit dates The default is a slash 5 When all settings are complete click the Defaults tab to select it The Defaults screen will appear Configure Main Company General Configure Defaults Exports System Fields Employee IEEE Length 5 Type Numeric C Alphanumeric Department Department Length T Type C Numeric Alphanumeric Job Job Length 1 Type Numeric C Alphanumeric Step Step Lenath 1 Type Numeric C Alphanumeric Operation Operation Lenath 7 Type Numeric C Alphanumeric Task Task Length 15 Type Numeric C Alphanumeric User Defined Fields 7 A n z Field 1 License Field 2 Spouse Field 3 License2 Field 4 Field 5 Field 6 Badges Length 5 Offset 0 Maximum 5 Type Numeric C Alphanumeric Automatic Badge Assignment No Automatic Assignment Next Numeric Available C Same as Employee Number
72. Time America Inc Definition Check the box for each day on which you wish to pay a Per Diem The per diem will be paid after the employee has worked the hours indicated in the After box Leave the check box empty if you do not wish to pay a per diem on that day Enter the number of hours the employee must work in order to qualify for the per diem You may leave it set to 0 to cause the per diem to be paid regardless of how many hours the employee works The maximum value for this field is 23 59 NOTE There are two settings for each day of the week This setting can be hours or money depending upon the category chosen If choosing a time category enter the number of hours If choosing a dollar category enter the dollar amount to be given NOTE There are two settings for each day of the week Select the category for the per diem Check this box to have the hours accrue towards overtime This option only applies if the category selected is a paid time category Check this box if per diem being paid on a Holiday should follow Holiday work rate Check this box to have an extra hourly or monetary amount granted to an employee for certain hours worked in an overtime cycle This could be used to pay a productivity bonus for people who work lots of hours NOTE This is separate from overtime Enter the number of hours the employee must work in the overtime cycle or pay period in order to qualify for the per diem
73. Tips Banquet Tips Other Tips Vacation Worked Time You may edit and delete built in categories other than Work as well as add custom categories specific to your organization such as Floating Holidays Family Leave etc Categories are used in entering time and monetary adjustments for employees January 2009 Time America Inc 39 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Categories 1 Click the Configure menu Categories The Configure Categories dialog box will open Configure Categories ABSE ABSENT ADJUSTMENT BREAK BEREAVEMENT HOLIDAY JURY DUTY LUNCH MILITARY LEAVE SICK NON PAID OTHER PAID TIME PERSONAL DAY PER DIEM 1 PER DIEM 2 SICK PAID CASH TIPS CHARGE TIPS BANQUET TIPS a 20 Listed Code C Name I Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 31 Categories 2 The Configure Categories screen displays the following information Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter a code up to 4 alphanumeric characters to identify the category Once saved this code cannot be changed Equals category When entering a Category into a Hand Reader only a number from numerical value can be entered Use this field to assign a hand reader number representing the Category Code Name This is a required field Enter the category name as it will appear in the system and on reports The category name can be up to 30 characters long Active Click the Active check box to indicat
74. a Report page 285 The Email Recipients dialog box will open AA 5 To 3 Lo a Bee E y 3 Add Edt_ Delete Figure 268 Email Recipients 2 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Recipient List Displays a list of the recipients to whom you ve sent reports to in the past Add Button Click this button to add a new recipient You will be prompted to enter the person s name and email address Edit Button Click this button to edit an existing recipient s Delete Button To Button O January 2009 Time America Inc information You will be prompted to enter the person s name and email address Click this button to delete an existing recipient s information Click this button to add the selected recipient to the To field of your email 297 Genesis Pro Manual CC Button Click this button to add the selected recipient to the CC Courtesy Copy field of your email BCC Button Click this button to add the selected recipient to the BCC Blind Courtesy Copy field of your email Remove Button Click this button to remove a recipient added in error 3 When all recipients are added click the OK button to send the email You will see a Processing email message but the email will not appear on screen 4 After the email is processed click the Close button until you have exited all the dialog boxes 5 You can view the sent email from the sent mail folder of your email program for ex
75. and displays the name and number of the supervisor who edited this transaction if any Displays the function prompt for the transaction Displays any additional data entered with the transaction such as a Department number the number of pieces produced etc For more information on adding editing and deleting transactions see Adding and Editing Transactions page 253 and Deleting Transactions page 263 The Status tab displays the employee s current work status with the company Configure Employee Status 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Status tab to display the following information Configure Employee 00003 Anderson Frank Template Division ALL hd Group ALL h sio Anderson Frank Baines Peter 00002 Jones David 00004 Smith John 00005 Washington Carol 00001 5 Listed C Number Name I Show Inactives STATUS Date Policies Active Fulltime Permanent Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 192 Configure Employee Status tab Settin Date Policies Active January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the effective date of the status Select the Policy to be assigned to this employee Select whether the employee is Active or Inactive as of the effective date 221 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Fulltime Select whether the employee is Full Tim
76. at once These tasks include Global Message Assignment Schedule Assignment and Changes Profile Assignment and Transaction additions G GENESIS PRO Time America Inc File 2 14 Reports Configure Clocks Help a Approval Editor gt gt P amp Hngoe y Employee Status Board Task Organizer Son Benefit Accruals Profile Assignment Message Assignment Occurrence Ratings gt Schedule One Day Assignment Schedule Copy Status Assignment Multiple Schedule Adjuster Transactions Figure 239 Global Menu Selecting Employees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes The method of selecting employees is the same in nearly all of the Global Operation as well as the Report Parameter dialog boxes For ease of use the technique is described here and referenced in the instructions below There are four ways to select employees Individually Globally by Group and by Division etobat message Assignment E JONES DAVID 00004 REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 Add SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Add all tos zi El 5 Available 0 Selected Group Division Decis ok coe Figure 240 Selecting Employees Select Employees Individually 1 Select the Employee you wish to choose 2 Click the Add button The employee will appear in the Selected list on the right Select Employees Globally 1 Cli
77. automatically fills in certain fields e The Date fills in with the date selected in the Timecard e The Time fills in with the employee s scheduled Clock In time for the selected date e The Function fills in with Clocked In This option is easiest when you are adding a Clock In for the day that matches or is close to the employee s scheduled In time 1 Navigate to the Online Timecard for the employee you wish to edit See Online Timecard page 251 Click the Edit Add Start button The Transaction Detail dialog box will open Fill in the settings as described in the Add Transaction section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Online Timecard January 2009 Time America Inc 258 Genesis Pro Manual Edit Add Stop Edit Add Stop is available from the Online Timecard The Edit Add Stop button opens the Transaction Detail dialog box and automatically fills in certain fields e The Date fills in with the date selected in the Timecard e The Time fills in with the employee s scheduled Clock Out time for the selected date e The Function fills in with Clocked Out e The Override Punch Link Back Time is now an override feature this option will ignore all punch link back time associated with a policy This edit must be initiated from the stop time This option is easiest when you are adding a Clock Out for the day that matches or is close to the employee s scheduled Out time Transaction Detail for 00001 Baker An
78. badge to punch In when only keypad entry is recognized This field allows you to replace the standard INVALID BADGE message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length An INVALID BADGE message displays when a badge or card other than the specified badge length is used This field allows you to replace the default INVALID LEVEL message with a custom message This message is displayed when Validation is used and an invalid level number is entered It cannot be more than 16 characters Enter the message text that displays on the time clock when in an idle state If this field is left blank no message will be displayed The idle message will hold up to 16 characters Enter the length of time from 1 to 60 seconds that the idle message displays before switching to the date and time The default is 2 0 indicates the idle message should not display Enter the length of time from 1 to 60 seconds that the Date and time display before switching back to the idle message The default is 2 0 indicates the date and time should not display 311 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Swipe amp Go Badges Use feedback enhancer Display idle time in military format Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info Print Transactions as they occur Line Feed After Header line 1 January 2009 Time America Inc Definition If the Swipe amp Go feature is used enter the highest badge number that the term
79. box As part of the Rounding configuration you will specify which kind of transaction the rounding applies to In Out Lunch or Break Several Rounding Rules are built in to Genesis Pro Break 15 Minutes Break Minute to Minute In Out Minute to Minute In Out Shift Duration In Out Standard Rounding Lunch 30 Minutes Lunch 60 Minutes Lunch Minute to Minute Configure Rounding Rules 1 Click the Configure menu Rounding The Configure Rounding dialog box will open Configure Rounding 9 General OS Code Name Y Active O A A Type O In 0ut OLunch Break Scheduled Start Scheduled Stop Scheduled Duration Stop From To Goto Code From To Goto Code From To Goto Code 999 6 0 1 w 999 16 999 oz i o 0 5 3 _0 Y 45 _1 15 00 m 4 15 15 10 e aj aj _o 16 999 999 11 w 4 999 99 OL Mi olf olf oj 0 0 0 A ee OUTSIDE ROUND OR GO TO 999 Start every 0 v mins Stop every 0 mins Duration every 0 Y mins round back gt round back gt round back 11 gt round forward gt round forward gt round forward 0 gt 3 OUTSIDE ROUND OR GO TO 999 3 Listed Start every 15 Y mins Stop every 15 Y mins Duration every 0 Y mins round back gt 0 round back 1 gt 15 round back gt round forward gt round forward 0 gt round forward 0 gt Figure 48 Rounding 2 The Configure Rounding dialog box contains the following information
80. box to scroll to a pay period a specified number of periods in the past Navigating in the Transactions tab By default the Transactions screen displays the current month s data There is an easy technique for navigating to other months NOTE It may not be possible to edit data in previous months depending upon your security permissions and the number of editable pay period settings For more information see Main Company page 28 and Configure Users page 140 Configure Employee 000003 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Wages Badges Profiles Detail Anderson Francis Day Date Time Key Prompt Fri 2 00 p 01 07 2005 3 00 00 CRED 01 00 Division ALL Mi Group ALL v Anderson Francis 000003 Baines Peter 000002 Jones David 000004 Smith John 000005 Washington Carol 000001 A Name OPERATOR SYSTEM Date 01 07 2005 x Time 13 31 33 5 Listed v January 2005 SUPERVISOR PROMPT Badge 1111111111 CLOCKED OUT O Number Name add edit Delete Show Inactives Figure 226 Transactions screen e Navigation buttons Click the Navigation buttons to scroll to previous and next Die Navigation buttons months The navigation button at the top of the scroll bar takes you to the previous month the button at the bottom takes you to the next month Adding and Editing Transactions Adding a transaction enables yo
81. by the prompt Example Enter Job The Class defines the information being entered for reporting For example is it a department number tips etc Class choices cannot be added If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available See page 372 for a description of the classes available 340 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Type Maximum Input Characters Minimum Input Characters Number of Decimal Display Entry data Verify valid entry Update Soft Key January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select the data Type for the information being entered The settings in Company Defaults of Main company determine which Type options are available for each Class The options are Alphabetic Clock will accept letters only for this entry Numeric Clock will accept numbers only for this entry Alphanumeric Clock will accept both numbers and letters Number with forced decimal places Clock will accept numbers only and will automatically place the last two numbers entered behind the decimal place For example if 1499 is entered the clock will format it as 14 99 Alphanumeric hidden entry Clock will accept letters only the letters will not display on the clock s screen Number hidden entry Clock will accept numbers only the numbers will not display on the clock s screen Enter the maximum total number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The number displayed in
82. commit the changes and return to the Configure Security Level screen Click Close to exit the Configure Security Level dialog box Delete a Security Level 1 Click the File menu Security Define Levels The Configure Security Levels dialog box will open Highlight the Security Level you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted Confirmation x Are you sure you want to delete Figure 99 Deletion Confirmation Click OK to confirm the deletion Click Close to exit the Configure Security Levels dialog box User Maintenance User Maintenance defines the users that can log in to Genesis Pro which employees they can manage and which areas of the program they can use The user is given a login ld and password is assigned a Security Level and granted permission to select groups of employees NOTE Define Levels must be completed before adding any users Configure Users 1 Click the File menu Security User Maintenance The Configure Users window will open January 2009 Time America Inc 140 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Users TAIKENS AIKENS TRACY Active AIKENS TRAC TAIKENS OPERATOR S SYSOP 2 Listed OLogn Name 4 Show Inactives Users Groups Name Security Level Startup E mail Outgoing Security if needed add J Edt J _ Delete Print Close Figure 100 Configure Users T
83. day and how many paid hours are forecasted Department Select a pre defined Department for this employee Optional Job Select a pre defined Job for this employee Optional Step Select a pre defined Step for this employee Optional Operation Select a pre defined Operation for this employee Optional Task Select a pre defined Task for this employee Optional Update Rest of Week Click Check this box to update the rest of the current week with these settings Recommended 7 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Schedule screen The Shift and Department information selected will display NOTE Genesis Pro automatically keeps the schedule current for three months into the future so you needn t update manually unless you are making a change that should apply to dates that have already been updated 8 Check the Work box of each day of the week the employee is scheduled to work 9 If you are editing the schedule and wish these changes to apply into the future click the Update Forward box or Update Back box O January 2009 Time America Inc 214 Genesis Pro Manual 10 Click Apply to save the changes and update Forward if selected for editing Delete a Schedule 1 Navigate to the Schedule tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Schedules page 211 2 Click the Delete button You will be prompted Delete Assignments oF C All After Date Date 05 25 2002 Saturday OK
84. dollars per pay period 6000 total dollars 6000 total dollars 7 days in the pay period 857 14 budgeted total dollars Enter the hourly wage paid to employees working in this Operation The Use Hourly Wage check box must be selected for this field to be available Enter the charge rate received for the employees working in this operation The Use Charge Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Enter the amount per item produced piece paid to employees working in this Operation Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece The Use Piece Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Click the Configure menu Job Costing Operation The Configure Operation dialog box will open available January 2009 Time America Inc Click the Add button to add a new Operation The General tab will become 110 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Operation DEE yi a Code Name V Active Validate Use Hourly Wage Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours 0 00 Budgeted Total Dollars 0 0000 Hourly wage Charge rate OListed Piece work rate Figure 77 Adding a new Operation Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Operations section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Operation dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Operation dialog box Edit a
85. eii e iii ie 224 Benefit Entitlement Employee Benefit Details ccccsccesscecssecesnceensecesncecssecesneecsseceeneecsaeceeneeesaecseneecsaeeeaeeceeeeses 225 Benefit Entitlement Grant Benefit Timepiece E cn neon nono nora conan ran cnn nr near E n aran a 226 Benefit Entitlement Delete a Detail oooooonocniciconannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanonnnnnnno conan nono nro nn cnn n ron nc none nr nn anna cren nn cnnn ccoo nacnes 226 Benefit Accruals Configure iii aisa i srai Ee E E AEE Ea naaa Sea 227 Benefit Accruals Update Employee Benefits cccccsccssessssssssesssesecnsesecnseescssecscesecasesecseeenesaeeceaecaseeeesecaeeseenaeens 228 Benefit Accruals Employee Benefit Details ccccccesccessceeesecesnceensecesccecssecesnceceeeeaeeceaeeesaeecaeeeeaeeceaeeeeaeeceaeeeses 228 Benefit Accruals Manual Benefit AdjusStMENl ooonoocincnnonnncnnonnnnncnnncona cono cn neon nc nn nono nono n enn conan rn naar anar carac annc ci necnnos 230 Benefits Accrual Delete a Manual AdjuStMeNt ocooccicnnononnnnnnannnnnnannnonncnnonnonncnn corona none on nono aran ne nana nn on rn nana once 231 EMPLOYEE MESSAGES TAB coins oca 231 CON RUPE iaa E ostias isicb da iia 231 Add a Mesat Ci oo iso tia 232 Edit MessaRC iia idas sin cans vused sessizenssashseasadvaesonsvaeus STEB EEOC thes sagged sessbiabsssuleensndvags 233 Deleted Message ic a ao al 233 EMPLOYEE WAGES tonal E 234 Configure Employee Wa gOS oil eena naois aA suse san NETET AO AAAS AEO S ARTEEN AEREA SEA
86. elas E AE E NE devas E E 303 CHAPTER XI TERMINAL CONFIGURATION vessiisstssncsssendsessecssnsseecdssecsessevsogeodsesesesasvenssstsessabssoussdensseasess 304 TYPES OFC ONNECTIONS moriti ec vieesiek vais daeeecutes sbeck atadas 304 TA500 TA600 AND TA7000 SERIES TA520 530 TA620 TA7000 oooooccconocononocononoconononononnccnnncnnnonnnnccnonnnnccnnnnnnos 305 Configure a TAS00 TA600 TA7000 Series CLOCK ccccceccecceeccssscesscesecesecssecnsecseeesecaeecaeeeseesseeseeeeeesseesseenseeneesaes 305 TAGS 2 GATT AND FATSO SERIES ora aa Se Melo At data 321 Configure a TA 15 TA77 1 A780 Series Clock eiii dd E speveces ia R EERE RES 321 PE COCK Ata A A A A CRO AO Ces Pe ae oca Boe 335 Configure PE Cloke iorn iia a A vais Aa A E data 336 WEBCLOCK are iinn rA e AET Eds td denied dae d aid aa Ub iste Nose esas didas dea 342 Configure a WebClock coin A Rai ada aia 342 Configuring TimeSheet Submittal ci daa da Ii seda dia 346 LAS A ie de a e e o e eo da 350 Configured TASC Clocks ia lle tc isis titi 350 ATS SERIES CLOCKS ira Sa 357 Configure ATS ClO RI ii a A te aa Lea ie Nee E RE A E E gis hes eb guetta 357 HAND READER CLOCKS cities tt RAE 362 Eonfig re a Hand Reader Clock aci ds epee ao A eo aio 362 CUSTOMIZING FUNCTION KEYS iii ab rest 370 Pre Defined Function Kei A ae dae 371 AvVatlable FUNCTIONS E AT A id 371 Avalable Classes A dE Naha tas a dd esa 372 CUSTOMIZE FUNCTION Keys aia 375 ADDACLOCR ie A ec SKN 379 EDIT At CLOCK A Ai lares 380
87. employee name and number of the selected employee iers Show Division Selection Select a Division to only Filters T view employees assigned to that Division Show Group Selection Select a Group to only view employees assigned to that Group Show Salary Selection Select ALL YES or NO to view employees assigned to that option Show Fulltime Selection Select ALL YES or NO to view employees assigned to that option Show Permanent Selection Select ALL YES or NO to view employees assigned to that option Previous button Press this button to go to an individual who is previous on the list Find button Press this button to search for a name by code last name or badge number Enter in the appropriate name code or badge number when the dialog box appears Next button Press this button to go to an individual who is next on the list Number Select this option to have the employees sort by January 2009 Time America Inc employee number Sorting options are Genesis Pro Manual Setting Name Show Inactives January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select this option to have the employees sort by employee name Select this option to have inactive employees viewable in the Employee List 206 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Timecard Description Tab The Timecard tab displays the employee s timesheet information NOTE Tasks associated with the Timecard such as editing and adding punches are covered in t
88. entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 1 0 means that the clock will display error messages for one second The default is 1 5 seconds These settings define the text prompts for certain operations at the clock This field allows you to replace the default ENTER FUNCTION message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length This message is displayed after swiping a badge or entering a badge number at the clock This field allows you to replace the standard INVALID SOURCE message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length This message will display when an input source is used that the terminal has been programmed to ignore For example the employee uses a magnetic strip badge to punch In when only keypad entry is recognized 326 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Invalid Badge Invalid Level Idle Message Use Swipe amp Go Turn off function keys Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info Display idle time in military format Proximity Offset to remove Facility code January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This field allows you to replace the standard INVALID BADGE message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length An INVALID BADGE message displays when a badge or card other than the specified badge length is used This field allows you to replace the default INVALID LEVEL message with a custom message This message is displayed when V
89. four prompts are available For more information on creating custom prompts see page 371 Check this box to indicate that employees may key the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Tips The Class defines the information being entered for reporting For example is it a department number tips etc Class choices cannot be added If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available See page 372 for a description of the classes available 344 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Type Maximum Input Characters Minimum Input Characters Number of Decimal Display Entry data Verify valid entry January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select the data Type for the information being entered The settings in Company Defaults of Main company determine which Type options are available for each Class The options are Alphabetic Clock will accept letters only for this entry Numeric Clock will accept numbers only for this entry Alphanumeric Clock will accept both numbers and letters Number with forced decimal places Clock will accept numbers only and will automatically place the last two numbers entered behind the decimal place For example if 1499 is entered the clock will format it as 14 99 Alphanumeric hidden entry Clock will accept letters only the letters will not display on the clock s screen Number hidden entry Clock will accept numbers only the
90. i e Job Project Client etc The default is Step NOTE This option will only appear if you have installed the Job Costing module Enter the maximum number of digits for the Step ID Choose the data type for the Step ID The options are Numeric and Alphanumeric Enter the term you would like to use to refer to the fourth level of job costing in your organization i e Job Project etc The default is Operation NOTE This option will only appear if you have installed the Job Costing module Enter the maximum number of digits for the Operation ID Choose the data type for the Operation ID The options are Numeric and Alphanumeric Enter the term you would like to use to refer to the fifth level of job costing in your organization i e Project Task etc The default is Task NOTE This option will only appear if you have installed the Job Costing module Enter the maximum number of digits for the Task ID Choose the data type for the Task ID The options are Numeric and Alphanumeric Genesis Pro allows you to define up to six user defined fields Enter the names of the fields you would like to define if any If you do not need any custom fields you may leave these blank The default values are License Spouse and License 2 but you may modify or delete these as desired 33 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Badges Length Offset only available when using TA620 terminals Maximum
91. in the upper left of the screen Swipe Check this box to indicate that employees must swipe a magnetic badge to enter the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Department Key Check this box to indicate that employees may key the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Tips Bar Code Check this box to indicate that employees must swipe a bar code to enter the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Job Class Select the class of information to be entered following the prompt See page 372 fora description of the classes available NOTE If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available January 2009 Time America Inc 377 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Type Maximum Input Characters Minimum Input Characters Number of Decimal Display Entry data Verify valid entry January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select the data Type for the information being entered The settings in Company Defaults of Main company determine which Type options are available for each Class The options are Alphabetic Clock will accept letters only for this entry Numeric Clock will accept numbers only for this entry Alphanumeric Clock will accept both numbers and letters Number with forced decimal places Clock will accept numbers only and will automatically place the last two numbers entered behind the decimal place For example if 1499 is entered the
92. including Security Manufacturing Retail Hospitals and Healthcare The Videx can have multiple configurations ranging from a simple route to complex route and issue tracking Videx is a contact bar code and Touch Memory button reader Videx brings you the latest in highly functional portables 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure Videx The Configure Videx Data Collectors dialog box will open The dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below Configure Videx Data Collectors ia ee es OListed a Code Description Active Y Model O DuraTrax OLasetLite OLaseritePro O LaserLite MX Comm Port x Idle message Division 0000 H amp L CONSTRUCTION v Download OS to DuraTrax Cancel Figure 317 Configure Videx Data Collectors General tab 2 The General tab defines the communication and general operation settings and contains the following information Setting Code Description Active January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a unique code up to 4 characters to identify the data collector Once defined this code cannot be changed Enter a description of the data collector This description will be seen in the system and on reports This field can be used to describe the clock type and it s location in your facility i e Videx In BUILDING TWO The clock description can be up to 30 characters long Click the Activ
93. information on this feature see the Edit Entire Week section The Schedule calendar can display either work Shift information or Job Costing information which Job Step Operation and Task the employee is scheduled to work You can switch back and forth easily For more information on this feature see the Schedule Details section Date Displays the date January 2009 Time America Inc 211 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Shift Department Job Work Override Display Shift Information Display Job Cost Information Template Update Back Update Forward Copy Button Rotate Button January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the Shift selected for that particular day NOTE Before a shift is assigned the system will default the shift assignment to a floater shift Displays the Department number for that particular day Displays the Job number for that particular day Check this box to indicates whether or not the employee is scheduled to work that day and how many paid hours are forecasted Enter the start and stop schedule change time for rounding rule purposes only Select this option to view the Shift Department and Job information on the schedule calendar Select this option to view the Step Operation and Task information on the schedule calendar Check this box to make this employee s schedule a template This will enable you to copy this employee s schedule fo
94. key Change z E T Supervisor only F Check protiles I Check acce Prompt 1 ENTER DEPARTMENT Y M Swipe IV Key IV Bar Code k of Class Department y E E E Type Numeric 7 e Maximum input characters T fi Minimum input chatacters Lil y BS Number of decimal T O z T Display entry data T Verity valid entry 1 Listed Swipe and go definition Update soft key ode Hene Apply OK Cancel Figure 280 Configure TA500 Clock Function Keys tab Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info PC Clock C PC Cloc r CLOCK CODE PC Prompt 1 Function key o X Prompt 2 Prompt 3 Softkey Erren Prompt 4 I Supervisor only 7 Check profiles I Check access Prompt 1 ENTER DEPARTMENT 7 W Swipe M Key IV Bar Code Class Department z Type Numeric fa Maximum input characters T Minimum input characters T Number of decimal 7 T Display entry data F Verify valid entry 1 Listed i iti Update soft key Code C Nane I Show Inactive Figure 281 Configure TA620 Clock Function Keys tab January 2009 Time America Inc 313 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA7000 Series Clocks General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info TEST a 1 Listed Prompt 1 Prompt 2 Prompt 3 Prompt 4 CLOCK
95. key Swipe and Go occurs when an employee swipes a card through the clock and is not asked to enter a function Selecting Swipe on the Function Key dropdown menu provides the same information The Swipe and Go function will work with all methods of punching as long as it is activated under Configure Main Company See Main Company page 28 5 The Miscellaneous tab defines clock defaults and contains the following information 1 Listed Code Configure TA500 Series Clocks 001 Demo TA520L General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info m CLOCK DEFAULTS T Client 1 XYZ Widgets y IV Project 0001 Manufacture Widgets Y Operatic None Found PROFILES T Download Profile TE AllowSupe VALIDATION T Download Names BELLS T Download Bell Schedule Bellschedule orno oy ok Comcel Figure 283 Configure TA500 TA600 TA7000 Clocks Miscellaneous tab Settin Clock Defaults Department O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Used with the Level change to clock default function key This will transfer an employee to levels that have been assigned to the clock NOTE This is part of the Job Costing module Select the default Department for this clock 317 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Job Step Operation Download Profile Allow Supervisor override Profile
96. latest version of the manual Technical Support If you encounter a problem or need technical support after reading this manual please contact your local Sales and Service Representative Your local representative has received training in the areas of software installation configuration operation and advanced troubleshooting They are qualified to provide you with the highest level of technical support When Calling Technical Support for Assistance If possible contact your authorized local Sales and Service Representative while at the computer experiencing the problem so you can quickly answer questions and implement the solutions suggested by your representative Before calling gather the following information Your local Sales and Service Representative will need this information to assist you The version and serial number of your Genesis Pro software The name and version of the Operating System The type of network being used if applicable The model number and EPROM revision of the data collection terminal s used with the Genesis Pro software The name of all software options and or modules installed The make and model of the host computer PC The operations being performed when the problem occurred A printout of any error message that was displayed January 2009 Time America Inc 10 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter ll Installation This section describes how to install the Genesis Pro software the Sent
97. nade 23 Access the Online Help Window ireann enaiis aar ideas ie ESSERE ATOE is R aSa 23 Use Help Contents mare a a E id a aea Eea a R aA Teaia 23 Us ethe Helplndek aos is aa E AEE N e E AAA E Ea e a 23 USF ep Find is iii Shag diia ii ita 24 Return to the Help Topics WindoW oocoocconcnoonoononanonanonncnnecnne cone on nono nora o aaia oa aoe aeaiiai neon conan iaaii ins 24 Printa Help Topic A A A A A ln cia 24 CONFIGURING THE SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT 0c ccccsssscecsescecesssececsssaececsnceecsesaeeecsenaeeecaaeeceesaececseneeeesseeessesaeeeeneaaeeess 25 Play Bell Tone A tae Yond avis cout ek tak A A Bevel ceva oka kde 25 Change Screen BackgrOURd coto a ii ai 25 Navigation Selec A A A dia 26 CHAPTER IV CONFIGURATION sanan rnanan enana eaii E ON E Va es s r E on 27 MAN COMPANY a occa O it a a ee an a ee gs 28 NN 36 Configure DIVISIONS uan aiii 36 Adda DIVISION LILA ai A A dada is 37 IKAN O SISTE A A TC OA 37 TACA AA A TN 37 CATEGORIES unicidad dada 39 Configure Cate BOTIOS ciclo a aE aE E da 40 Adda COTO a Ai ria ds ia 43 Edita Cate bO Yarno dd la id 44 Delete COCO aa a a cat daw hasta ages e aE dd ida 44 ATTENDANCE CODES aid daa dais 45 Configure Attendance Codes soisvanedavduesvssbasbeschadvest sesetes ievaesseg a a ea aeta teehee 45 Add an Attendance Codeine aiaeei ia ariens no conoce conoce nono nononononononononononononononenenininininen 46 O January 2009 Time America Inc 3 Genesis Pro Manual Edit Gn Attendance Code a
98. new report that builds upon an existing report so you don t have to reinvent the wheel January 2009 Time America Inc Navigate to the Report Editor See Report Editor page 298 Highlight the report you wish to copy Click the Save As button The Save As dialog box will open NOTE Not all reports can be copied The Save As button will only be available for reports that can be copied 300 Genesis Pro Manual Who s Not In Save As 14 Code fATZ Name who s Missing Sort order 7 Filename MISSING MENU C Payroll Attendance Exceptions Human Resources Schedule C Wage Exports Job Costing C Access Listings C None OK Cancel Figure 272 Report Save As 4 Fillin the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Code Displays the code for the selected report Name Displays the current display name of the report You may edit this setting to change the display name of the report Sort Order Enter a number that indicates where in the list of reports this item will appear 1 for the top 2 for the second position down etc File Name Enter the file name under which this report should be saved The name must be 4 characters or more Do not enter a file extension as Genesis Pro will assign it automatically Menu Select the report category under which you wish this report to appear NOTE Choosing None removes the report from the menu entirely but retains the report definition
99. of retries 0 od lame I Show Inactive App Gk Cancel Figure 314 Example Add a Clock 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure section for the type of clock you are adding TA500 600 PC Clock page 305 Web Clock page 342 ATS page 357 Hand Reader page 362 4 If there is already a clock of this type defined the Default Clock Add dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 379 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info PC Clock Cade PI Descrip E cription PE Clock Active Communication i Bes Default Clock Add Evel ET Would you like to copy the information from an existing clock into the new clock tail anveter ATG SD COPY DEFAULTS FROM i J yl DC Clock x F Address 182 A F Part 3000 IPE E Description audrate 1200 E Yes No Cancel f i 1 foo ie ee TA A he E Barcode Sode ties To 1 Listed Code C Name I Show Inactives Homeer orret Edit Delete Print Close Figure 315 Default Clock Add 5 Highlight the clock whose settings you would like to copy or click No to start from scratch 6 Enter a unique code for this clock up to four characters 7 Enter a Description of the clock i e Warehouse Back Office California etc 8 Click the Yes button to continue You will be returned to
100. punch and no miscellaneous entries are entered to override the absence Enter the number of months in the occurrence tracking cycle Effective start date of the policy This section displays the infractions that are to be flagged as occurrences and their details Displays the Category or Attendance code for this infraction Displays the Category or Attendance name for this infraction 156 Genesis Pro Manual Type Displays a C for Category or an A for Attendance Occurrence Displays the percentage of an occurrence this infractions counts as Notices This section displays the titles of the notices that are to be sent Notices are sent when a certain number of occurrences are met At Displays the number of occurrences after which the notice should be sent Notice Displays the title of the notice Notices Text Allows you to customize the text of the Attendance Notice Add an Occurrence Rating 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurrences dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Occurrence Rating The General tab will become available Configure Occurrences General Code Name W Active System generated absences count as 0 00 occurrences Calculations are done on a rolling 12 7 month basis Category and Attendance Infractions Notices Name Type Occurrence At Notice DListed Eolo Gk Cancel Figure 118 Adding a new Oc
101. refer to Out End Lunch or End Break punches O January 2009 Time America Inc 68 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Every XX mins Round back Round forward Duration Every XX mins Round back Round forward January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Rounding may be minute to minute 0 or in set increments of 3 6 15 30 or 60 minutes Click the arrow to display valid entries then select the increment desired For example entering 15 in this field means that for punches occurring outside the Scheduled Start time round to the nearest 15 minutes using the Round Back and Round Forward rules specified below This range indicates the period of time in minutes during which the clock rounds back to the last increment You need only enter the last minute of this range The first minute is always 0 This range indicates the period of time in minutes during which the clock rounds forward to the next increment These fields are automatically calculated by the system based on the rounding increment specified in the round back field These settings refer to work period durations Rounding may be minute to minute 0 or in set increments of 3 6 15 30 or 60 minutes Click the arrow to display valid entries then select the increment desired For example entering 15 in this field means that for punches occurring outside the Scheduled Start time round to the nearest 15 minutes using the Round Back and Round Forwa
102. report category to another Reports and Listings Selection aily Hours Hours 2 Attendance Time Cord D Time Card Category Summary E Erceptions Time Card Dept Time Card Dept Cat Summary A HA Time Card Diff Cat Summary Time Card Differential Ei Time Card One Line pedi Time Card Dept Summary gt qe Time Card One Line TA200 y iage Time Card Analysis 2 Ea Assign Hours to Messages CQ E Assign Benefits to Messages Assign Schedule to Profile 1 Bb EAS Assign TA7xx Messages Bonus Transaction E Sai Category Calendar Category Count A O Ranges Individuals Bn Figure 258 Example Select Report dialog box Listings 3 Select the report you wish to run January 2009 Time America Inc 285 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Select the Ranges option 5 Click the Run button The Report Parameter Selection dialog box will open Daily Hours Parameter Selection Pay period Pay Periods back 0 v Start Ose EE O Yesterday Policy o Forecasting O Today Period Reprocess Employees Active O Inactive O All Employees All O Range To CAMA Departments Al O Range To Z Divisions All O Range To Groups All O Range To E Close Figure 259 Report Parameter Selection 6 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Pay Period Pay Periods Back Select Policy Period Special O January 2009 Time America Inc Select this option to ru
103. s screen Number hidden entry Clock will accept numbers only the numbers will not display on the clock s screen Maximum Input Enter the maximum total number of characters Characters that can be entered for this Prompt The number displayed in this field is based on the Class selected Minimum Input Enter the minimum number of characters that can Characters be entered for this Prompt The default value for this field is 1 but may be changed Number of Decimal Enter the number of places after the decimal point for a numeric entry A maximum of 4 decimal places may be entered This field will only be available if a Numeric option was chosen in the Class field January 2009 Time America Inc 331 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Verify valid entry Update Soft Key Swipe and Go Definition Definition Check this box to enforce the Validation available with the Job Cost Validation Module Validation must be turned on for each level Download Names must be checked under the miscellaneous tab and Load Level Validation must be checked as a polling option The clock will check the input information against the downloaded level information If the level entry does not exist at the time of the last programming the data will be considered invalid Click this button to commit the changes made to a key s functions or settings Click this button to display the Swipe and Go function since there is no actual Swipe and G
104. see Benefit Accruals page 146 Indicates the unique number assigned to the selected accumulator Indicates the frequency with which benefits are posted in this accumulator Indicates the date on which this policy became effective NOTE This is typically set to the start date of the company However this date needs to be no earlier than the start date of the employee that has the most seniority in the company Indicates the date on which the yearly benefits reset previous balance zero out or roll forward and the employee starts earning a new year s benefits Indicates the categories that will be considered when calculating benefits based on hours worked and or paid Click the category to select it A checkmark displays next to categories when they are selected Displays the code for the Category Displays the name of the Category Check this box to indicate that regular hours of the selected category s should be considered when calculating benefits Check this box to indicate that overtime hours of the selected category s should be considered when calculating benefits Check this box to indicate that overtime 2 hours of the selected category s should be considered when calculating benefits Check this box to indicate that overtime 3 hours of the selected category s should be considered when calculating benefits 148 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Benefit Accumulators Accumulators specify the categori
105. selected for example Enter a Department Input Enter the additional input for example the Department number 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Online Timecard Edit a Transaction This section describes how to use the Edit button in the Transaction tab You can edit transactions from either the Online Timecard or the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box The Online Timecard provides two buttons Edit Add Start and Edit Add Stop which are described in the next two sections 1 Navigate to the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box and select the employee whose time you wish to edit See Employee Transactions page 220 Navigate to and select the transaction you wish to edit Click the Edit button The Transaction Detail dialog box will open Transaction Detail for 00003 Anderson Frank Date and Time y 00 Function CLOCKED IN v DEJAME 14 06 01 MON m ll Clock 001 Demo TASZOL OL v Reason v Override Round Override Attend Override Automatic Lunches and Breaks ADDING TRANSACTION Figure 229 Edit Transaction January 2009 Time America Inc 257 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Fillin the settings as described in the Add Transaction section 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Transactions screen Edit Add Start Edit Add Start is available from the Online Timecard The Edit Add Start button opens the Transaction Detail dialog box and
106. that if exceeded by an employee will be reported on the Overtime Hours Exception report For example if 20 00 is entered any employees working over 20 hours of overtime are flagged for the report An employee who works under or over this number of hours HH MM per day is reported on the Daily Hours Exception report For example if 6 00 is entered in the Under or Over fields an employee working under or over 12 hours a day is flagged for the report An employee who works under or over this number of hours HH MM per day is reported on the Period Hours Exception report For example if 30 00 is entered in the Under or Over fields an employee working under or over 60 00 hours in a pay period is flagged for the report 1 Click the Configure menu Policies The Configure Policies dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Policy The Default Policy Add dialog box will become available ETT IIA 1 Listed Code C Name T Show Inactives 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions STANDARD PAY RULE Loa A mente Default Policy Add Edt Delete Pit Close Figure 46 Adding a new Policy 3 Enter a unique code for this policy O January 2009 Time America Inc 63 Genesis Pro Manual MN O Edit a Policy Delete a Policy Y Enter a unique name for this policy Click Yes to copy the existing policy or click No to start fro
107. that apply to the Shift Group as a whole and contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 72 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Shifts 001 Groups Detais Ditterential Standard Shift Standard Shift 1 Listed Code Neme Show Iracth r Shift Details r Rounding Code 007 Name EEE W Active F Flex Open Forecasted hours for floaters 0 0000 Cutoff Stop Gross Lunch Total Number Add Delete ld In Out Rounding Lunch Rounding Break Rounding 1 IN OUT STANDAR Y 3 LUNCH 60 MINUTE NONE DEFINED El Figure 52 Shifts Shift Groups tab Setting Code Name Active Flex Open Forecasted hours for floaters O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This field is required Enter a unique shift code up to 3 characters in length Once saved this code cannot be changed This field is required Type the shift group name as you want it to appear in the system and on reports The shift group name can be up to 30 characters long Click the Active check box to indicate an active shift group Clear this check box if the group is inactive Rather than deleting a shift group from the system simply mark it inactive in the event you wish to use it again at a later date Click the Flex Open check box if the shift group consists of flexible shifts A flexible shift does not have a designated start and stop time It only specifies the number of hours that an employe
108. that you repair all files 3 Click OK to begin the repairing process A progress bar will show the percentage of completion Update Databases The Update Databases utility is used when upgrading Genesis Pro to a newer version of the software It makes all the required modifications to your current database so that it operates with any new file structures 1 Click the File menu Utilities Repair Databases The Update and Compare prompt will appear Ct gt Do you want compare and update gt tables 5 Cancel Figure 342 Repair Selection 2 Click OK to begin the updating process Initialize Databases The Initialize Databases utility completely removes the contents of database files This utility is useful when databases become corrupted beyond recovery NOTE This utility completely deletes ALL data in the selected databases Only the SYSOP is able to initialize data 1 Click the File menu Utilities Initialize Databases The nitialize Selection dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 408 Genesis Pro Manual Initialize Selection Add Add all ACRLTOT DBF JARPTINFO DBF ARPTSEL DBF ARPTUSER DBF JATTEND DBF AUTOCLK DBF JAUTOPOLL DBF zi 1d 109 Available OSelected DK Cancel Figure 343 Initialize Selection 2 Select the database you wish to initialize by clicking Add to select an individual database or Add All to add all 3 Click OK to begin the process ALL
109. the Edit button in the Notices section The Notice Details dialog box will open 5 Edit the settings as described in the Add Attendance Notice section 6 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Occurrences dialog box 7 Click Close to exit the dialog box Delete a Category and Attendance Infraction 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurrences window will open 2 Highlight the Occurrence Rating you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General tab will become available Click the Delete button in the Notices section You will be prompted xi 7 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 125 Deletion Confirmation 5 Click OK to confirm the deletion 6 Click Close to exit the dialog box Printing and Viewing Attendance Notices The Attendance Notice command allows you to preview and print Attendance Notices for all employees that have outstanding infractions There are two reports available with this feature e Attendance Notice prints the Notices text configured in the Configure Occurrences dialog box e Attendance Detail prints the infractions that led to the Attendance Notice The employee list will appear automatically and will reflect those employees that are assigned to the Occurrence Rating and have met or exceeded the Attendance Notice limits January 2009 Time America Inc 162 Genesis Pro Manual
110. the changes and return to the Schedule screen O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select this option to copy the selected template from the Starting on point forward forever Select the option to copy only up to a certain date Enter the date in the space provided These settings define the date range that will be copied to Select this option to paste the copied schedule starting from the employee s hire date forward Select this option to paste the copied schedule from a user defined date forward Enter the date in the space provided 219 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Transactions Tab The Transaction tab displays the individual punches for the employee NOTE Tasks associated with the Transactions tab such as editing and adding punches are covered in their own section See Timecard and Transaction Maintenance page 251 Description 5 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 6 Click the Transactions tab to display the following information Configure Employee 11111 Grounds Mike Division ALL hd Group ALL X i Find Pells Tracy Rustic Lucy Smith Susan 5 Listed Number Name I Show Inactives Figure 191 Settin Timecard Schedule i status Benefits Messages wages Badges Profies Detail Day Date Time Key Prompt Clock Badge Reas 2 2003 A Mon 01 2003 11 00 00a Mon 06 02 2003 11 55 00a Mon 06 02
111. the department by the dollar amount each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 600 dollars per pay period 6000 total dollars 6000 total dollars 7 days in the pay period 857 14 budgeted total dollars Hourly Wage Enter the hourly wage paid to employees working in this department The Use Hourly Wage check box must be selected for this field to be available Charge Rate Enter the charge rate received for the employees working in this department The Use Charge Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Piece Work Rate Enter the amount per item produced piece paid to employees working in this department Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece The Use Piece Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Add a Department 1 Click the Configure menu Department The Configure Department dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Department The General tab will become available January 2009 Time America Inc 95 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Department 100 General NORTH SIDE a Code Name V Active Validate Use Hourly Wage Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours 0 00 Budgeted Total Dollars 0 0000 Hourly wage Charge ra
112. the employee Day of Week Select the Profile Schedule desired for each day of the week 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Profiles screen To All Clocks 1 Navigate to the Profiles tab of the Configure Employee dialog box See Configure Employee Profiles page 240 2 Click the All Clocks button The All Clocks Profile Assignment Detail dialog box will open Figure 216 All Clocks Profile Assignment 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Valid Access Check this box to make this clock accessible to the employee Day of Week Select the Profile Schedule desired for each day of the week 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Profiles screen Edit a Profile 1 Navigate to the Profiles tab of the Configure Employee dialog box See Configure Employee Profiles page 240 Highlight the profile you wish to edit Click the Edit button The Profile Assignment Detail dialog box will open Edit the settings as described in the Add a Profile section of ON Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Profiles screen January 2009 Time America Inc 242 Genesis Pro Manual Delete a Profile 1 Navigate to the Profiles tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Profiles page 240 Highlight the Profile you wish to delete Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete 4 Click OK to conf
113. the fingerprint option The Assignments tab lists the employees that can use this clock This is only necessary if you are using fingerprints with TA780 clocks Configure TA780 Series Clocks PEN General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Assignments a Code Name Badge Special Enroll Template v Y 0 Employees Listed Fingerprint Mode O Verity Identify RemoveAll Adaan Add OListed Figure 293 Configure TA780 Clocks Assignments tab The tab contains the following information Setting Definition January 2009 Time America Inc 334 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Employee Listing Fingerprint Mode Division Group Remove All Add All Add PC Clock Definition Displays a list of the employees that can use this clock Includes employee code employee name employee badge number special enrollment and if they have a fingerprint template saved NOTE Can use the Print feature to print an assignment listing Verify This option will only verify employee number with fingerprint Identify This option will identify employee from the fingerprint only Click this button to select employees based on Division Employees selected are assigned the default Authority and Verification automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Authority and
114. the function prompt for the transaction Clock Displays the number of the clock at which the transaction was recorded NOTE No clock number will display if the transaction was entered by a supervisor through the Genesis Pro software Badge Displays the employee s badge number used for this transaction January 2009 Time America Inc 175 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Reason Supervisor Prompt Input Add Edit Delete January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the reason code associated with the corresponding transaction This field shows audit trail information and displays the name and number of the supervisor who edited this transaction if any Displays the function prompt for the transaction Displays any additional data entered with the transaction such as a Department number the number of pieces produced etc For more information on adding editing and deleting transactions see Adding and Editing Transactions page 253 and Deleting Transactions page 263 176 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Benefits Tab The Benefits tab reflects the employee s current benefit balances Reviewer for 00001 Carol Washington Change Password Figure 131 Employee Reviewer Benefits tab Allowed Taken Pending Left Count Carry date D OL sO 2007 o 01 01 2002 Print Close 1 Navigate to the Employee Reviewer window See Accessing Employee Reviewer page 168 2 Clic
115. the letters will not display on the clock s screen Number hidden entry Clock will accept numbers only the numbers will not display on the clock s screen Enter the maximum total number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The number displayed in this field is based on the Class selected Enter the minimum number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The default value for this field is 1 but may be changed Enter the number of places after the decimal point for a numeric entry A maximum of 4 decimal places may be entered This field will only be available if a Numeric option was chosen in the Class field Check this box to display the input information 316 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Verify valid entry Update Soft Key Swipe and Go Definition Definition Check this box to enforce the Validation available with the Job Cost Validation Module Validation must be turned on for each level Download Names must be checked under the miscellaneous tab and Load Level Validation must be checked as a polling option The clock will check the input information against the downloaded level information If the level entry does not exist at the time of the last programming the data will be considered invalid Click this button to commit the changes made to a key s functions or settings Click this button to display the Swipe and Go function since there is no actual Swipe and Go function
116. the number of times the computer should attempt to connect to the clock if communication either fails or is interrupted during polling Modem number Enter the phone number the PC modem must dial to communicate with this clock The number must be entered in the following format Outside Line Access Code Wait Symbol Area Code Phone Number If no outside line is required such as 9 simply enter the phone number Omit the area code if not applicable On most modems the wait symbol is a comma typically representing a one second pause Multiple wait symbols can be used if necessary IP Address Enter the IP address assigned to the Etherlink converter DO NOT enter leading zeros IP Port Displays the port used for Ethernet The default is 300 and should not be changed Altering this number will result in communication failure Time difference Enter the time difference in hours between the between clock and computer and time clock Since the computer can computer set the clock s time this field compensates for time zone differences between the computer s location and the clock s location When the clock s time is set the system either adds or subtracts this time difference from the computer s clock A setting of 0 indicates that the clock and computer are in the same time zone Division Select the company division where the clock is located Every transaction entered on this clock is tagged with this division code
117. threshold authority level and if they have a hand template saved Click this button to select employees based on Division Employees selected are assigned the default Time Zone Reject Threshold and Authority automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Time Zone Reject Threshold and Authority Level Click this button to select employees based on Group Employees selected are assigned the default Time Zone Reject Threshold and Authority automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Time Zone Reject Threshold and Authority Level Click this button to remove all employees currently assigned to the clock Click this button to assign all employees to the clock Employees selected are assigned the default Time Zone Reject Threshold and Authority automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Time Zone Reject Threshold and Authority 366 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Add Definition Click this button to select employees individually You will be prompted to select the following Time Zone Select the Time Zone defined on the previous tab that applies to this employee Reject Override The reject threshold indicates how closely the hand has to match the original scanned
118. to 12 27 2008 12 14 2008 12 15 2008 12 16 2008 12 17 2008 12 18 2008 12 19 2008 12 20 2008 Totals 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4000 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Beprocess Add Trans Edit Add Star Edit Add Stop Multiple Misc From Schedule Delete Figure 237 Online Timecard from Approval Editor 4 Add edit or delete the transaction as needed For more information on these tasks see Adding and Editing Transactions page 253 and Deleting a Transaction page 263 January 2009 Time America Inc 267 Genesis Pro Manual The Schedules Tab and Transaction tab will also be available to view and edit See Employee Schedule Tab page 211 and the Employee Transactions Tab page 220 January 2009 Time America Inc 268 Genesis Pro Manual Status Board The Status Board screen is a useful tool that displays the Status Board for recorded for each employee within a certain time range for example in the last 18 hours This is an excellent way to find out the current whereabouts of your employees The data displayed in the screen is for information purposes only and cannot be edited NOTE If an employee has not punched within the time range specified no data will appear next to his or her name Click the Edit menu Status Board The Status Board screen will ope
119. to File Overwrite File Overwrite Records Discard Records If Drive A or B are selected these settings will become available Genesis Pro will format the floppy drive prior to copying the archived file onto it Choose the method of formatting desired The options are Quick Deletes all information on the drive without formatting Conditional Saves the table that is on the disk Unconditional Deletes everything on the disk and reformats Low Density Formats a low density disk which almost never heard of anymore and should only be used by knowledgeable users Select this option if Genesis Pro should split a large archive file so that it can be spanned over more than one floppy disk You will be prompted to insert disks as needed Select this option to have new archive information add to an existing archive file of the same name Select this option to have new archive information overwrite an existing archive file of the same name If append to file is selected you will need to decide how duplicate records should be handled Select this option to overwrite existing duplicate records with new information Select this option to discard the new duplicate records and keep the existing records 3 Click OK to complete the Archive Restore Archive Archived data is data that has been removed from the Genesis Pro software but has not been deleted The only information that is stored in an archive is transact
120. transactions Click the Active check box to indicate that the Login ID is active Uncheck this box if the Login is not being used at this time Enter the last name of this User Enter the first name of this User Select the pre defined Security Level for this user For more information on setting up Security Levels see Configure Security Levels page 127 This section determines the settings that apply when Genesis Pro starts up Select the screen that should open automatically when Genesis Pro starts The options are Main Menu Approval Editor Employee Configure Employee and Task Organizer Select the set of icons you want displayed in Genesis Pro The options are High Quality and Low Quality High Quality displays the newest icons and Low Quality keeps the old icons Enter this user s email address This can be used to send Auto Processed reports to the user whenever they re ready NOTE This option will only be available if you have activated the SMTP feature Enter the SMTP server name Enter the display name Enter the e mail address Enter this information for email authentication Enter the user name Enter the password 4 The Divisions tab specifies the Divisions to which this user can view and contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 142 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Users SYSOP Users Divisions Groups OPERATOR SYSTEM C Range List Active
121. use No Profile in use IV Valid Access Sunday Schedule1 y Thursday Schedule1 Monday Schedule 1 Y Friday Schedule 1 Tuesday Schedule 1 a Saturday Schedule 1 Wednesday Schedule 1 z DK Lancel Figure 246 Global Profile Assignment Details 4 Fill in the settings as described in the Employee Profiles section page 240 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Global Profile Assignment dialog box 6 Click OK again to complete the assignment 7 Click Close to exit the dialog box Global IP Access Global IP Access is used to assign IP Addresses to employees punching on the Webclock Wildcards are okay 1 Click the Edit menu Global IP Access The Global IP Access Assignment dialog box will open Global Global Schedule One Day Assignment One Global Schedule One Day Assignment Assignment JONES DAVID 00004 REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Add all 5 Available D Selected Group Division Detail Gk Close January 2009 Time America Inc 275 Genesis Pro Manual 2 Select the employee s you wish to assign using the techniques described above see Selecting Employees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes page 272 3 Click the Details button The Global IP Access Details dialog box will open Enter an IP address to give access to employees punching on the Webclock Wildcards are OK Examples 10 0 0 25 10 0
122. window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Clocks tab then click the 747000 tab to display the following information Cheek iD Tengas on fe lor tango reset Heteve tercios Nom seimo Dom Figure 219 Configure Employee Clocks tab January 2009 Time America Inc 244 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Clock ID Badge Verification Authority Templates on file for Badge Numbers Retrieve Templates From All Clocks Add Edit Delete Employee Details Tab Definition Displays the Clock ID assigned to each clock Displays employee badge number Displays the verification level which defines the false read threshold Displays the Authority Level which defines the clock menus employees can view or use at the clock The following options are available Employee Supervisor or Configuration Displays if the employee has a fingerprint template saved Enter the specific clock for individual employee fingerprint template retrieval This opens the All Clocks dialog box Here you can assign an employee to all TA7000 clocks Click this button to select TA7000 clocks individually Edit the settings assigned to the employee Delete the employee hand reader assignment The Details tab manages the employee s personnel settings New employees are also added from this tab Configure Employee Details 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee pag
123. 00 1 001 0 00 0 00 6 00 I 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Reprocess Add Trans Edit Add Start Edit Add Stop Multiple Misc Figure 224 Online Timecard Approval Editor Navigating in the Online Timecard Tab By default the Online Timecard screen displays the current pay period s data There are two easy techniques for navigating to other pay periods NOTE It may not be possible to edit data in previous pay periods depending upon your security permissions and the number of editable pay periods settings For more information see Main Company page 28 and Configure Users page 140 Tenecaed Schchdn Trameachone Stakis Benefits Messages Wages Radya Profiles Clocks Dotad 1 Dee Dey Ca Stat Stop Comme Meg O11 012 013 Usd Dale SE 7 00 16 00 001 2 00 1 00 Ta Navigation Buttons eE al Gs Ga Cr A ra a iS 2 al E 00 a0 000 000 so gt Pay Period selector 1 000 F Lattad iF 2 000 D om tor Ohana Add Tira pamasa canso Stee Murcia Mise here pr Doe Figure 225 Online Timecard January 2009 Time America Inc 252 Genesis Pro Manual e Navigation buttons Click the Navigation buttons to scroll to previous and next pay periods The navigation button at the top of the scroll bar takes you to the previous pay period the button at the bottom takes you to the next pay period e Pay Period selector Use the spin button in the Pay Periods Back
124. 00 or 5 00 P M Enter the number of minutes before the shift s stop time that punches are rounded forward to the shifts stop A maximum of 99 minutes may be entered The default is 5 minutes Enter the number of minutes after the shift s stop time that punches are rounded back to the shift s stop A maximum of 99 minutes may be entered The default is 30 minutes January 2009 Time America Inc 353 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Lockout begins HH MM Lockout ends HH MM Outside Round in Minutes Daily OT Weekly OT Link back time HH MM Tip Punches O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the start time HH MM of this policy s employee lockout Enter the time in military format If the lockout begin and lockout end times are 00 00 no lockout takes place The default is 00 00 Any employee that enters a punch between these lockout times receives the message SEE SUPERVISOR Only by swiping a supervisor badge can you override the lockout and accept the punch Enter the stop time HH MM of this policy s employee lockout Enter the time in military format If the lockout begin and lockout end times are both 00 00 no lockout takes place The default is 00 00 or not used Any employee that enters a punch between these lockout times receives the message SEE SUPERVISOR Only by swiping a supervisor badge can you override the lockout and accept the punch Enter the increment to which pu
125. 0000 f 0000 f 0 0000 11 0000 11 0000 f 11 0000 11 0000 11 0000 11 0000 f 11 0000 0 0000 0 0000 Sep 2 01 Sep 3 01 0 0000 Sep 4 01 1 0000 f 11 0000 11 0000 11 0000 11 0000 11 0000 11 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 f oo 0000 0000 0 0000 f 0000 f 0000 f 0 0000 Sep 5 01 Sep 6 01 Sep 7 01 Sep 8 01 Close Figure 210 Adding a new Level Wage 4 The Level Wage Details dialog box contains the following information Setting ltem Use Hourly Wage Use Piece Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This field will be pre populated with the Departments Jobs Steps Operations and Tasks defined in the system Select the item you wish to configure The value for this option is defined in the Configure Department Job Step Operation or Task dialog box It will be checked and will reflect the pre defined wage if the Use Hourly Wage setting is checked in the Department Job Step Operation or Task dialog box for this item The value for this option is defined in the Configure Department Job Step Operation or Task dialog box It will be checked and will reflect the pre defined wage if the Use Piece Rate setting is checked in the Department Job Step Operation or Task dialog box for this item 237 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Calendar Hourly Wage Piece Rate Wage Definition The calendar is used both to enter the wage amount and to indica
126. 01407 2005 07 00 00 AM Fri ADDING OK Cancel EDITING OK Cancel 1 Navigate to the Online Timecard for the employee you wish to edit See Online Timecard page 251 Or navigate to the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box and select the employee for whom you wish to add a transaction See Employee Transactions page 220 2 Click the Add Trans Online Timecard or Add Transactions button The Transaction Detail dialog box will open Transaction Detail for 00001 Baker Angela Date and Time oo o Function CLOCRED 1 v Arn 08 00 00 Mon A GIGI Clock 001 MAIN CLOCK v Reason E Override Round Override Attend Override Automatic Lunches and Breaks ADDING TRANSACTION Figure 227 Transaction Detail 3 The Transaction Detail dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Date Enter the date for this transaction January 2009 Time America Inc 254 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Time Function Clock Reason Override Rounding Override Attendance Override Automatic Lunches and Breaks Definition Enter the time for the transaction HH MM SS Enter this in military time Select the type for this transaction The standard options are Clocked In Clocked Out Out for Lunch In from Lunch Enter Department Enter Category Approve Overtime Swipe amp Go Miscellaneous used for entering absences vacation tips and other
127. 1 Click the File menu Utilities Reindex Databases The Reindex Selection dialog box will open Reindex Selection d ACRLACUM DBF Ad ACRLADJ DBF fod ACRLCAT DBF ACRLDET DBF suda ACRLTOT DBF ARPTINFO DBF ARPTSEL DBF remove ARPTUSER DBF ATTEND DBF FeEmove el AUTOCLK DBF JAUTOPOLL DBF ll 109 Available 0 Selected Gk Cancel Figure 340 Reindex Selection 2 Select the database you wish to reindex by clicking Add to select an individual database or Add All to add all It is recommended that you reindex all files 3 Click OK to begin the reindexing process Repair Database The Repair Databases utility compares the contents of the database to the database s index and attempts to rebuild the index to compensate for any inconsistencies This utility cannot replace or recover data that has been lost or corrupted It is recommended that you repair your Genesis Pro databases prior to Reindexing in order to ensure that the data is optimized 1 Click the File menu Utilities Update Databases The Repair Selection dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 407 Genesis Pro Manual Repair Selection JARPTSEL DBF ARPTUSER DBF JATTEND DBF AUTOCLK DBF JAUTOPOLL DBF zi 1d 109 Available O Selected ok Cancel Figure 341 Repair Selection 2 Select the database you wish to repair by clicking Add to select an individual database or Add All to add all It is recommended
128. 1 04 2002 11 05 2002 11 06 2002 11 07 2002 11 08 2002 11 09 2002 11 10 200 Totals eg 0 00 7 75 8 00 7 75 00 0 00 46 75 om 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 DT2 E 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 oT3 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 aA Unpaid 0 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 6 00 5 Listed Dollars 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Number Name z a E Ra Show Inacives Beprocess Add Trans Edit Add Start Edit Add Stop Multiple Misc Erom Sc le Delete Print Close Figure 181 Configure Employee January 2009 Time America Inc 204 Genesis Pro Manual Employee List The Employee List window contains a list of the employees in the database also available as described below 00001 Baker Angela C Show Salary Selection 00001 Baker Angela C Show Fulltime Selection ne sch ae _ Show Permanent Selection 00004 sad 00005 Braunich Carol 00006 Carter Joyce 00007 Case Dustin 00008 Clark Caroline 00009 Corselti Carola 00010 Dean Christine 00011 DeMay Kelly 00012 Donnelly Cathi 4 00013 Gump Barbara Find Employee 00014 Hickman Joyce 00015 Hixon Joan SEARCH BY 00016 Kelly K 00017 Kowalewski Rita O Code Last name O Badge 00018 Lingla Martha 00019 Martin Cheryl 00020 McKenzie Wendy v 38 Listed ok Cancel Number Name C Show Inactives Figure 182 Employee List Setting Definition Selected Employee Displays the
129. 192 168 1 OK l Cancel 4 Fill in the appropriate IP Address wildcards are okay Global Schedule One Day Assignment The Global Schedule One Day Assignment is used to assign multiple employees to the same Shift Department Job Step Operation and Task if applicable for one day This can be useful if you need an entire Group to come in on Saturday or work a special shift for a project etc 1 Click the Edit menu Global Schedule One Day Assignment The Global Schedule One Day Assignment dialog box will open Global Schedule One Day Assignment JONES DAVID 0 REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 Add SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Add all Remove Remove al 5 Available D Selected Group Division Detail OK Close Figure 247 Global Schedule One Day Assignment 2 Select the employee s you wish to assign using the techniques described above see Selecting Employees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes page 272 3 Click the Details button The Global Schedule One Day Details dialog box will open Global Schedule One Day Details SCHEDULE FOR ERAN MONDAY r Details T Insert Shift F Insert Department TF Insert Job F Insert Step JT Insert Opera T Insert working I Soheduled to wor Close Figure 248 Global Schedule One Day Details January 2009 Time America Inc 276 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Fillin the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Date Ent
130. 600 0700 1600 0700 00 NO NONE NONE NONE oo 8 00 8 00 8 01 8 00 0700 16 0700 1600 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE O Display Shift Information O Display Job Cost Information Use as a template Update Back Fi Update Forward Fri Note The system will automatically update schedules use check boxes above for manual update Copy _ Rotate Multiple Misc Delete App Cancel Figure 185 Adding Editing a Schedule Shift 4 If you clicked Edit Entire Week the Schedules Detail for the Week dialog box will open 5 If you clicked in the Shift area the Schedule Details dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 213 Genesis Pro Manual Schedule Details for 01 03 2005 x Schedule details for the week of 09 25 2005 10 01 2005 Task Taik Tos Task Taik Took Task a a EME pr SORE r anon e cuE Y Update the rest of this week ox Cia Figure 186 Schedule Details for the Week and Schedule Details 6 Highlight from the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Shift Select a pre defined Shift for this employee Start Stop Override Enter the start and stop schedule change time for rounding rule purposes only Graphic Override Use the graphic timeline to define the start and stop schedule change time for rounding rule purposes only Work Check this box to indicate whether or not the employee is scheduled to work that
131. Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Demo TA520L r TIME OUTS MESSAGES For data input ENTER FUNCTION message ENTER FUNCTION To ENTER FUNCTION INVALID SOURCE message INVALID SOURCE Displayed messages INVALID BADGE message INVALID BADGE Supervisor questions INVALID LEVEL message INVALID LEVEL Idle message TIME AMERICA INC Error messages 1 5 Idle display sec Z Date time display sec 2 y SWIPE amp GO BADGES Highest Swipe amp Go number to be used 0000 T Use Feedback Enhancer T Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info T Display idle time in military format TRANSACTION PRINT F Print transactions as they occur Header line 1 tC lt Ci C C lt lt 3 RSt lt CS lt lt CO ured Headerline2 Code Name S Show Iractive Figure 295 Configure PC Clock Configure Tab Setting Time Outs For data input To Enter function Displayed messages January 2009 Time America Inc Definition These settings determine how long prompts and messages will appear on the clock s screen Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wait for a response to a prompt before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 10 0 means that the clock will wait 10 seconds for a response after prompting for input The default is 60 0 seconds Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wai
132. America Inc Definition These settings allow you filter which employees data will be printed Check Full Time to print only employees whose Status is Part Time Check Part Time to print only employees whose Status is Full Time Check Both to print both Full Time and Part Time employees Check Permanent to print only employees whose Status is Permanent Check Temporary to print only employees whose Status is Temporary Check Both to print both Permanent and Temporary employees Check Hourly to print only employees whose Status is Hourly Check Salary to print only employees whose Status is Salary Check Both to print both Hourly and Salary employees Select the setting by which you want employee records to sort The options are Number Employee ID Number or Name 294 Genesis Pro Manual Group By Select the setting by which you want employee records to group organize The options are None Department Division and Group Output to Select the media to which you wish to output the report The options are Screen The report will preview on screen You are then able to print from the preview Printer The report will be sent directly to the printer File The report can be created in several file types including RTF PDF and Excel Email The report will be sent via email If you choose this option you will be given an additional screen to enter the email recipients See Emailing a Report page
133. Attendance punches as well NOTE These settings are only available with the Access Control module The Access Control tab defines the building access settings and contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 318 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA500 Series Clocks 001 General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Demo TA520L 1 Listed Code C Name Fe Show Inactive Vv r r r ACCESS OPEN WINDOW oi T Sunday F Thursday Access only terminal T Monday T Friday p T Tuesday T Saturday Report denied access attempts iene Allow access for all badges ond Access duration 00 Always open start time 00 00 Always open stop time 00 00 Apply DK Cancel Figure 284 Configure TA500 TA600 TA7000 Clocks Access Control tab Setting Use Access Control Access only terminal Report denied access attempts Allow access to all badges Access duration Access Open Window Day of the Week Always open start time January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to configure Access Control for this clock Check this box to use this clock for building access only The clock will not record time punches such as Clock In Start Lunch etc Check this box to have rejected punches recorded for reporting purposes NOTE This option only works in conjunction with Profiles If Profiles are not used all punch
134. CODE 100 Function key r g Supervisor only Prompt 1 ENT NM Y Swipe V Key V Bar Code Class zus nit Type Numeric Maximum input characters x Minimum input characters 7 Number of decimal El Display entry data Verify valid entry Swipe amp go definition Update soft key Figure 282 Configure TA7000 Clock Function Keys tab Settin Clock Code Function Key Soft Key Supervisor only O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the unique ID code assigned to this clock Displays the function key number of the key selected on the keypad graphic to the left Displays the software function currently assigned to the selected key See page 371 for a description of the functions available Check this box to allow only supervisor access to this function key Supervisor access is gained by swiping a supervisor badge in the clock This is used for function keys that collect data or change employee assignments such as Group Transfer or Category Entry Clearing this box permits any employee to access this function key 314 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Check Profiles Check Access Prompt Swipe Key Bar Code January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to enforce Profile Lockouts This option is only used when the optional Access Control and Profile Lockout module is i
135. Cancel Figure 187 Deletion Confirmation 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition All Before Date Select this option to delete schedules leading up to a certain date All After Date Select this option to delete schedules occurring after a certain date Date Enter the date to consider when deleting the schedules 4 Click OK You will be prompted again Confirm Delete WARNING Delete will remove all assignments for this Employee less than 05 25 2002 Saturday 5 Click OK to confirm the deletion Create a Rotating Schedule Rotating schedules allow you to accommodate employees who work schedules that have a pattern other than a weekly cycle You can specify the number of days in the rotation and what time period the rotation begins Rotating Schedule Example January 2009 Time America Inc 215 Genesis Pro Manual Jane Doe works every other Saturday She happens to work this coming Saturday and will be off the next Saturday To configure this you would modify her schedule so that Work is checked for this Saturday but not the next Saturday The Start Date for the Rotation would be the beginning of the current week and the number of days in the cycle would be 14 1 Navigate to the Schedule tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Schedules page 211 2 Click the Rotate button The Apply Rotating Schedule dialog box will open Apply a
136. Che files Check acce Prompt 1 ENTER DEPARTMENT FI I Swipe MV Key I Bar Code Class Department y Type Numeric bd Maximum input characters 7 Minimum input characters J T Number of decimal T F Display entry data T Verify valid entry Update soft key Swipe and go definition Apply OK Cancel Figure 296 Configure PC Clock Function Keys tab Setting Clock Code Function Key Soft Key Prompt Swipe Key Bar Code Class January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the unique ID code assigned to this clock Displays the function key number of the key selected on the keypad graphic to the left Displays the software function currently assigned to the selected key See page 371 for a description of the functions available Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts themselves are entered in the Prompt area in the upper left corner of the keypad display Up to four prompts are available For more information on creating custom prompts see page 371 Check this box to indicate that employees must swipe a magnetic badge to enter the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Department Check this box to indicate that employees may key the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Tips Check this box to indicate that employees must swiped a bar code to enter the information requested
137. Click the Clocks menu Set Date and Time The Set Date and Time Clock Selection dialog box will open Set Date and Time Clock Selection rainin q 2 T s TASC Clock Add Add all za E 3 Available 0 Selected Set Tim Close Date Time Figure 322 Set Date and Time 2 Select the clock s for which you wish to set the date and time by using the Add button to add the selected clock individually or Add All to add all clocks 3 Click the Date Time button to display the Windows Date Time Properties dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 386 Genesis Pro Manual Date Time Properties Ax Date amp Time Time Zone rf Date Time ME jar 3 1 2 3 A 56789101 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 W 29 30 31 10 43 568PM Y Current time zone US Mountain Standard Time Figure 323 Windows Date Time Properties If necessary edit the date and time to be accurate and click OK Click the Set Time button to commit the changes When Genesis Pro has finished sending the Date and Time to clock click Close to exit the dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 387 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter XII Terminal Polling and AutoProcessing This section describes the concepts and techniques associated with polling clocks and setting up Auto Processes Polling is the process of communicating data to and from the clock including transferring employee time tra
138. Costing is used to track employee time and labor costs by department job step operation or task both in terms of hours and money Five levels of job costing are available by default these are called Department Job Step Operation and Task Departments are divided into Jobs Jobs are divided into Steps Steps are divided into Operations and Operations are further divided into Tasks You may use one or all of these levels depending upon your needs Each item can be assigned an hourly wage and or a piece rate enabling accurate job cost reporting Departments Jobs Steps Operations and Tasks indicate the projects or tasks employees work on and are used to track where employees spend their time Employees can track their time by clocking into and or transferring to a different Job Costing level Wages and piece rates can be associated with the department job step operation or task and the employee enabling accurate job costing Hours and wage budgets can be set for each level enabling accurate budget vs actual reporting NOTE Step Operation and Task are a part of a separate and optional module The concepts and mechanisms are the same for Departments Jobs Steps Operations and Tasks The levels are optional and only available when the Department Job Step Operation and Task Use Flags are checked on the Configure tab of the Main Company dialog box Also if you changed the name used to refer to Departments Jobs Steps Operations or
139. DELETE A CLOCK cn iba 380 VIDEX DATA COLLECTORS still rt 382 ADDADATA COLLECTOR is 384 EDITA DATA COLLECTOR eneen EAE EA cs 385 DELETE A DATA COLLECTOR nine 386 SET DATE AND TIME coin E EAT RE EEE E AE E AAE espesa 386 CHAPTER XII TERMINAL POLLING AND AUTOPROCESSING sccsssssssscssccsssccssscesssssssscssesseees 388 POLLING O NN 388 Polling Time ClOCKS 0 a aa a ea E E NA IN AAA aaa ea leia 388 Polling NideX Ura Ls Baden Malan eat A HE 390 CONFIGURE AN AUTOPROGESS os ssts iccesivens do cubes epenv cece EE ENEE EEEE ETE conse EEEa E ea EE EEEE EN Ee iE 392 RUNAS SCIVIC Cocss ses vices EE cesta A Cae Sd aT Eek BREE tu NET EE 393 AAN AULOPTOCES SS 25855 eevee A id in od 393 Edit dn AUtO PLOCESS A iii a e a e e lanas din Vs 398 Delete an AULOR POCO SS lt A a dede ii at wa Os 399 Replicate anr AUtoBrOCeS Sd a o 399 IND III AAA ob uasa sasoe Sse e SoS ossea tSo Va SOE tsosa e ea so Seoti 400 IMPORTING vi E ca EE O E REOT A a E O EErEE EEN NE 400 Advanced Impork ica E E o a R aA 400 Import Benefits ii a iii 402 EXPORTING DATA titi tidad a Ade E AAA EEEE RE 404 SYSTEM UTILITIES 0 A A AA A a AeA ea amie 406 Reindex Database iii iii eta llibertat ii 407 Repair Databases siaii eira e A A A e AT E DA Tanks E NEE E DEA a Es 407 Update Databases a A A het ee en AS 408 Inttralize Databases a o sea A A A oi SESE 408 January 2009 Time America Inc 8 Genesis Pro Manual Change Employee Number oia Bess tests sleek eee esi ane dat
140. Definition Check this box to pay employees according to the quantity of goods they produce Checking this box will enable the Piece Work Rate field in which you define the rate per item produced Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece This option may be used instead of or in conjunction with the Use Hourly Wage NOTE In order to make this option fully functional the clocks must be configured to accept piece rate entries For more information see Customizing Function Keys page 370 Enter the maximum number of hours HH MM that are budgeted for this entire Task per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the amount budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Task by the number of hours each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 40 hours per pay period 400 total hours 400 total hours 7 days in the pay period 57 14 budgeted total hours 114 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Budgeted Total Dollars Hourly Wage Charge Rate Piece Work Rate Add an Task Definition Enter the maximum number of dollars that are budge
141. Displays the message The message can be up to 16 characters and the default is the employee s first initial and last name All Clocks Button This opens the All Clocks dialog box Here you can create a message and assign it to all available clocks Add a Message You can send a message to each clock individually or to all clocks that the employee uses To a Single Clock 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Add button to add a new message to send to an individual clock The Message Assignment dialog box will open Message Assignment E CLOCKS Clock Code fm MESSAGE I Default message to Employee name Message OK Cancel Figure 204 Adding a new Message 3 Select the clock to which this message should be sent 4 Enter the message you wish to send Up to 16 characters may be entered Or check the Default message to Employee name to send the employee s First Initial and Last Name 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Messages screen January 2009 Time America Inc 232 Genesis Pro Manual To All Clocks 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the All Clocks button to add a new message to all clocks this employee uses The Message Assignment dialog box will open All Clocks MESSAGE rp Message OK Cancel Figure 205 Add a Message to All Clocks 3 Enter
142. E E TORN 92 E E NN 97 A RN NN CORO 102 AAA A RN NOR 107 TASKS NO 112 A NON 117 Configure Bell SChedulese isc elite e a eatae a dae Doo debio sibs dy do trends 117 Adda Bell Schedule oo ted iii a tee v ade tends dbaub des aienea aieea de dla 118 Edita Bell Schedule nido costed sin Iii entintado ida 119 Delete Bell Schedule coi ia An iii da idea te teas ces 119 PROFILB EOCKOUTS cscs sess anotaron ee ERa NEEE En ae N ST S E SR SNEEN E EAE E EN NTEN EEN NE caritas 121 Configure Profile LOCK OUES cdi e sita 121 Adda Profile LOCKOUE is sietini ecarten nese aoai E aaa a a EE EEOAE AREER aaas O EEEa 123 Edit Profile Lockout ereen ai E E A E A A E RRN 124 Delete a Profile EL OCROUG rinii misne cadena sha a a aai ai a i OEE EEE E O EEEn 124 A NO 125 Config re REASONS iii ta Rai ias 125 AA ARCAS OM A A A A AAA AR Aia 126 IDARO R AINE ER A A ad eE E E aca 126 IAA REASON ETE A A A a 126 January 2009 Time America Inc 4 Genesis Pro Manual SECURE A E Ac reia 127 Configure Security LEVELS A A Di its 127 ARAS CCU A e alo AT o Na eine 139 Edit GS ecuriobevel Lati Dita a En ds on OR de Ae a RA e ds 139 Delete a Security Level ds do di dede 140 User MGinten AA ON 140 WNOSLOELC Mii dia idad 146 Change Password s saaa A darian lisa 146 BENEFIT ACCRUAL Scudo nia os 146 Configure Benefit AcerudlS innata irecad easier e eer eap aE asap a as asados 147 Configure Benefit ACCUMULAIONS sisien siine eieiei i ie i ia aia aaaea ei 149 Adda Benefit Accrua
143. EE ET 101 A ae O 21 Keyboard usage programmed kK8YS c coooocccccococcccconancccnanancncnnnnns 22 shortcut KEYS rinier erene anran eien aasi ra 22 underlined letters 0 cesceeeeeeeseeeeeteeeteees 22 Keys NAPIWALEC oe eceeeeececeesteeeeesseeeeeesnaeeeeesnaeeeessaaes 17 PFOQFAMMES serioen Ea Ene Enne eE ESk 22 i alo atoll lerrerererenrereresrcrrcerrerrrctrrerriretr treet erie 22 Last PUNCH eiii 269 LOOQGING Maia 19 Main Company coccccccccccnoninononcnanonononnnanan cn nnnncnnnn 28 Manual at O CO 10 Messages csi 231 adda reece rere rere eer reecorrcre s 232 configuracin 231 deleteri nantes a a ea cielos 233 Ot sores asoini der aui ea iadair uted deans 233 global ivi it 273 MOM Esana dues Wel deterrence tees 304 Multiple MISC ccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 259 Multiple Miscellaneous ccecceeeeeeeeees 259 Occurrence Ratings cccccsseeeeenees 155 166 OG A epee ia nae 157 category and attendance infractions 158 CONPIQUIC iria 155 lic Wi ea eee 158 Online TiMe Card ccccccceceesseceeeeesseeeesesaes 251 ACCESSING A A ae 251 MAVIGAUINOS te eE tr Makectestentarevetnd 252 Opera Sinister 107 rita 110 115 O January 2009 Time America Inc CONTIQUlB ireen e 107 112 deletei niina iaaa an 111 116 l cida 111 116 Optional Modules ooooconnccnnccnnncncnnocnnanccccanns 165 Bell Schedules 117 165 Benefits coonoconcconnininncccnoncconocnnnnnnnneos 146 166 JOD COS
144. Enter the Task name as it will appear in the system and on reports The Task name can be up to 30 characters long Check this box to indicate that the Task is currently in use Clear this check box if the Task is not being used at this time Check this box to send a Validation to the clocks The clocks will then display this Task s name for employee confirmation when the employee enters its Task Code NOTE The Load Level Validation option must also be selected under Polling see Polling page 388 in order for this feature to be fully functional Check this box to pay all employees assigned to this Task a standard hourly wage whenever they work in this Task Checking this box will enable the Hourly Wage field in which you define the amount of the wage NOTE This Hourly Wage is also known as the Level Wage f this wage is different than the employee s individual wage the employee s individual wage takes precedence To cause the Hourly Wage Level Wage to take precedence check the Use Level Wage before default assignment wage option on the Configure tab of the Configure Main Company dialog box Check this box to define the rate charged for all employees assigned to this Task whenever they work in this Task Checking this box will enable the Charge Rate field in which you define the amount of the rate 113 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours January 2009 Time America Inc
145. Enter the number of hours to be paid for the per diem Select the category for the per diem Select the OT level at which the hours for the per diem should be given 60 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Pay Period After Pay Category OT Level Definition Check this box to have an extra hourly or monetary amount granted to employee for certain hours worked in a pay period This could be used to pay a productivity bonus for people who work lots of hours NOTE This is separate from and in addition to overtime Enter the number of hours the employee must work in the overtime cycle or pay period in order to qualify for the per diem Enter the number of hours to be paid for the per diem Select the category for the per diem Select the OT level at which the hours for the per diem should be given 7 The Differential tab defines the codes and rates for up to nine levels of Shift Differentials A Shift Differential is a premium amount or factor paid in addition to the employee s regular wage for certain hours worked during the day Shift Differentials work in conjunction with Shifts The Differential tab contains the following information Configure Policies Use Differential 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions UNION Y A 2 Listed Differential Type Amount 1 Addition Multiplier 1 0000 2 Addition Multiplier 1 2500 3 Add
146. Environment Background The Select Background window will open Click the Defaults button Gradient Background Option You can activate the gradient background for all forms in Genesis Pro Navigation Selection You can customize the main toolbar to display a small button toolbar large button toolbar show center screen shortcut side bar or zoom bar 1 Click the File menu Environment Navigation Selection The buttons on the toolbar will enlarge Navigation Selection Small Button Toolbar gt Large Button Toolbar Center Screen Shortcut O Side Bar Zoom Bar i Cancel January 2009 Time America Inc 26 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter IV Configuration This section explains how to configure and customize Genesis Pro for your company s requirements To make this chapter easier to follow the topics in this section are arranged in the sequence that Time America recommends completing them This also happens to be the order in which they appear on the Configure menu in the Genesis Pro Main Window This order is e Main Company e Divisions optional e Categories e Attendance e Policies e Rounding e Shifts e Holidays e Groups optional e Job Costing e Security e Bell Schedules e Profile Lockouts e Reasons e Benefit Accruals January 2009 Time America Inc 27 Genesis Pro Manual Main Company The Main Company window is where you identify your company define the overall conf
147. GENESIS PRO User s Guide 2009 GENESIS pro Read This First Welcome Welcome to Time America s Genesis Pro User s Guide This manual is shipped with each new Genesis Pro software package and is intended solely for use by the licensee This User Guide describes the installation and operation of the Genesis Pro system Accuracy of Information The content of this manual is subject to change without notice Before using this manual verify that the information contained in it is current Proper installation configuration and operation of the software are contingent upon reading and following the procedures contained in the latest revision of the manual Additional Copies Additional copies of this manual may be obtained from our website at www timeamerica com or from your local Time America dealer User Comments Every effort is made to ensure that the information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of publication If you find an error or omission while reading this manual direct your comments to Time America Inc Attn Technical Publications 15990 N Greenway Hayden Loop Suite D 500 Scottsdale AZ 85260 Or you can send emails to training timeamerica com We welcome your comments and suggestions Software Release Version 10 01b Genesis Pro Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER T ABOUT THIS MANUA Lisssssecssssssssecsesssscsssvessosisvonsosseacsssstescodssaseosestucsssestesssiestoossessosesocissv
148. GENESIS PRO mber 00001 ol unction CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 167 WebClock Function Page O January 2009 Time America Inc 196 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Select the TimeSheet Submittal tab The TimeSheet Submittal page will appear Web clock Employee Log Our eS A E Timer lt previous Number of Shifts Per Day Start Type Start Day Punch End Lunch End Day ENTER DEPARTMENT ENTER JOD ENTER STEP next e gt Hide 112602 Tuesday Soren New Ets WORK Sfor 00 7 aig ge allen J 3 11 2707 Wednesday Swe NewsSnes mor alfor 00 3 feo cn J 11 2002 Thursday Zara ashts WORK 00 a ZN 3 a Figure 168 WebClock TimeSheet Submittal Page 5 Verify that the dates for the time sheet are correct Click Previous or Next to scroll to the date desired 6 Fill in the appropriate fields Shifts Per Day This setting determines how many shifts may be entered each day for this employee A shift is an unbroken period of time worked during the day Enter the number of shifts per day for which Genesis Pro should expect entries 7 Click the Update button to complete the entry before completing any other settings on this page The page will reload 8 Fill in the Time Sheet data information for each shift for each day as follows Setting Type Start Day Start L
149. In Change Password The Change Password function changes the password of the user currently logged in 1 Click the File menu Security Change Password The Change Password input box will open Enter your old password Enter your new password Type the password again to confirm it Click OK to confirm the changes and exit the dialog box Benefit Accruals Using Benefit Accruals Genesis Pro can automatically calculate the available benefit time for your employees These calculations are based upon rules that can account for different benefit types vacation sick personal etc different accrual methods seniority rules and other factors Benefit time taken is automatically subtracted from the available benefits so that balances are always accurate January 2009 Time America Inc 146 Genesis Pro Manual Genesis Pro allows for an unlimited number of policies so that you can accommodate different situations within your company Each policy contains accumulators that specify the category amounts and rules for earning benefits After the policies are created they are assigned to the appropriate employees within the company NOTE Benefit Accruals is an additional module added into Genesis Pro If you did not purchase Benefit Accruals you will have Benefit Entitlement instead See Benefit Entitlement Configure page 224 There are two commands within the Benefit Accruals menu Both are described below File Edit Reports
150. In key and the 0 key with the same Job Costing information For example The In key s soft key should read Clocked In and the Prompts to follow should be Clocked In and the appropriate Job Costing information you wish to collect The 0 key s soft key should read Change and the Job Costing information should be duplicated from the prompts listed under the In key s first prompt Clocked In As customizing the keypad can be an extensive process a section of this manual has been dedicated to it See Customizing Function Keys page 370 This section merely describes the contents of the screen The tab contains the following information Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC General Configure PC Clock A CLOCK CODE PC Prompt 1 y Functionkey fo Prompt 2 Prompt 3 Softkey swipe go y Pr t4 aaia I Supervisor only 7 Check profiles I Check acce Prompt 1 ENTER DEPARTMENI Y M Swipe M Key IV Bar Code Class Department y iscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Type Numeric Maximum input characters T F Minimum input characters y N Number of decimal JT El I Display entry data I Verify valid entry 1 Listed Swipe and go definition Update soft key Apply OK Cancel Figure 301 Configure WebClock Function Keys tab Setting Definition Clock Code Displays the unique ID code assigned to this clock
151. Inc 04 04 02 03 11 16 PM ENTER BADGE FUNCTION KEYS Enter Department Out For Lunch In From Lunch CLEAR E a z N E Si ala A 10 2 Close Figure 134 PC Clock 1 The PC Clock window contains the following information Settin Definition PC Clock Screen Displays the date and time and what information PC Clock is prompting you for Function Keys Displays the number keys and the prompts that they will ask for 1 Key This key is undefined 2 Key This key is undefined January 2009 Time America Inc 181 Genesis Pro Manual Setting 3 Key 4 Key 5 Key 6 Key 7 Key gr Key g Key In Key 0 Key Out Key Clear Key Back Key Enter Key Close Button Default Keys Default Clock In 1 Navigate to PC Clock Enter Badge number Click the Enter key Click the In key 9 20 N Default Clock Out 1 Navigate to PC Clock 2 Enter Badge number Definition This key is undefined Click this key to punch Out for Lunch This key is undefined Click this key to punch In from Lunch This key is undefined Prompt 1 Approve Overtime Prompt 2 Enter OT As HH MM NOTE This is a Supervisor only key Prompt 1 Enter Category Prompt 2 Add Hours HH MM NOTE This is a Supervisor only key Click this key to punch In Click this key to enter the Department trasfer Click this key to punch Out Click this key to Cl
152. Indicates how the employee s time for lunches breaks time rounding etc is processed for this policy The options are Actual and Schedule Typically you will choose Schedule Actual Time is processed under the shift rules in effect when the employee actually punched In Schedule Time is processed under the rules of the employee s scheduled shift 49 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Punch Defaults Auto close at pay period end midnight Auto close at overtime cycle end midnight Ignore use of duplicate function key punches within Ignore use of opposing function key punches within Missing Out punch limit Will default the Work total to January 2009 Time America Inc Definition The settings in this section define how punches are processed Select this option to have over midnight hours split between two pay periods Select this option to have over midnight hours split between two overtime cycles Enter the number of minutes up to 59 during which duplicate punches on the time clock are ignored When duplicate punches are made within this time frame only the last punch is used for calculations Enter the number of minutes up to 59 in which opposing i e sequential In Out punches on the time clock are ignored For example if 3 minutes is entered here and an employee accidentally punches Out instead of In the employee can enter the In punch within 3 minutes to correct the error
153. January 2009 Time America Inc 121 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Number Name Active Schedules Start Stop Message Num January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a unique 4 digit number to identify the lockout profile Once saved this number cannot be changed This is a required field Type the lockout profile name as you want it to appear in the system and on reports The lockout profile name can be up to 30 characters long Click the Active check box to indicate that the Profile is currently in use Uncheck this box if the Profile is not being used at this time Each profile contains up to 15 different lockout schedules Each schedule may have up to eight time frames specifying when an employee can and cannot enter a punch Messages may also be associated with each time frame Select the Schedule you wish to configure by clicking on it in the Schedules list Begin by setting up Schedule 1 and continue sequentially down the list using as many schedules as necessary to define the profile Not all schedules must be used For each time frame in each schedule type the lockout starting time in HH MM Time must be entered in military format Up to eight starts and stop times may be established per schedule 00 00 indicates midnight For each time frame in each schedule type the lockout stopping time in HH MM Time must be entered in military format Up to eight st
154. Manual Enter the Reprocess date Select the employees for whom you wish to reprocess by using the Add button to select an individual employee or Add All to select all Click OK to complete the change Reprocess punches This can be accomplished by clicking the Reprocess button in the Online Timecard See Online Timecard page 251 Or by running a report with the Reprocess button selected Fix Unassigned Badges Employees are able to start punching at the clocks before their data is entered into Genesis Pro The badge used by the employee is considered to be unassigned if the employee s punches are polled prior to the employee being added to the software You can repost the employee s punches after adding the employee to the software using this utility 1 Click the File menu Utilities Fix Unassigned Badges The Unassigned Badge Maintenance dialog box will open Unassigned Badge Maintenance Badge Date and Time Clock Key Data Field 1 Data Field 2 A O Listed Repost badge to Employee Number Figure 351 Unassigned Badge Maintenance 2 This screen will show the employees whose badges were unassigned at the time of polling 3 Select the employee you wish to repost Make sure that this employee is added to the program at this time and has the correct badge number You may also click Print to view a list of all unassigned badges 4 Click the Repost button Genesis Pro will match the badge in the transaction to a badge ass
155. Manual Update to Current This command causes Genesis Pro to calculate all employees benefit accruals up to the current date 1 Click the Edit menu Benefit Accruals Update to Current Genesis Pro will automatically update employee benefits Processing benefit accruals _ EMPLOYEE NUMBER 00005 30f5 p Figure 115 Benefit Accruals Update to Current Occurrence Ratings Occurrence Ratings is an optional module that allows you to track an employee s attendance infractions report on them and send disciplinary notices when a specified number of infractions have been recorded Occurrence Notices can also be generated when less than 0 Occurrence Ratings are assigned to the employees that are affected by them It is possible to define which attendance codes count as infractions how many infractions are considered an occurrence and how many occurrences may be recorded before the disciplinary notice is generated There are two commands within the Occurrence Ratings menu both of which are described below G GENESIS PRO Time America Inc File si Reports Configure Clocks Help DOs P Approval Editor A Employee Lal Status Board Task Organizer O chobal Benefit Accruals ai Configure Attendance Notices Figure 116 Occurrence Ratings menu Configure Occurrence Ratings 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurr
156. OK to confirm the deletion and return to the Status screen January 2009 Time America Inc 223 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Benefits Tab The Benefits tab reflects the selected employee s current benefit balances The information and options on this tab will be slightly different if you have purchased Benefit Accruals than with Benefit Entitlement Both options are described below Benefit Entitlement is first followed by Benefit Accruals Benefit Entitlement Configure 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Benefits tab to display the following information 00003 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status i Anderson Frank f Template Fiscal Date 10 17 2002 Hire Date 10 17 2002 28 Days of Service Messages Wages Badges Profiles Detail Code Description Allowed Taken Pending Left Count Carry date 2 00 lol cado Ooo 2002 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 01 01 2002 er Jones David Smith John 00005 Washington Carol 00001 5 Listed C Number Name J Show Inactives Update Details Print Close Figure 195 Configure Employee Benefits tab Setting Definition Fiscal Date Displays the employee s Fiscal Date set on the Detail tab for information purposes Hire Date Displays the employee s Hire Date set on the Detail tab for information purposes Days of Service Displays the number of Days of Service the employ
157. Out to return to the WebClock Home Page Other Key Functions WebClock keys can be defined for any functionality For more information see Configure WebClock page 342 January 2009 Time America Inc 190 Genesis Pro Manual The Extras Viewing the Time Card 1 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear a AA os ja Bieco Mica Figure 154 WebClock Home Page 2 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase 3 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear iWebciock Mica wal Employee Washington Carol Log Out f Glas Time Sheet timecard Schedule Benefits fare Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT GENESIS PRO Figure 155 WebClock Function Page 4 Select the Timecards tab The Timecard page will appear om on unpoid Dollars pate Day Sa man moy Beg ou lt previous ep current q next gt Figure 156 WebClock Timecard Page January 2009 Time America Inc 191 Genesis Pro Manual NOTE The Timecard is a snapshot of Genesis based on the most current process of data The Timecard display is view only and will not ac
158. Pro Manual Configure Task LC eS A Code Name Y Active Use Hourly Wage Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours 0 00 Budgeted Total Dollars 0 0000 Hourly wage Charge rate O Listed e Piece work rate Cancel Figure 80 Adding a new Task Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Task section 4 Click OK to commit the changes and close the Task dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Task dialog box Edit an Task 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Task The Configure Task dialog box will open Highlight the Task you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Task NOTE The Code field cannot be edited Edit the settings as described in the Configure Tasks section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Task screen Click Close to exit the Configure Task dialog box Delete an Task Tasks that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Task The Configure Task dialog box will open Highlight the Task you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted January 2009 Time America Inc 116 Genesis Pro Manual Confirmation y Are you sure you want to delete Figure 81 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to ex
159. Pro Manual ee 2 x Look in DBFS e e En accrual dbf Ba arptinfo dbf Ba autorep dbf Ba cickread dl E arptsel dbf laa autosets dbf las clock dbf arptuser dbf la belldet dbf la clockkey d laa attend dbf a bells dbF a cloctasc dt autocik dbf la category dbf la company c sa autopoll dbf sa catexprt dbF sa dept dbf w mw A E Files of type Table DBF y Cancel Help Code Page Figure 333 Open 7 Select the Genesis Pro database file to which you wish to append and click the USE button to continue 8 Click OK to begin the import process Import Benefits 1 Click the File menu Import Benefits The mport File dialog box will open Import Benel Figure 334 Import Benefits 2 Click the Import File button to select the file that contains the information to be imported The Open dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 402 Genesis Pro Manual EL 2x Look in lt a GENPRO e c Ed CJ IMAGES LJ RESOURCE TFINDCLK E CI BACKGRND ue EatscommP exe sai FIX XI BACKUP CI NEWDBFS BAR39 TTF IFKPARSE E ack C PDFDRYR F comms EXE ME FKPARSE 1 DBFS RAINBOW sa CONFIG FPW A FOXFONT 5 CI REPORTS 32 Dealer32 EXE T FOXPRINT gt Import Version Files of type Jal Files y Cancel Help Code Page Figure 335 Open File 3 Navigate to and select the file you wish to import then click the Se
160. Pro and Logging In Note on User Accounts When starting Genesis Pro you will be prompted for a User ID and password The User ID and password are used to determine who is able to login and what areas of the program are accessible These User Accounts are defined in the Security Access portion of Genesis Pro which will be covered later in this manual SYSOP There is a built in administrator account that grants full access to all parts of the application The User ID for this account is SYSOP and the initial password is password This password can and should be changed This account will be referred to as SYSOP throughout this manual The first time you login you must use the SYSOP account as no other accounts exist You will also use this account to perform system maintenance etc The SYSOP account can perform all functions within Genesis Pro including certain database management functions that no other account can access Launching and Logging In to Genesis Pro The instructions in this section assume that you already know the User ID and password to be used Check with your system administrator if you are unsure of which User ID to use 23 Click the Start Programs Genesis Pro Genesis Pro or double click the Genesis Pro Icon on the Desktop 24 Genesis Pro will open and display the Login screen Ses z Registered to TIME AMERICA INC Serial Number TA99999999 10 Version Number 10 01b User Password
161. R File for each day which contains all the punches from that day This data is imported into Genesis Pro but the original file is kept so that it can be referenced or re imported if necessary Reposting an R File allows you to re import the punch data stored in one of these files 1 Click the File menu Utilities Repost from R Files The Repost R Files dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 415 Genesis Pro Manual Peenoste ftes Piles Figure 353 Repost R Files 2 Select the file you wish to repost by double clicking it to tag it Or select all files by clicking the Tag All button 3 Click OK to repost the files Purge R Files R Files are the files that store punch data downloaded from the clocks There is one R File for each day which contains all the punches from that day This data is imported into Genesis Pro but the original file is kept so that it can be referenced or re imported if necessary These files are kept indefinitely taking up space on your hard drive You may wish to purge delete these files periodically in order to free up disk space This should not be done before a particular R File has been successfully imported to Genesis Pro as doing so will result in a loss of the punches contained in the R File 1 Click the File menu Utilities Purge R Files The Purge R Files dialog box will open p Reiles ll Iwa UnA or Close Figure 354 Purge R Files
162. Reference Date Give XX after X months from hire Do not give hours if Employee status is inactive January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select the category for this rule Only the categories that have been selected for benefit entitlement will display in this drop down box To select a category for benefit entitlement edit the Category in Configure Categories and check the Post to benefit entitlement box For more information see Categories page 39 Select how often you want benefits to be posted The options are e Weekly e Biweekly e Semimonthly e Monthly e Annually e Daily The benefits are posted at the end of the posting period Pick the date for the policy to take effect Pick a date in the past so that the defined rules can be met for all current employees This date indicates the rollover or reset date for employee benefits The options are e Hire this benefit resets on the employee s individual hire date set in Employee Maintenance e Fiscal this benefit resets on the employee s individual fiscal date set in Employee Maintenance e Other this benefit resets on this date for all employees For example January 1 This setting enables you to grant a lump sum benefit a certain number of months from the employees hire date For example Give 40 hours after 6 months from hire date to automatically give an employee a week s vacation on his her six month anniversary This se
163. Rotating Schedule to 00003 And xi m DEFINE ROTATION Start date 11 07 2002 Thu Days in rotation 7 APPLY ROTATION Start date 11 14 2002 Thu T Include Job Cost information OK Cancel Figure 188 Apply Rotating Schedule 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Activate a rotating schedule for this Employee Define Rotation Start Date Days in Rotation Apply Rotation Start Date Include Job Cost Information Definition Check this box to enable a rotating schedule for the selected employee TIP You can remove a rotating schedule that has already been set simply by un checking this box These settings define the pattern for rotation Enter the date Genesis Pro should start with to determine the rotation pattern Enter the number of days in the rotation pattern These settings determine when the rotating schedule will take effect Enter the date on which the rotating schedule should take effect Check this box if Genesis Pro should automatically copy the Job Step Operation and Task assignments along with the working times 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Schedule screen O January 2009 Time America Inc 216 Genesis Pro Manual Create an Employee Schedule Template An employee s schedule can be saved as template so that it can be copied to other employees This is a convenient way of duplicating an unusual work pattern or rotation so that
164. SELECT Cal C Range CUR eT SIT RANGE From r UST 1 Listed Sic Hane fe Show Inactive 2 AVAILABLE 0 SELECTED Apply ok cocer Figure 102 Configure Users Divisions tab Settin Definition Select Determines what options are available in the bottom part of the screen The options are All Range and List All automatically grants access to all Divisions Range allows you to choose a range of Divisions for access List allows you to choose individual Divisions for access List When List is selected a list of all the Divisions in your company will appear based on what was selected above Add Add All Add adds the currently selected Division to the Selected list Add All adds all of the Divisions to the Selected list Remove Remove Remove removes the currently selected All Division from the Selected list Remove All removes all of the Divisions from the Selected list 5 The Groups tab specifies the Groups which this user can view and contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 143 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Users SYSOP OPERATOR SYSTEM Active Users Divisions Groups SELECT e ay y RANGE From 001 LIST Add All 2 AVAILABLE 0 SELECTED only aK Cancel Figure 103 Configure Users Groups tab Setting Select List Definition Determines what options are available in the bottom part o
165. Sabi Pale RE oes te ge 251 Accessing the Online Timecard from the Configure Employee Screen osooso 251 Accessing the Online Timecard from the Approval EditOF oononininnnnnnnonnnonnnncnnncnnnnn cono cono cono on nora cnn ncnn non ncon 252 NAVIGATING IN THE ONLINE TIMECARD TAB ccssccccccecsessssscecececeessnsesececececsesaaecececscsennaeeecececsessaaeceeeescsensnaeeeeees 252 NAVIGATING IN THE TRANSACTIONS TAB ccossssscsscccececssnscceccececeenseaueesececesnsnauecsececeenseaneeseesceessnncecseesceessnnceseceecs 253 ADDING AND EDITING TRANSACTIONS cccccessessscecececsessaececececsensaaecesececeeseaaeeeceeecsesesaeaecececeeseaeaeceeecsenensaeeeeeeeenes 253 IIS EU AS eos to Dis Se he O data tees AAE E seu S 254 Add Miscelaneos TTONSACHOM A a a is a is ca 255 Edita Tr A e das albo 257 EVA Gd SUA tise E ia dead e cs a aaa Hee Einicio e 258 EV AGA St OD iiss aida E Th cucu sheet ina did Caveat si ade daa 259 Multiple MiscellanedUs catas a daa a ia ai davies dea 259 FE VONUS CREAUIC AIRED A INE ad a E A AEAEE A EEEE do e 262 DELETE A TRANSACTIONS ico EEN E 263 AUDIT RA O rat 263 Pint the Arado 264 APPROVAL EDITOR E E E EEE EEE EEEO E E EE EEEE EE E EEA 266 TASK ORGANIZER a A a n r eatin tute 270 CHAPTER IX GLOBAL COMMANDS iiisissccsssscecdisossscsascssdscdsacsscsssvessesscessezssbesssendeesssaseeasenestsesasevsessdsacooesses 272 SELECTING EMPLOYEES IN GLOBAL OPERATION DIALOG BOXES csessscesececeessssececececsessececececee
166. Schedules Load Access Control table Load Profile tables Load Level Validation January 2009 Time America Inc Check this option to clear the transactions from the clock after transferring them to Genesis Pro TIP This does not need to be done every time You may leave the transactions in the clock until payroll is processed successfully however if you have a lot of employees you will want to clear frequently so the clock does not get full Check this option to send the computer s current date and time to the clock TIP You may not want to do this every time as the clock s internal clock tends to be much more accurate that the computer s Check this option to send programming and configuration information such as the settings in the Configure Clock dialog box to the clock Clock function keys and function messages are sent to the clock during programming This option should only be used when basic clock setup has been changed since the initial programming Check this option to send pre defined Bell Schedule assigned to the clock Bell schedules are only checked at midnight so a bell will not ring on the same day the bell schedule was downloaded The Bell Module must be installed to use this option Check this option to send the Access Control settings defined in Configure Clock to the clock This option must be turned on in the clock setup and the Profile Access Module must be installed Check t
167. Screen 4 Click Start to activate the Auto Process schedule Run a File AutoProcess 1 If Run a File is selected you will be prompted to choose the file program etc to run 2 When all settings are complete click OK The AutoProcess will begin on the next occurrence of the date and time specified in the AutoProcess Schedule Details 3 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Auto Process Screen 4 Click Start to activate the Auto Process schedule Edit an Auto Process 1 Click the Clocks menu AutoProcess The Configure Auto Process dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 398 Genesis Pro Manual Auto Process Maintenance E Number 0007 Name Poling Time Description 00 00 TASZ0 Clock Figure 329 Configure Auto Process 2 Select the AutoProcess you wish to change 3 Click the Edit button 4 Edit the settings as described in the Add an AutoProcess section Delete an AutoProcess 1 Click the Clocks menu AutoProcess The Auto Process Maintenance dialog box will open Select the AutoProcess you wish to delete Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 4re you sure you want to delete OK Figure 330 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the dialog box Replicate an AutoProcess 1 Click the Clocks menu AutoProcess The Auto Process Maintenance dialog box will open
168. Select the AutoProcess you wish to replicate Click the Replicate button You will be prompted Regata Dean Repicale the detal below every 30 gt minuter tora 24 hour period ine Description antwrrs type 90 Posting Treeny chou Wanna Repeating the above process val remove al oher estres in this autoprocers red LE e 4 Define the minutes within a 24 hour period 5 Click OK to confirm the replication January 2009 Time America Inc 399 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter XIII Utilities This section describes the system utilities built into Genesis Pro It includes importing and exporting reindexing system archiving system backups and more Importing It is possible to import data from other programs Employee data time transactions and departments can be imported from previous versions of the software as well as from other third party systems spreadsheets and payroll programs Advanced Import Employee data and attendance reports from third party accounting systems spreadsheets and payroll programs can be imported into Genesis Pro The original files may be in any number of formats including ASCII comma delimited Excel or Lotus 1 2 3 When imported the data is appended to the specified system database file The file types Genesis Pro Import supports are e Framework Il FW2 e Microsoft Multiplan 4 01 MOD e Paradox 3 5 4 0 DB e Rapidfile RPD e Lotus 123 versions 1 through 3 WKS WK1 WK3
169. T S 234 Add a Global Wag constr aa E aoa seaside eaa T EEEE ORTO A Ea A AE AAE EE A S 236 Edita Global Wage inomin a EE OERA RAS 236 Delete a Global Wageni eresie e ii S 236 Add an Employee Level Wage ona E aA aE ARETA AER AEOS A ETT RAS 237 Edit an Employee Level Wage ssri orir n ae aa KE E NESE AS EAE AESA ai nd 238 EMPLOYEE BADGES PAB ori ota 239 Configure EMployee Badgesoiici dit clado andinas 239 Alda Badge eiieeii deg sce E E OE TOS RASTA EE ta Saath ast ee RST a eee ed weak 239 Edit abadi en n A O A a svagacseitousessiany DIO Erie asii iS 240 Delta BA iets S EREE EE E E E EEE 240 EMPLOYEE PROFILES TAB aeie oner e veais 240 Configure Employee Profiles A EEA EEE EEEE a EE 240 Adda Profile isen eheee TE E E Na E ENE EA E EEN TE gis lanl E led Relea a 241 Edita Prol EE EENE ENE EOE EENE NE E EAEE EEE 242 January 2009 Time America Inc 6 Genesis Pro Manual Delete Pople a Aa cat eNO eas Bee A VAIO es lath leas a awe es de 243 EMPLOYEE CLOCKS TAB ut A latido ii 243 Configure Hand Readers oi A A A E E ER E E E E dias 243 Configure TATOO usa Sn dl dis 244 EMPLOYEE DETATES TAB A a di ii inercial 245 Configure Employee Details conil irreais saian aeaa E EE ira R a ai EEEE 245 Add an EMployee miii e aa a Ea aA EE aereas 248 Editan Employee oi edi dee ana SEEEN ESA 249 Delete n EM ployee AAA NON 249 CHAPTER VII TIMECARD AND TRANSACTION MAINTENANCE j ccsssscssscssssccssscesssscssscssessnsss 251 ONLINE PIMECARD Pa O
170. TING coooocccncccnnonoconccononccnnnnnnnnncccnnnns 165 Occurrence Ratings cccseeerees 155 166 Profile LOCKOUtS c0c0cccceeeeeeeeeeees 121 166 Overtime CONPOQUIC Aiea da dae 54 Passwords A iene a sian 146 Pay Period CONGUE Lito ee einai 49 POSO tati td iaa 167 clocking in and out for the day 181 WHO CAN USB coccconcncccncnnnncnonononnnnonononanos 181 184 Per diem Configure ooocccccncoccccnonocccinononccononarrc cnn nn 59 POIGICS trat lets 48 lO OT 63 CONTIQUTO MAAE 48 delete acicate 64 differential oooooooonnnnnninnnnnnccnnnnaccccnnncccccns 61 eo M ea EEE E A E A 63 C Col 0 4 0 4 re 62 ROMdayS lt occ th 51 In Out ON service 58 OVEMTIMG aiei a aS 54 pay Periods o ccoooocccccnooccccnononcccnnnanncnnnnn 49 per dieM coa 59 punch defaultS oooooooccccnonoccccnnnoccccccnno 49 POMING S a atra 388 Print Configure printer s es 284 PANAN o oer a E TE 284 Profile Lockouts n on 121 166 Ae E S 123 ASSIGN ta on 240 243 CONJ E cional bird 121 delete neiaie iiiad da dir 124 Editet a dee Oey aaa iaidd 124 A sirean ii 274 275 Profiles ainis ii aiaiai 121 166 240 243 OO e 241 CONMPIQUIC cccceesseceeeeesteeeeeenees 240 243 244 delete innn E 243 lia E E 242 globalari itna ee 274 275 Programmed keYS ccceeeesseeeeeesteeeeeennaeeeeeeaas 22 Punch defaults configure i oie i Re i a de 49 Rende ern ahaaa aana a aa iaa eaiail 407 Re
171. Tasks on the Defaults tab of the Main Company dialog box that name will be used in lieu of Department Job Step Operation or Task contare cos Hep s is S Em Company gt 2 d a Categories Attendance Y Policies Rounding ci Shifts kE Holidays Holiday Groups y Groups w Department ws Job amp Job Costing Step Operation YP Bell Schedules a ask Profile Lockouts Reason January 2009 Time America Inc 91 Genesis Pro Manual Departments Departments are the top level in Job Costing Departments indicate the business unit or section of the company that employees work for and are used to track where employees spend their time Departments serve many purposes in Genesis Pro Employees can track their time to a department by clocking into and or transferring to the department Wages and piece rates can be associated with the department and employee enabling accurate department costing Hours and wage budgets can be set for the department enabling accurate budget vs actual reporting Reports can be filtered and grouped by department Departments are optional and only available when the Department Use Flag is checked on the Configure tab of the Main Company dialog box Also if you changed the name used to refer to Departments on the Defaults tab of the Main Company dialog box that name will be used in lieu of Department For
172. The Configure Benefit Accrual dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Benefit Accrual policy you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Benefit Accrual policy 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure Benefit Accruals section Once you are editing the Benefit Accrual you can further edit the Accumulator and Accumulator Details To edit the Accumulator click the Edit button in the Accumulator section in the center of the screen To edit the Accumulator Details first click the Edit button on the Benefit Accrual screen then click the Edit button in the Accumulator screen 6 Click OK as many times as necessary to commit the changes and return to the Configure Benefit Accrual screen 7 Click Close to exit the Configure Benefit Accrual dialog box Delete a Benefit Accruals policy Benefit Accruals that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Edit menu Benefit Accruals The Configure Benefit Accruals dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Benefit Accruals policy you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 114 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Benefit Accruals dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 154 Genesis Pro
173. The employee s badge number can be entered by pressing keys on the clock keypad Bar Code The employee s badge number can be entered by scanning a bar code Must also select the type of Bar Code badge 3 The Configure tab defines the message and timeout settings and contains the following information Configure TA777 Series Clocks 004 General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info TA777 Time Duts Messages A For data input 60 0 ENTER FUNCTION message ENTER FUNCTION ToENTER FUNCTION 20 0 INVALID SOURCE message INVALID SOURCE Displayed messages 20 INVALID BADGE message INVALID BADGE Supervisor questions 90 0 INVALID LEVEL message INVALID LEVEL Enor messages 1 5 Idle message Swipe amp Go Badges Y Use Swipe and Go Tum off function keys Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info Display idle time in military format Proximity Offset to remove Facility code 2 Use Terminal in online mode y 1 Listed Ex Figure 287 Configure TA715 TA777 TA780 Clocks Configure Tab Setting Definition Time Outs These settings determine how long prompts and messages will appear on the clock s screen For data input Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wait for a response to a prompt before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 10 0 means that the clock
174. This option will only be available if you have purchased the Job Costing Module Check this box to enable the Operation level of the Job Costing feature Operation is the fourth level of Job Costing NOTE You will have the opportunity to customize this nomenclature in the next screen This option will only be available if you have purchased the Job Costing Module Check this box to enable the Task level of the Job Costing feature Task is the fifth level of Job Costing NOTE You will have the opportunity to customize this nomenclature in the next screen Level Wage refers to the hourly rate associated with a department job step operation or task The default assignment wage refers to the wage associated with an individual employee Check this box if you wish the Level Wage for the department an employee works in to take precedence over the Default Assignment Wage when calculating an employee s earnings Check this box if paid lunches and breaks are not considered in calculating hours for overtime Check this box to enable tip reporting 30 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Wages Overtime Level 2 Overtime Level 3 Use Swipe and Go Use am pm Format Do not use Floater for shift selection Editable Pay Periods plus days Approval Editor Pay Periods Back Use SMTP for E mail Multiple poll INI Settings Auto logout minutes Auto logout time Currency Name January 2009 Time Am
175. Validation Download Names Download Bell Schedule Bell Schedule Definition Select the default Job for this clock if applicable Select the default Step for this clock if applicable Select the default Operation for this clock if applicable Check this box to have the Profile assigned to this clock download to the clock Assign the Profile from the Profile box below This must be done to cause Profile Lockouts to take effect NOTE The Profile Access must be turned on Check this box to allow a supervisor swiping a supervisor badge to override a lockout This enables the supervisor to punch on behalf of an employee when the employee is locked out Select the profile to be assigned to this clock You must check the Download Profile box in order to make sure that the Profile is enforced at the clock Check this box to download valid Department Job Step and Operation names to the clock This option is only available with the Job Costing Validation module NOTE Load Level Validation also needs to be checked in the Polling Options for the clock for this setting to take effect Check this box to download a pre defined Bell Schedule to this clock This option is only available with the Bell Schedule module Select the pre defined Bell Schedule you wish to assign to this clock 6 Access Control allows the clock to control who can enter a building and when The clock can be Access Only or it can accept Time and
176. Verification Click this button to select employees based on Group Employees selected are assigned the default Authority and Verification automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Authority and Verification Click this button to remove all employees currently assigned to the clock Click this button to assign all employees to the clock Employees selected are assigned the default Authority and Verification automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Authority and Verification Click this button to select employees individually You will be prompted to select the following Authority The Authority Level defines which clock menus employee can view or use at the clock The following options are available Employee Supervisor or Configuration Verification The Verification Level defines the false read threshold Configuration of the PC Clock is done under the TA600 Series time clock The PC Clock can use Profile Lockouts and Messaging Since multiple clocks can be defined in the Genesis Pro a copy feature is available to copy an existing clock s parameters when adding a new clock This eliminates the need to re enter an entirely new clock configuration January 2009 Time America Inc 335 Genesis Pro Manual Configure a PC Clock 1 Click the C
177. When all settings are complete click the Close button to advance to the next screen 17 The Profile Assignment dialog box will open See Employee Profiles page 240 18 When all settings are complete click the OK button to advance to the next screen 19 The Clocks dialog box will open See Employee Clocks page 243 20 When all settings are complete click the OK button to advance to the next screen 21 You will be returned to the Detail tab of the Configure Employee window 22 Click Close to exit the Configure Employee dialog box Edit an Employee 1 Navigate to the Detail tab of the Configure Employee window 2 Highlight the Employee you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Edit button The Detail screen will become available for you to edit the selected Employee Edit the settings as described in the Configure Employee section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Employee screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Employee dialog box Delete an Employee Deleting an employee deletes all of the data relating to that employee throughout the database including time records NOTE This can cause inaccurate reporting You cannot undo a delete 1 Navigate to the Detail tab of the Configure Employee window January 2009 Time America Inc 249 Genesis Pro Manual 2 Highlight the Employee you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Clic
178. a A Reine ba gules dak EIR eka hcg ae E Ban eats E ta Anse a ge ERLE 46 Delete an Attendance Code cine else a dia 47 POLICIES cseivestistd NANO 48 Configure POLICIES aaa ds es dla le sur dl Os weuhea eet sbayeseredet east 48 AAG POLICY soz A A A e ia 63 Edit LA A RN 64 Dele a dedica 64 ROUNDING moot alle cios upebeed bens teen EE S EREE SA 65 Configure Rounding Rules coco israel cenas 65 Adda Rounding Rule oo nn Eae ioa ni EEA EEE Eik e ECESE raias 70 Edita ROUNGING Rulevonii O ee desa ir dao dad 70 Delete a Rounding Rule aaa tienen ias 70 NS 72 Configure a Shift Group A iia 72 Adda Shift Group o a asian 80 Edita Shift Group A ii aio aE E ASTR 80 Delete aShij e Group lt A E oa a esa a aeee ay san Peai See AEF AR EET OET ANO e RAe ATN 8l Adda Shift ON 8l Edita Shift erines neser ie a Eea oia 8l Deleted Shifters an tei ta EAE E A A E aTa EE a R N ATE E OA O 82 HOLIDAYS a A a a EOI 83 Configure Holidays sonuna TEA eee eo EEE a oda caos da Nini rai 83 Add a Hold a A A oO ena decada 84 Edita Holiday ieena A ee 84 Deleted Hold a a E E E E E A a AET A S ENA 85 HOLIDAYS GROUP Suite a R E a EE E N 85 Configure Holiday Groups Lcd iii iii 85 Add a Holiday Groups nsnsi eo e Ea a E ANa SA EE A oA ATEI NAE EAE EAN iE 86 Edita OMG ae rea a EEE ERE AE E E ERE EN AEA EKE E NE Ri eee ae 86 Deleted Holidays Groups lt a 87 GROUPS 5 segs tetinsa cc ec 87 Configure AU ida 87 Add A E A NR RR 88 Edit AA te 89 Delete ACGLAMP ti 89 TOBIN GA dea 91 IT ARA
179. a result some modems list themselves as Hayes Compatible If not sure try both configurations Refers to modem connected to this computer Needed only if modem communication will be used 358 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Modem number IP Address IP Port Time difference between clock and computer Division Idle Message Keyboard entry Supervisor functions Swipe amp Go For data input January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the phone number the PC modem must dial to communicate with this clock The number must be entered in the following format Outside Line Access Code Wait Symbol Area Code Phone Number If no outside line is required such as 9 simply enter the phone number Omit the area code if not applicable On most modems the wait symbol is a comma typically representing a one second pause Multiple wait symbols can be used if necessary Enter the IP address assigned to the clock Displays the port used for Ethernet The default is 2500 and should not be changed Altering this number will result in communication failure and the possibility of only being able to connect to the Etherlink Converter serially Enter the time difference in hours between the computer and time clock Since the computer can set the clock s time this field compensates for time zone differences between the computer s location and the clock s location When the clock s time is set th
180. able Select the default Step for this clock if applicable Select the default Operation for this clock if applicable 6 The Function Keys tab allows you customize the clock s keypad The Hand Reader only has two keys which can be programmed F1 and F2 The ID3D does not allow you to customize the keypad therefore this tab will be grayed out if ID3D is selected NOTE The Hand Reader 4000 has 10 function keys Eight are user definable Choose No Menu on the miscellaneous tab to activate The tab contains the following information Configure Hand Reader Clocks DListed Code Neme Show Trecti ra A A f General Time Zone Assignments Miscellaneous Function Key 1 Softkey None z Class T Upon polling convert transactions to access only r Function Key 2 Softkey none A F Upon polling convert transactions to access only Figure 312 Configure ATS Clock Function Keys tab Setting Function Key Number Soft Key January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the function key number being edited Select the function you wish to assign to this key See page 371 for a description of the functions available 369 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Prompt 1 4 Class Definition Enter the text prompt you wish to display on the clock s screen when this button is used You may enter up to four prompts each of which may require a
181. age budgets can be set for the task enabling accurate budget vs actual reporting Tasks are optional and only available when the Department Job Step Operation and Task Use Flags are checked on the Configure tab of the Main Company dialog box Also if you changed the name used to refer to Tasks on the Defaults tab of the Main Company dialog box that name will be used in lieu of Tasks For more information see Main Company page 28 Configure Tasks Tasks are the fifth level of the Job Costing feature Departments Jobs Steps and Operation are above it 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Task The Configure Task window will open Configure Task ae ig A Code Name v Active Use Hourly Wage Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours 0 00 Budgeted Total Dollars 0 0000 Hourly wage Charge rate D Listed Piece work rate Figure 79 Configure Task 2 The Configure Task dialog box contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 112 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Code Name Active Validate Use Hourly Wage Use Charge Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a code to identify the Task The code s length and type numeric or alphanumeric is determined in the Defaults dialog box in the Main Company dialog box see page 28 Once saved this code cannot be changed This is a required field
182. ailable to copy an existing clock s parameters when adding a new clock This eliminates the need to re enter an entirely new clock configuration NOTE The TimeSheet Submittal portion of WebClock only permits up to 3 levels of Job Costing to be entered or transferred 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure TA600 The Configure Clock dialog box will open Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC PC Clock Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info 1 Listed Code C Name I Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 300 Configure WebClock Clocks General Tab 2 The dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below The General tab defines the communication and general operation settings and contains the following information Settin Definition Code This is a required field Enter TIME for this code Description In this field enter the name TimeSheet Submittal for the description Active Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use Uncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time 3 The Configure tab does not need to be configured 4 The Function Keys tab allows you customize the clock s keypad January 2009 Time America Inc 346 Genesis Pro Manual When the WebClock should accept Job Costing information in the TimeSheet Submittal process you must configure the
183. aintenance 2 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Backup File Name Enter the name you wish to use to refer to this backup file A good practice is use the date of the backup as the file name Backup To Select the destination drive for the file The options are Drive A Typically a floppy drive Drive B Typically a floppy drive Other Can be the local hard drive or any network drive Destination Enter the destination drive letter and directory for the backup file 3 Click OK to begin the backup System Restore System Restore restores your Genesis Pro database files from backup When Restoring a Backup all changes made after the backup was performed will be lost If a clock has been polled after the backup was performed the transactions from that polling will have to be reposted 1 Click the File menu Utilities System Restore The System Restore Maintenance dialog box will open O January 2009 Time America Inc 421 Genesis Pro Manual System Restore Maintenance Figure 359 System Restore Maintenance 2 Click on the Select File button to select the file to be restored 3 Click OK to begin the restoration process Additional Utilities Genesis Pro provides some nice to have utilities in addition to the System Utilities including e Calculator e About e Conversion Table e System Info e Macros These utilities are found under the Help menu File Edit Reports C
184. akes the punches from a clock and applies them to the correct employee taking into account pre setup information such as Company Policy Shift rules etc Reprocessing is what happens when a user has made changes to the polled punches and or configuration information and now needs to have Genesis Pro recalculate the data If Genesis Pro had to recalculate data every time a user opened an employee timecard the usefulness of the program would be offset by the amount of time needed for the calculations Time is saved by allowing a user to make all necessary changes before reprocessing the data which is the driving reason behind having automated timekeeping software This utility does not actually reprocess the punches lt allows a user to decide how far back and for whom the system will process punches After changing this setting you will need to manually reprocess at which time the system will reprocess back to the date entered here for the employees selected 1 Click the File menu Utilities Set Reprocess Date The Reprocess Punches dialog box will open Reprocess Punches 00009 GENE WILDER 00008 GEORGE ELLIOTT 00007 ICRACE KELLY 00010 Add all JONES DAVID 00004 LEVI STRAUSS 00006 LORNA DOONE 00011 e REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 EA GS SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Remove al 11 Available 0 Selected Gk Cancel Figure 350 Reprocess Punches January 2009 Time America Inc 413 Genesis Pro
185. alary Sort By Group By Output to January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check Full Time to print only employees whose Status is Full Time Check Part Time to print only employees whose Status is Part Time Check Both to print both Full Time and Part Time employees Check Permanent to print only employees whose Status is Permanent Check Temporary to print only employees whose Status is Temporary Check Both to print both Permanent and Temporary employees Check Hourly to print only employees whose Status is Hourly Check Salary to print only employees whose Status is Salary Check Both to print both Hourly and Salary employees Select the setting by which you want employee records to sort The options are Number Employee ID Number or Name Select the setting by which you want employee records to group organize The options are None Department Division and Group Select the media to which you wish to output the report The options are Screen The report will preview on screen You are then able to print from the preview Printer The report will be sent directly to the printer File The report will be sent to a FoxPro report file Email The report will be sent via email If you choose this option you will be given an additional screen to enter the email recipients See Emailing a Report page 297 Email Employee The report will be sent via email If you choose this opti
186. alidation is used and an invalid level number is entered It cannot be more than 16 characters Enter the message text that displays on the time clock when in an idle state If this field is left blank no message will be displayed The idle message will hold up to 16 characters Select this feature to activate swipe and go in the clock NOTE The Swipe amp Go feature is enabled in the Main Company configuration screen See Main Company page 28 Select this feature if the clock will only be used as Swipe amp Go This feature disables all function key access at the clock Check this box to skip recording the Diagnostic and Programming information that display on the Diag Info and Prog Info tabs These two files are created and written to each time a clock is communicated with and programmed using Genesis Pro This information is used for troubleshooting communication problems These files slow the polling process down although not noticeably and can be turned off by checking the box NOTE Turning off these files will make it difficult to troubleshoot certain communication problems Click this check box to display the clock s idle time in military format i e a 24 hour format Clear this box to display the clock s idle time in standard format i e a 12 hour clock In both cases the time is displayed using the HH MM SS format Enter the number of characters defining the Facility code the proximity badge shoul
187. ally update employee benefit accruals to the current day However if you make a change the Benefit Accrual rule assigned to the employee or change the settings of the rule you may wish to force Genesis Pro to update 1 Navigate to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee window See Benefit Accruals Configure page 227 2 Click the Update button This employee s benefits will update and the screen will refresh Benefit Accruals Employee Benefit Details It is possible to view a detailed schedule of how much benefit time the employee has earned and when it was posted 1 Navigate to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee window See Benefit Accruals Configure page 227 2 Click the Details button The Benefit Details screen will display January 2009 Time America Inc 228 Genesis Pro Manual Benefit Details for Washington Carol 00001 AC Day Date Time Amount B Sun 08 26 200 c 07 05 40 00000 Thu 08 23 2001 00 00 02 8 000000 96 0 Misc r Wed 08 22 2001 00 00 02 8 000000 104 000000 M Entry NO Tue 08 21 2001 00 00 02 8 000000 112 000000 VAC Misc Entry NO Mon 01 01 2001 00 00 01 120 000000 120 000000 VAC Bonus Hours NO Y Show Accrued Adjustments Print Delete Manual Adj Close Figure 200 Benefit Details 3 The Benefit Details dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Day Displays the day on which the time was posted or taken Date Displa
188. ame I Show Inactives All Clocks Add Edi Print Close Figure 214 Configure Employee Profiles tab Settin Definition Clock ID Displays the clock s assigned to this employee Access Indicates whether the employee can use this clock Day of Week Indicates the Profile Schedule selected for each day of the week Add a Profile An employee can have different profile configurations at different clocks You can add the profile for each clock individually or to all clocks that the employee uses at once To a Single Clock 1 Navigate to the Profiles tab of the Configure Employee dialog box See Configure Employee Profiles page 240 2 Click the Add button to add a new Profile assignment The Profile Assignment Detail dialog box will open Profile Assignment Detail for 00002 3 Clock ID AAN Profile inuse 001 Default Profile every 30 min I Valid Access Sunday Schedule 1 z Thursday Schedule 1 x Monday Schedule 1 Y Friday Schedule 1 x Tuesday Schedule 1 X Saturday Schedule 1 X f Wednesday Schedule 1 z OK Cancel Figure 215 Profile Assignment Detail 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate January 2009 Time America Inc 241 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Clock ID Select the clock this employee will use Profile in Use Displays the profile assigned to the clock selected This field cannot be edited Valid Access Check this box to make this clock accessible to
189. ample MS Outlook s Sent Items folder The email will appear something like this Pe TIME CARDREPORT Message Plain Tent lolx Eile Edit view Insert Format Tools Actions Help z A B z u ia as B PAJA ant 4 x Postion AO HO Tre mE hs tot Best sort T rs f adeler timeamerica com ccn Subject rime CARD REPORT Attached is the Time Card Report that was run at 08 28 2001 08 05 48 ja Timecard pdf 13KB Figure 269 Example Emailed Report Report Editor The Report Editor allows you to Save a report to a new name for editing Make modifications to a report Move a report to another reports category Delete a report that has been saved to another name You cannot delete a standard report that comes with the system Not all reports can be modified or copied If a report can be edited the appropriate buttons will become available automatically January 2009 Time America Inc 298 Genesis Pro Manual NOTE The Report Editor uses FoxPro s report editing tools which are beyond the scope of this manual If you wish to create new reports or make extensive modifications to an existing report you should become proficient with FoxPro s report editor Report Maintenance 1 Click the Reports menu Report Editor Maintenance The Report Maintenance Selection window will open FF ETOX gt I Report Maintenance Selection Select Report Name Me
190. and Genesis Pro will ignore the Out punch entirely Enter the number of hours in HH MM format that can pass after the In punch before the system assumes the employee has forgotten to punch out and flags the time and attendance reports For example if 10 00 is entered in this field the system expects an Out punch to be recorded no later than 10 hours after the shift s In punch The default for this field is 18 00 or 18 hours Enter the time in HH MM format to be recorded when the employee is flagged with a Missing Out Punch For example assume an employee is scheduled to work 8 hours and forgets to punch Out If 8 00 is entered in this field the system recognizes the missing Out punch yet totals 8 hours for the employee The default for this field is 00 00 indicating that no time will be totaled for a Missing Out Punch 50 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Maximum Out punch link back to In punch Do not link over day end First Change Punch accrues to In punch Stops Afier Reset Swipe amp Go Definition Enter the maximum time an employee who has punched Out can punch back In and still have the new time included in the previous total when calculating daily overtime For example assume that the Maximum Out Punch Link Back is defined as 2 00 and overtime is paid after working 8 hours ina single day If an employee punches In at 8 00 A M and Out at 5 00 P M with a one hour unpaid lunch then punches ba
191. anual Employee Timecard Tab The Timecard tab displays the employee s timesheet information Reviewer for 000000001 Carol Washington Timecard Schedule Transactions Day Cat Start Date Reg oT1 OT2 OT3 Unpaid Dollars S 2 0 50 A Accept Timecard AA AA Pay Periods back Call From 07 15 2007 to 07 21 2007 Key 07 15 2007 07 16 2007 07 17 2007 07 18 2007 07 19 2007 07 20 2007 07 21 2007 Totals 8 0 32 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 L OL 0 00 0 00 0 00 Change Password Print Close Copyright 1989 2007 Time America Inc NUM Figure 128 Employee Reviewer Timecard tab 1 Navigate to the Employee Reviewer window See Accessing Employee Reviewer page 168 2 When you first enter the Employee Reviewer window the Timecard tab is selected automatically and contains the following information Setting Definition January 2009 Time America Inc 169 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Attendance Code Date Day Cat Start Stop Department O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This field is not labeled lt displays a code to indicate an exception regarding the entry The options are e A Indicates a system generated absence This entry will display in Red e M Indicates a missing punch This entry will display in purple e I Indicates a work period In Progress This en
192. arts and stop times may be established per schedule 00 00 indicates midnight For each time frame in each schedule select the message number from the Message box to the right that displays on the time clock when an employee punches during the time frame specified Indicates the unique code for this message This is the number entered in the Message field 122 Genesis Pro Manual Message Type the message text up to 35 characters that displays when an employee punches You may leave this field blank in which case no message displays Examples e See supervisor e Punch accepted e Late no punch Timeout Enter the length of time duration the message displays on the time clock in seconds and tenth of a second For example 2 0 means the message displays for two seconds The maximum message timeout is 9 9 seconds If 0 0 is entered no message displays Tone The time clock has a distinct accept and reject tone that can be sounded when the message displays Select from one of the following options e Accept e Reject e None Select this option if you do not want a tone to sound Lockout Check this box to prevent the time clock from accepting an employee s punch during the assigned time frame Clear this check box to allow a punch Super Check this box to allow a Supervisor to override a lockout by punching on behalf of the employee with a supervisor badge This option is only available when the Lockout che
193. ary reG Oom Reset at end of day OK Cancel Figure 40 Policies Holidays tab Setting Pay Holidays Holiday Eligibility O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option if you wish the program to pay holidays You will specify the dates of the holidays in a separate dialog box See Holidays page 83 These settings define the prerequisites for being paid for the holiday 51 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Minimum days of employment to qualify Required to work the scheduled day Minimum before Minimum after Holiday Parameters Apply Holiday when not scheduled to work Apply the Holiday on the next day Holiday hours can accrue toward overtime January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the minimum number of days up to 3 digits from the hire date for an employee to qualify for non worked holiday pay The default is 90 meaning 90 qualifying days are required Select an option to indicate which days the employee must work to qualify for holiday pay Before and After Employee must work the scheduled day before and after the holiday to receive holiday pay Before or After Employee must work the scheduled day before or after the holiday to receive holiday pay None There are no requirements for the employee to qualify for holiday pay Enter the number of hours that must be worked on the day prior to the holiday in order for that day to qua
194. ary 2009 Time America Inc 425 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Insert Literal Insert Pause Key to Resume Seconds January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Click Insert Literal to record the literal meaning of the next keystroke For example if CTRL P is used to execute a macro but you want to record CTRL P as a keystroke click Insert Literal before typing the keystroke This prevents a macro from being recorded Click this button to insert a pause into the macro then select the Key to Resume or Seconds option below Select this option to pause the macro until SHIFT F10 is pressed to continue Click Seconds to pause the macro for a period of time in seconds Enter the number of seconds in the adjacent field 426 Genesis Pro Manual Additional Employee Features 168 Additional polling Key ooooooonnnnccnnnnncccccnnacnnnos 17 Approval Editor 266 270 ArNe ees cette E LO o tak 417 E ee eak 419 PRD steak an o e e ete eta DS 357 CONMPIQUIC ooooccconcccnonccononnnnnnncnannccnnrnnnnnnnnnc 357 Attendance e ai aeaa aa aa 45 Attendance codes Al daa 46 CONTIQUTO ts 45 delta e ale rd ab 47 ll a aa ada 46 Attendance Infractions CA eevee 155 166 Attendance NotiC8S occcccccocononnccncnnnocinonananon 162 o wal aoa E dates 160 CUSTOMIZE NOTICE oooccnccnnnccccnonnnoncncncnnnnnos 160 delete ii AAA a 162 AM AA Asa 162 Adi HalSiacin a an 263 Automatic Processes occccccccononono
195. assword Print Click this button to print the submitted Time Sheet Submit Click this button to submit the timesheets You can also submit daily by using the arrows to the right side of the screen NOTE Once the timesheet has been submitted the employee can no longer make any changes in it Close Click this button to exit the timesheet window NOTE Employees will only be able to edit the current week one week prior and one week ahead January 2009 Time America Inc 180 Genesis Pro Manual PC Clock PC Clock is an additional module and an application that allows employees to punch In and Out punch for Lunches and Breaks and Transfer Departments from their PC PC Clock offers employees access to several useful tools in an easy to use environment Each task employees can perform with PC Clock is one or two mouse clicks away For more information on configuring PC Clock keys see Configure PC Clock page 336 NOTE It is recommended that a facilitator go over the information available in this chapter with employees Who Can Clock In and Out with PC Clock PC Clock can only be used by the employees who have been assigned to PC Clock Employees can be assigned when they are entered into Genesis Pro or assigned at a later date For more information see Configure Employee page 248 Accessing PC Clock e Click the Start menu Programs Genesis Pro and PC Clock Default Settings to Use PC Clock PC Clock Time America
196. ation a Pl A Code Name V Active Validate Use Hourly Wage Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours 0 00 Budgeted Total Dollars 0 0000 Hourly wage Charge rate OListed Piece work rate Figure 76 Configure Operation 2 The Configure Operation dialog box contains the following information Settin Definition Code This is a required field Enter a code to identify the Operation The code s length and type numeric or alphanumeric is determined in the Defaults dialog box in the Main Company dialog box see page 28 Once saved this code cannot be changed January 2009 Time America Inc 107 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Name Active Validate Use Hourly Wage Use Charge Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter the Operation name as it will appear in the system and on reports The Operation name can be up to 30 characters long Check this box to indicate that the Operation is currently in use Clear this check box if the Operation is not being used at this time Check this box to send a Validation to the clocks The clocks will then display this Operation s name for employee confirmation when the employee enters its Operation Code NOTE The Load Level Validation option must also be selected under Polling see Polling page 388 in order for this feature to be fully functional Check this box to pay a
197. atus CONPIQUIC einai navies Mile Ae ieee 221 Employee Timesheets ccccctceeseeeteees 178 EMployeeS 0 ccccceeesceeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeees 204 205 O 248 AA ei iene at 239 Benefits anii aie eee aye 224 A digi E AO aaa 249 ae eTl e E EA E deed dee ea 245 C e T E ENE ITE OE ETE EE EEN 249 A ON 231 POTES EONA A AEE ET A ES 240 243 January 2009 Time America Inc schedule 211 selecting ocoooononococcconniccconconcnccnnnnnnnns 272 273 SU iii a a a 221 transactions eiiiai iaiia 175 220 WaQCS iii sia 234 Environment Delle iniciada 25 change background 25 large button toolbar ocoonocccccnnnociccnonocincnnnnns 26 Ethernet ri i n 304 Exceptions CONTIQUIO iio da alae 62 Exiting Genesis Pro sesser 20 EXPO tia 404 From Schedul8 oooooccconoccccconoccccccnnonnccnanonnnccnnos 262 Function Keys CAOS A tat 372 CUSTOMIZS id 370 375 UNC Sata rR 371 predefined c ccoococoonoccconcccnonccononincnncccnanacnnnnns 371 Getting SMtarted occccnnnncnninicincccnonccnnnnnnnnccnnanenonn 19 GO Dal macia ted 272 message assignment 273 POLES cdi ii 274 275 schedule assignment cceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 276 schedules oocccccccccononocononcncnnonoos 277 279 280 transactions ccceceeeeeeeeeeteeceeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 282 Global Wages ele ee 236 TT 236 TOUS iii da dad A 87 125 AAG ion id di 88 126 CONGUE serike erena EEEa E 87 125 CGC EAEE O COTO 89 126 ici E E AEE EEE 89 126 Hand Readet
198. ay this Department s name for employee confirmation when the employee enters its Department Code NOTE The Load Level Validation option must also be selected under Polling see Polling page 388 in order for this feature to be fully functional Check this box to pay all employees assigned to this department a standard hourly wage whenever they work in this department Checking this box will enable the Hourly Wage field in which you define the amount of the wage NOTE This Hourly Wage is also known as the Level Wage If this wage is different than the employee s individual wage the employee s individual wage takes precedence To cause the Hourly Wage Level Wage to take precedence check the Use Level Wage before default assignment wage option on the Configure tab of the Configure Main Company dialog box Check this box to define the rate charged for all employees assigned to this Department whenever they work in this Department Checking this box will enable the Charge Rate field in which you define the amount of the rate 93 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to pay employees according to the quantity of goods they produce Checking this box will enable the Piece Work Rate field in which you define the rate per item produced Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this ra
199. ay want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Policy or Department Click this button to select employees individually You will be prompted to select the TASC Policy as defined on the previous tab and Department Click this button to edit the employee s badge number policy or department Click this button to remove the employee from the list 5 The Diag Info tab contains the communication information between the computer and the clock after each attempt to communicate 6 The Prof Info tab contains the information that was sent to the clock after any type of programming January 2009 Time America Inc 356 Genesis Pro Manual ATS Series Clocks Genesis Pro offers a module that allows it to connect to Third Party clocks such as ATS and Hand Reader The ATS clocks are badge swipe clocks similar to the TA500 and TA600 series Configure ATS Clocks 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure ATS The Configure Clocks dialog box will open The Configure dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below Configure ATS Series Clocks NONE General Miscellaneous Function Keys Code ID 7 Description IV Active Communication S485 or Serial C Modem C Ethemet More Setup Baud Rate 9600 Hayes Compatable Modem vss C Ni Comm Port COM1 y Modem Number Retries 0 os IP Address IP Pot Connect wait 7 5 minutes Validation T Download
200. b The Benefits page will appear Bisco Mica ne Employee bur Log Out n Tage Steg nimara h senene Bonems fy Taken Punding Count 0 00 0 00 0 Figure 162 WebClock Benefits Page NOTE The Benefits are a snapshot of Genesis based on the most current process of data The Benefits display is view only and will not accept any edits 5 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page Viewing the Status Board 1 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear ue ue e 3 PA AAA TETERA er Figure 163 WebClock Home Page Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase O January 2009 Time America Inc 194 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear coa Mica wall Employee Washington Carol Log Out Flot Ting Shest Timecard Schedule Benefits sy GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 164 WebClock Function Page Select the Status Board tab The Status Board page will appear Bico Mican Employee Woshengte y O Log Out tl timecsrd Schedule Benefits E Working At lunch Al
201. be blank if the clock has not been communicated with yet or if the Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info option is checked 9 NOTE This tab will only apply to TA7000 Clocks using the fingerprint option The Assignments tab lists the employees that can use this clock This is only necessary if you are using fingerprints with TA7000 clocks Configure TA7000 Series Clocks ead General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Assignments Code Name Badge Verification Authority Template A A Y 2 0 Employees Listed Fingerprint Mode Verify O Identity 0 Listed RemoveAll Adda __Ada Figure 285 Configure TA7000 Clocks Assignment tab The tab contains the following information Setting Definition Employee Listing Displays a list of the employees that can use this clock Includes employee code employee name employee badge number verification authority level and if they have a fingerprint template saved Fingerprint Mode Verify This option will only verify employee number with fingerprint Identify This option will identify employee from the fingerprint only January 2009 Time America Inc 320 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Division Group Remove All Add All Add TA715 TA777 and TA780 Series Definition Click this button to select employees based on Division Employees selected are assigned the default Authorit
202. be changed This is a required field Enter the Job name as it will appear in the system and on reports The Job name can be up to 30 characters long Check this box to indicate that the Job is currently in use Clear this check box if the Job is not being used at this time Check this box to send a Validation to the clocks The clocks will then display this Job s name for employee confirmation when the employee enters its Job Code NOTE The Load Level Validation option must also be selected under Polling see Polling page 388 in order for this feature to be fully functional 98 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Use Hourly Wage Use Charge Rate Use Piece Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to pay all employees assigned to this Job a standard hourly wage whenever they work in this Job Checking this box will enable the Hourly Wage field in which you define the amount of the wage NOTE This Hourly Wage is also known as the Level Wage If this wage is different than the employee s individual wage the employee s individual wage takes precedence To cause the Hourly Wage Level Wage to take precedence check the Use Level Wage before default assignment wage option on the Configure tab of the Configure Main Company dialog box Check this box to define the rate charged for all employees assigned to this Job whenever they work in this Job Checking this box will enable the Charge Rat
203. ble Classes Definition Clock Out for break Clock In from break Clock Out for lunch factory preset Clock In from Lunch factory preset Transfer employee to the clock default level Clock Out on service Clock In on service Post time In specific categories vacation sick personal etc Transfer a group of employees to another level department job step operation etc Transfer group back to original level Enter tips Enter supervisor approved overtime Use swipe and go feature Employees may submit a Leave Request and the Supervisor will approve in the Timecard Sample Prompt Prompt 1 Out FOR BREAK Prompt 1 In FROM BREAK Prompt 1 Out FOR LUNCH Prompt 1 In FROM LUNCH Prompt 1 CHANGED O K Prompt 1 Out ON SERVICE Prompt 1 In ON SERVICE Prompt 1 ENTER CATEGORY Prompt 1 ENTER GROUP Prompt 1 ENTER GROUP Prompt 1 ENTER TIP AMOUNT Prompt 1 APPROVE OVERTIME Prompt 1 PUNCH ACCEPTED Prompt 1 ENTER CATEGORY Classes define the type of information to be entered following a prompt The following table describes the classes that are available and their uses Function None Department O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This class is used for all prompts or messages that do not require a response such as CLOCKED In or PUNCH ACCEPTED This option classifies the input as a Department The clock will be expecting a Department number to be entered 372 Gen
204. ble badge number Choose Same as Employee Number to have Genesis Pro assign a badge number that is identical to the employee s ID number If you will be using a third party report editor writer to create and or modify Genesis Pro reports specify the path name drive and directory of the report writer in this field 7 When all settings are complete click the Exports tab to select it The Exports screen will appear January 2009 Time America Inc 34 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Main Company Exports General Configure Defaults Please select the payroll package that your company exports to Generic Numeric Genesys Glazers Jonas MYOB Powerpay Mas90 MicrOpay Millenium PC Connect Pay Plus Pay E Payroll 1 PcPay PayChoice a Connection Y Selected Export Paychex Branch Client Client Site Please enter the appropriate data above Click the button below to display Paychex as your only export in the Reports gt Exports menu Display only this export Print OK J _ Cancel Figure 28 Main Company Exports Tab 8 Select the payroll provider to which you wish to export data You may be prompted for additional information specific to the payroll application selected For example when ADP is selected you are asked for the Company Code of your main company Click Display only this export to have this payroll company listed as the only export available via repor
205. bol is a comma typically representing a one second pause Multiple wait symbols can be used if necessary These fields control the time of day the clock s internal modem will answer an incoming call Enter the modem s start and stop answer time in military format HH MM For example to set the modem to answer only between 7 00 A M and 6 00 P M enter 07 00 and 18 00 in the fields provided The default is 00 00 midnight and 23 59 one minute before midnight In other words the modem will answer any time it is called during the day Enter the number of rings that the clock should wait before picking up the line For example setting the Ring Delay to 4 means that after the clock detects a ringing phone it will wait 4 rings before answering 0 means DO NOT ANSWER Enter the number of times the computer should attempt to connect to the clock if communication either fails or is interrupted during polling Enter the time difference in hours between the computer and time clock Since the computer can set the clock s time this field compensates for time zone differences between the computer s location and the clock s location When the clock s time is set the system either adds or subtracts this time difference from the computer s clock A setting of 0 indicates that the clock and computer are in the same time zone Select the company division where the clock is located Every transaction entered on this cl
206. bove Add Hours count toward overtime If Accrue Given Hrs to OT is selected choose the level of overtime to be paid for out on service 6 The Per Diem tab defines daily hour and or pay adjustments and contains the following information Configure Policies A 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions UNION V Use per diem Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday After After After i Ater After After 0 After Pay Pay Pay Pay Pay Pay After Pay 2 Listed Pay Period After Pay v Overtime Cycle After After 0 After Pay Pay Pay After Pay Figure 43 Policies Per Diem tab Pay After Pay After Pay Apply at holiday work rate when daily per diem occurs on a holiday After Pay Ex Setting Use per diem O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option to grant the employee per diem benefits These benefits can be additional paid hours or additional monetary amounts You may give up to two per diems per day 59 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Day of week After Pay Category Accrue Apply at Holiday work rate when daily per diem occurs on a holiday Overtime Cycle After Pay Category OT Level January 2009
207. c badge to enter the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Department Check this box to indicate that employees may key the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Tips Check this box to indicate that employees must swiped a bar code to enter the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Job 315 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Class Type Maximum Input Characters Minimum Input Characters Number of Decimal Display Entry data January 2009 Time America Inc Definition The Class defines the information being entered for reporting For example is it a department number tips etc Class choices cannot be added If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available See page 372 for a description of the classes available Select the data Type for the information being entered The settings in Company Defaults of Main company determine which Type options are available for each Class The options are Alphabetic Clock will accept letters only for this entry Numeric Clock will accept numbers only for this entry Alphanumeric Clock will accept both numbers and letters Number with forced decimal places Clock will accept numbers only and will automatically place the last two numbers entered behind the decimal place For example if 1499 is entered the clock will format it as 14 99 Alphanumeric hidden entry Clock will accept letters only
208. cally banquet or other tips Tips entered with this class are reported on the employee s time card and added to the category TIP4 for reporting This option classifies the input as a Task The clock will be expecting a task number to be entered Customize Function Keys 1 4 Navigate to the Function Keys tab of the clock you wish to edit See the Configure section for the type of clock you are customizing TA500 600 PC Clock page 305 ATS page 357 Hand Reader page 362 Select the key you wish to configure on the keypad figure on the left of the dialog box NOTE Not all function keys can be edited The settings on the right side of the dialog box will remain grayed out if you have selected a key that cannot be edited The fields on the right side of the screen will display the current settings for the button if any Configure TA500 Series Clocks 001 General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Demo TA520L CLOCK CODE 001 Function key o x Sote a A T Supervisor only M Check profiles I Check acce Prompt 1 ENTER DEPARTMENT Y ED 57 I Swipe Key Bar Code z ES E ES A Type Numeric E Maximum input characters T ER Minimum input grane El eee Number of decimal T SP TDi try dat I Verify valid ent O isplay entry data erify valid entry ld 1 Listed Swipe and go definition Update soft key Sieg Nar
209. cate that the employee only needs to punch In each day and Genesis Pro will report the scheduled times and duration Check None to indicate that Genesis Pro should automatically report the scheduled times and duration without the employee having to punch at all Pay Overtime Check this option to make the employee eligible for overtime based on the Policy to which the employee is assigned January 2009 Time America Inc 235 Genesis Pro Manual Add a Global Wage 1 Navigate to the Wages tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Wages page 234 Select the Non Exempt option Check the Use Global Wage option Click the Add button to add a new Global Wage The Wage Details dialog box will open Wage Details Wage 0 0000 OK Cancel Figure 208 Adding a new Holiday Date MIMEA THU 5 Enter the date on which this wage takes effect 6 Enter the amount of the hourly wage 7 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Wages screen Edit a Global Wage 1 Navigate to the Wages tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Wages page 234 Highlight the wage you wish to edit Click the Edit button The Wage Details dialog box will open Enter the amount of the hourly wage Of ON Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Wages screen Delete a Global Wage 1 Navigate to the Wages tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Wages page 234
210. categories of time and dollars See Add Miscellaneous Transaction Additional options may appear depending upon your company and clock configuration Select the clock to which the transaction should be attributed Select the reason code associated with this transaction Check this option to have Genesis Pro ignore the rounding rules for this transaction Check this option to have Genesis Pro ignore the Attendance flags for this transaction Check this option to cancel all automatic lunches and breaks assigned to a specific day The edit must be initiated from the start time 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Online Timecard Add Miscellaneous Transaction Transactions can be added from the Online Timecard or from the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box The method is the same in both locations This option for adding a transaction works best when you are going to manually enter all elements of the transaction 1 Navigate to the Online Timecard for the employee you wish to edit See Online Timecard page 251 Or navigate to the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box and select the employee for whom you wish to add a transaction See Employee Transactions page 220 January 2009 Time America Inc 255 Genesis Pro Manual 2 Click the Add Trans Online Timecard or Add Transactions button The Transaction Detail dialog box will open 3 Select Miscellaneous
211. ccurs when an employee swipes a card through the clock and is not asked to enter a function Selecting Swipe on the Function Key dropdown menu provides the same information The Swipe and Go function will work with all methods of punching as long as it is activated under Configure Main Company See Main Company page 28 5 When all settings are complete click the Update Soft Key to commit the changes Add a Clock 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure and select the type of clock you wish to add The Configure Clock dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button If this is the first clock of this type that you are adding the General tab will become available Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info PC Clock W Active Code Description Communication Lan Path Direct R5232 x Baudrate 9500 Port COM1 Se alBaud 9600 LAN ID 77 Converter RTS C SO Time difference between computer and clock 0 E Division Ethemet IP Address 132163 1 200 0000 ABC Manufactoring Company r Supervisor IP Port 2000 Prefixforenty it Default date I Prefix for recall Default Time I Modem Baudrate 1200 gt Input Employee badge Phone number Initial source source by supervisor Start stop answer TT 00 id 00 F Swipe F Swipe B Ring delay T T Key T Key 1 Listed IV Bar Code I Bar Code Number
212. ceeccesscesscesecesecusecacesecasecseecseeeseesseeeseeseeeseeeesneseneeneenaes 162 Printing and Viewing Attendance Notices ccsccssscecesecessceenseceeneecssecesccecsaeceeceecsseeeaeecsaeeesaeecuaeeeeaeecsaeeeeaeecnseeeses 162 CHAPTER V OPTIONAL MODULES ss sesessosssossssosecsososossesosoososososoesesososoesesoesesososoesessosesososoesessosorosseseseese 165 JOB COSTING iia 165 BELL SCHEDULES ctricos EEEE EEE EEA RE E EE EEE AEE TE 165 PROFILE LOCKOUTS Aione enee E EEA EE EEEE EA EET E E E E E EE EER E ES 166 BENEFIT ACCRUALS perea s EE EE AEE KEKEE EE TE EESE EE AE EE E REE EEEE E 166 OCCURRENCE RATINGS restene EEEa EE E EEEE EA ETE E aros 166 PE CLOCK iii EE T E EE E E EE EA 167 WEBCLOCK aeiio aaar E Ea EEE E R TE E E ao ES 167 VIDEX DURATRAX etico aos 167 THIRD PARTY TERMINALS ce a a E cOvexb a E TE 167 CHAPTER VI ADDITIONAL EMPLOYEE FEATURES eseeeeererseseseccceesoroesesecoeeesoroesesecoeeororoesececoeeosoesese 168 EMPLOYEE REVIEWER rien aea er E e E eaaa ETE Er E a E ear a ANa Ee a TE 168 Accessing Employe e REVIEWER soiien eE a EET ER peeitecs 168 Employee Limecard Tabo E bags e E i dat doo 169 Employee Schedules Tab cid ck oy E a dt 173 EMPLOYEE TRANSACTIONS TAB jovs diviiess cocosoossd e e ar e sA ae Saar Ee A ESEE EE ES vaesecanceseubdg ANERE EEN EENS 175 DESC aN E its 175 Employee Benefits Tabacos Ad a a aa oy a e dean 177 EMPLOYEE TIMESHEET Sonen eare a Ear e ESA aee Saer eA SEEE ee SN EE EKN SEEE PEETERS ESA 178
213. cept any edits 5 Click Previous and Next to display other pay periods Codes and Colors e A Absent red e D Default Hours pink e In Now green e M Missing Punch purple 6 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page Viewing the Schedule 1 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear A A A EA Figure 157 WebClock Home Page 2 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase 3 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Billed clock Aiton well Employee Washington Caro Log Out S 1 f Sahan TUB ate Timecard Schedule Benefits gm GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 158 WebClock Function Page O January 2009 Time America Inc 192 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Select the Schedules tab The Schedule page will appear iWeb ciock Akcan Employee Washington Carol O Log Out D ey isn Teer Tinmecsrd Benefits Rabe Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Saturday 11 17 02 11 18 02 11 19 02 11 20 02 11 21 02 2 11 29 02 7 00 18 1f 7 16 16 0 1 07 00 18 00 11 25 02 11 26 02 11 27 02 11 28
214. cessaeeecsesaeeesseeaecseseeecsenaees 207 EMPLOYEE SCHEDULE DAB si Scsscs icoces iecuntes ce EE ds cunvecdstebedd dd dando de eee EVNE E KSEE dci did 211 Configure Employee Schedule sis ocios da eiii revues da aaa adas bees dete vt eb dies decias 211 Assign or Edit an Employee Schedule 0 ccsccsscscssscessvssescsoceeseveconenseneveseacencesesonesessesnenasecesoeaseneoesasenessneesens 213 Delete Schedule iii a E ae E e AE ETE e A E a 215 Creat a Rotating Schedule x ii det en Coben eden EENE ad scada ia 215 Create an Employee Schedule Template csccccccsccesseesesssesscsseeseceescesecesecesecaecaaecaaecseeeseecaseseeseeeeseseeeeeeeneenaes 217 Copy an Employee Schedule Templat iriiri irene ee nena anna nena i cre nin a as 217 EMPLOYEE TRANSACTIONS TAB risiini voses rente eenean aake eaer Ea ee AR ontenetecesne icp oa csevanceseubdg alisios debes 220 DESCEIDUIO oneee e A A e e e a e dei 220 EMPLOYEE STATUS PAB pihoineen renee ee eare ESKE aer aE AR sntenedecewneiapshesevaneesanten sbuitoeteueebageiecuantenseneunes 221 Configure Employee Status srties e e R e ie ep EE TE dr iia R 221 Add Employee Statuss ene o ae dae 222 Edit EMPlOVeO StGtus cai do aio ad idad 223 Delete Employee Status cin ira teak vad ea A aoe oy sods savers cau a qt ie de 223 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS TAB visor iii ti sess vccocoseonnsty suvteccvovantiso se cane evevevesdy sedesete cess tap sa esuvenceseutep sbuseeateusebhgwie cet 224 Benefit ENtitle ment COMPUTE ii aci
215. ch you wish to print the report If you have chosen Range select the starting and ending Departments Genesis Pro will print employees in all Departments between the selected items inclusive Select the Divisions for which you wish to print the report If you have chosen Range select the starting and ending Division Genesis Pro will print employees in all Divisions between the selected items inclusive Select the Groups for which you wish to print the report If you have chosen Range select the starting and ending Groups Genesis Pro will print employees in all Groups between the selected items inclusive 7 When all settings are complete click OK to proceed to the Additional Reporting Parameters dialog box Additional Reporting Parameters STATUS O Bath Full time Part time SORT BY Number GROUP BY None OUTPUT TO Screen CJ E mail Both Both Permanent O Hourly Temporary O Salary Name O Department O Division Group C Printer CI File C E mail Employee Figure 260 Additional Reporting Parameters 8 The Additional Parameters dialog allows you to further filter and group report data Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Status These settings allow you filter which January 2009 Time America Inc employees data will be printed 288 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Full Time Part Time Both Permanent Temporary Both Hourly S
216. ck In at 6 30 P M within the 2 hour link back and Out again at 9 30 P M the daily total shows 8 hours of regular time and 3 hours of overtime Check this option if the out punch link back should stop at the end of the day Check this option if the first department and or job transfer after the In punch should be retroactive to the In punch Enter the number hours you want the above rule to be effective This option allows you to accept either 12a 1a 2a 3a or 4a as a reset time 3 The Holidays tab defines the rules for paying Holidays and contains the following information Configure Policies 001 STANDARD A 2 Listed eneral Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions Pay Holidays Holiday Eligibility Minimum days of employment to qualify 45 Holiday Parameters Apply holiday when not scheduled to work Apply the holiday on the next day Required te work the scheduled day Holiday hours can accrue towards overtime Before and after Holiday hours can not be overtime O Before or after Apply differential based on scheduled start time None Hours to add for each worked holiday 8 00 Multiply worked holiday hours to apply to HOL C Hours to add for each un worked holiday 8 00 Given Minimum 0 00 Given Maximum 0 00 Beginning pay rate if holiday is worked Standard reG Oom Beginning pay rate if holiday is worked Second
217. ck box is selected Add a Profile Lockout 1 Click the Configure menu Profile Lockouts The Configure Profiles dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Profile Lockout The General tab will become available January 2009 Time America Inc 123 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Profiles 0001 General Default Profile every 30 0001 Default Profile Number TIT Name W Active Message Timeout Tone Lockout S ell Schedules Nur 1 00 16 SEE SUPERVISOR U 17 INVALID BADGE Stat Stop Message 1 N 1 poo faced faa t 2 m m a s N ME N io BE N 4 po fo 7 N 7 q E N i a iz N 6 Fo 70 N 7 foo ful fu i le foofoo foofoo fo 13 N N N N N 1 Listed Apply Gk Cancel Figure 86 Adding a new Profile Lockout Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Profile Lockouts section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Configure Profiles dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Profiles dialog box Edit a Profile Lockout 1 Click the Configure menu Profile Lockouts The Configure Profile Lockouts dialog box will open Highlight the Profile Lockout you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Pr
218. ck the Add All button All employees will appear in the Selected list on the right Select Employees by Group 1 Click the Group button The Group Selection dialog box will open O January 2009 Time America Inc 272 Genesis Pro Manual r SELECT From aya erica Inc To fooz Time America Inc Pre z OK Cancel Figure 241 Group Selection 2 Use the drop down to select in the From box to select the first Group you wish to choose 3 Use the drop down to select in the To box to select the first Group you wish to choose TIP To choose a single group select the same Group in both boxes 4 Click OK to accept the changes and return to the dialog box All employees in the selected Groups will appear in the Selected list on the right Select Employees by Division 1 Click the Division button The Division Selection dialog box will open Division Selection a SELECT To Joooo ABC Widgets z OK Cancel Figure 242 Division Selection 2 Use the drop down to select in the From box to select the first Division you wish to choose 3 Use the drop down to select in the To box to select the first Division you wish to choose TIP To choose a single Division select the same Division in both boxes 4 Click OK to accept the changes and return to the dialog box All employees in the selected Division will appear in the Selected list on the right Global Message Assignment Global Message Assignm
219. clock will format it as 14 99 Alphanumeric hidden entry Clock will accept letters only the letters will not display on the clock s screen Number hidden entry Clock will accept numbers only the numbers will not display on the clock s screen Enter the maximum total number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The number displayed in this field is based on the Class selected Enter the minimum number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The default value for this field is 1 but may be changed Enter the number of places after the decimal point for a numeric entry A maximum of 4 decimal places may be entered This field will only be available if a Numeric option was chosen in the Class field Check this box to display the input information Check this box to enforce the Validation available with the Job Cost Validation Module Validation must be turned on for each level Download Names must be checked under the miscellaneous tab and Load Level Validation must be checked as a polling option The clock will check the input information against the downloaded level information If the level entry does not exist at the time of the last programming the data will be considered invalid 378 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Swipe and Go Click this button to display and edit the Swipe and Definition Go function since there is no actual Swipe and Go function key Swipe and Go o
220. creen January 2009 Time America Inc 119 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 22 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 85 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Bell Schedules dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 120 Genesis Pro Manual Profile Lockouts The Profile Lockouts module controls when an employee can punch at a Time clock Employees can be given a lockout or a warning message when trying to punch In or Out at times that are restricted Employees who are locked out are not permitted to complete their transaction but may have a supervisor punch them in by overriding the lockout You can also use the Profile Lockouts to send messages at certain times For example if you want to alert employees that they are clocking in too early you could create a Profile Schedule with a Too Early message that displays when the employee clocks during certain hours of the day Lockout profiles are made up of Profile Schedules which can contain up to 8 different time frames each with its lockout and or message Each Profile Schedule specifies the time frames during which the lockout and or message will display There are 15 Profile Schedules available and 17 different lockout messages available After the lockout profile is complete it is downloaded to the time clocks at which the profile will apply Employees are assi
221. cters as you want it to appear in the system and on reports Click the Active check box to indicate that the division is currently in use Uncheck this box if the division is not being used at this time Enter the first line address of the division Up to 30 characters may be entered in each line Enter the second line address of the division if applicable Up to 30 characters may be entered in each line Type the name of the city up to 30 characters for the division 36 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition State Type the two character state abbreviation Zip Enter the five or nine digit postal zip code of the division Phone Number Enter the telephone number for this division Fax Number Enter the fax number for this division Additional You may be prompted for additional information Information based upon the payroll application selected in Add a Division 1 Edit a Division 1 the Export screen of the Main Company configuration For example if ADP is selected in the Export screen you will be prompted for the company number of this division Click the Configure menu Company Divisions The Configure Divisions dialog box will open Click the Add button The General screen will become available for you to add the new Division Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Divisions section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Divisions screen Click Close to exit th
222. ctivated G GENESIS PRO Time America Inc S Edit Reports Configure Clocks Help 8 Security gt E Import 3 Export oP Utilities dd Print cl E Background wg Login New User Navigation Selection Exit ALT F4 Figure 23 Environment Menu Play Bell Tones You can customize Genesis Pro to play a tone at the end of a field when entering data 1 Click the File menu Environment Bell This will cause a bell tone to play whenever you come to the end of a field when entering data NOTE To remove follow Step 1 Change Screen Background You can customize the Genesis Pro background to display a graphic of your choice The graphic must be in bitmap bmp format 1 Click the File menu Environment Background The Select Background window will open O January 2009 Time America Inc 25 Genesis Pro Manual Preview Picture jc mA l archive avi backgrnd backup buttoms clk dbfs email fox7lib images lib Y Gradient Background on Forms Yes vw OK Cancel l Default Figure 24 Select Background 2 Choose the graphics file you wish to use for your background e Click the directory or file to select it e Click the icon to go to a previous directory 3 Click OK to accept the selected file 4 Your graphic will appear on the background of Genesis Pro NOTE To reset the background settings to the defaults Click the File menu
223. currence Rating 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Configuring Occurrence Ratings section 4 Click the Add button in the Category and Attendance Infractions section to configure the rules as described in the Configure Category and Attendance Infractions section 5 Click the Add button in the Notices section to configure the notices as described in the Configure Attendance Notices section 6 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Occurrences dialog box 7 Click Close to exit the Configure Occurrences dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 157 Genesis Pro Manual Edit an Occurrence Rating 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurrences dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Occurrence Rating you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Occurrence Rating 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure Occurrence Rating Configure Category and Attendance Infractions and Configure Attendance Notices sections 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Occurrences screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Occurrences dialog box Delete a Occurrence Rating Occurrence Ratings that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurrences dialog box will open 2 H
224. d Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Shifts page 72 Defines the user s access rights to Holidays settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Holidays page 83 Defines the user s access rights to Holiday Groups settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Holiday Groups page 83 Defines the user s access rights to Groups settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Groups page 85 Defines the user s access rights to Department settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Departments page 92 136 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Job Step Operation Task Profile Lockouts Bell Schedules Reason Check All Uncheck All Definition Defines the user s access rights to Job settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Configure Jobs page 97 Defines the user s access rights to Step settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Configure Steps page 102 Defines the user s access rights to Operation settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Configure Operations page 107 Defines the user s access righ
225. d not read This feature is only available in the TA777 and TA780 327 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Use Terminal in online mode Definition This feature will allow the terminal to send transactions to a specified server working as a service NOTE The service must be activated to accept such transactions 4 The Function Keys tab allows you customize the clock s keypad As customizing the keypad can be an extensive process a section of this manual has been dedicated to it See Customizing Function Keys page 370 This section merely describes the contents of the screen The tab contains the following information Configure TA715 Series Clocks General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info CLOCK CODE 100 Function key 137 Y gt Prompt 1 Prompt 2 Softkey None v Prompt 3 Prompt 4 Prompt Class Type u7 Maximum input characters Minimum input characters 0 Number of decimal T a 0 Listed Swipe amp go definition Update soft key Figure 288 Configure TA715 Clock Function Keys tab Configure TA777 Series Clocks Te a General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info CLOCK CODE NONE A Function key IN y Pret M O Listed Code O Name Show Inactives Add Close Figure 289 Configure TA777 Clock Function Keys tab Januar
226. day or Start Lunch for the employee For more information on this feature see Edit Add Start page 258 Click this button to add or edit an Ending transaction such as a Clock Out for day or End Lunch for the employee For more information on this feature see Edit Add Stop page 259 Click this button to add multiple or duplicated Miscellaneous transactions This can be used to enter a vacation that lasts several days etc For more information on this feature see Multiple Miscellaneous page 259 Click this button to auto fill a work day based on the employee s schedule For more information on this feature see From Schedule page 262 Click this button to delete a transaction For more information on this feature see Delete a Transaction page 263 210 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Schedule Tab The Schedule tab displays and allows you to edit the employee s schedule NOTE Employees are not required to have a specific schedule but without a schedule the following items will not work in the system Rounding Rules Automatic Lunch and Break Deductions Attendance Codes Exceptions Configure Employee Schedules 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Schedule tab to select The tab contains the following information Configure Employee 000003 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Wages Badges Profiles Detail Anderson F
227. days italics current date blue highlight and days scheduled to work underline date Also a double click or right click in the Job Costing field will display all job costing information for that slice of time Blue backgrounds have been added in the employee screen for easier visibility of an active feature January 2009 Time America Inc 251 Genesis Pro Manual Accessing the Online Timecard from the Approval Editor 1 Click the Edit menu Approval Editor or click on the 2 The Approval Editor dialog box will open 2 Double click an employee s name to open to the Online Timecard window Approval for Employee 00006 Sample Joe Timecard Schedule Transactions Date Day Cat Start Stop Reg O71 OT2 O13 Unpaid Dollars sE 11 17 08 Mon WORK 07 00 E A gt 1 00 E M 11 18 08 Tue 07 00 A A 11 19 08 Wed 07 00 16 00 E 11 20 08 Thu WORK 08 06 ID 17 00 0G 7 75 E 1 00 11 24 08 Mon WORK 08 06 ID 17 00 0G A E p 1 00 11 25 08 Tue 08 00 17 00 5 n 11 26 08 Wed WORK 08 00 17 00 0G 8 00 x a z 1 00 S 11 27 08 Thu HOL 00 00 8 00 11 28 08 Fri WORK 08 00 17 00 0G 8 00 1 00 Y e Approve _ El Approve Pay Periods back Key E From 11 16 2008 to 11 23 2008 11 18 2008 11 19 2008 11 20 2008 11 21 2008 11 22 2008 Totals I 0 00 4750 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 o0 0 00 0
228. dd a Shift Group 1 Click the Configure menu Shift The Configure Shift dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Shift Group The Groups tab will become available Configure Shifts 1 Listed Code 001 Standard Shift Her in Bhow Inactive Groups Dets Differential Code Name M Active T Flex Open Forcasted hours for floaters 0 0000 Shift Details Start Cutoff Stop Gross Lunch Total Number al Add Edit Delete i Rounding In Out Rounding Lunch Rounding Break Rounding NONE DEFINED 3 NONE DEFINED ps NONE DEFINED y Appli GF Cancel Figure 55 Adding a new Shift Group Fill in the Code Name Flex Open Forecasted hours for Floaters and select the Rounding as describe in the Configure Shift Group section 4 Click OK to commit the changes and close the Configure Shift Group dialog box 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Shift Group dialog box NOTE See Add A Shift to enter the specific shifts within this shift group Edit a Shift Group 1 Click the Configure menu Shift The Configure Shift Group dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Shift Group you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Edit button The Groups screen will become available for you to edit the selected Shift Group 4 Edit the Name Flex Open Forecasted hours for Floaters and select the Rounding as describe in the Configure Shif
229. dditional input from the employee For example you might have the F1 key prompt the employee to enter Piece Rate information prompting first for the number of good pieces and next for the number of bad pieces Select the type of information that will be asked for from the employee For example for an ENTER TIPS prompt you would choose the class Tip1 or Tip2 This field will not become available until you enter a Prompt See page 372 for a description of the classes available NOTE Upon polling convert transaction to access only This is used mainly to track access without the time and attendance written for one person in particular 7 The Prog Info tab contains the information that was sent to the clock after any type of programming Customizing Function Keys Although each clock s keypad is slightly different the basic procedures for customizing the function keys are the same There are four basic steps 1 Select the key you wish to customize 2 Select the function you wish to assign to the clock 3 Enter up to four prompts for information that will display when the key is pressed 4 Define the type of information to be entered following each one of the prompts When the clock s function key is pressed the first prompt displays After an employee enters the appropriate response to the first prompt the second prompt displays and so on This continues until all prompts are displayed or an unsuitable respons
230. ded allowed carry over Add Edit osa Delete Cancel Figure 112 Adding a new Benefit Accrual Accumulator Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Benefit Accumulators section Click the Add button to display the Accumulator Details dialog box Reference Date O Fiscal Other al UM ls Accumulator Accumulator Details Posted Weekly Accumulator Details eats Man i Year Month One time Ate Ev o Y da PRO oo 0 00 4 One time given hours 0 00 9 00 gt _40 000000 0 000000 0 00 _0 00 Maximum annual carry over 0 00 9999 99 Straight given hours atend Hours from categories to sum X Minimum hours needed Maximum hours allowed Maximum total benefit hours 2 Listed Figure 113 Adding Accumulator Details Fill in the Accumulator Detail settings as described in the Configure Benefit Accumulators section Click OK to accept the details and return to the Accumulator screen Repeat steps 6 through 8 for each unique accumulator details needed Click OK to accept the Accumulator and return to the Benefit Accruals screen Repeat steps 4 through 10 for each unique Accumulator Category needed Click OK to commit the changes and close the Configure Benefit Accruals dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Benefit Accruals dialog box 153 Genesis Pro Manual Edit a Benefit Accruals Policy 1 Click the Edit menu Benefit Accruals Configure
231. dialog box gives you a list of Divisions These lists can be sorted according to Name or Number depending upon your preference Check this button to show inactive items in the list at the side of any dialog box You may click the Print button in any dialog to print the report associated with the current screen For example clicking the Print button in the Configure Category dialog box prints the Category Listing report You may click the Cancel button in any dialog box to close the screen without saving changes NOTE The Employee Maintenance Status Board and Multiple Schedule Adjuster sections will resize themselves according to the monitor resolution Using the Keyboard Genesis Pro system is designed so you can perform all operations from your keyboard as well as with the mouse G GENESIS PRO Time America Inc File Edit Reports Configure Clocks pels January 2009 Time America Inc Hep Fi 2 Calculator F2 About F9 P A System Configuration Fil Conversion table Hot Key 21 Genesis Pro Manual Underlined Letters All menus menu items and buttons have an underlined letter which allows keyboard access to that item e To access a menu press the ALT key in conjunction with the letter that is underlined e To access an item on the menu first open the menu and then press the letter that is underlined e To select a button press the CTRL key in conjunction with the lette
232. dle message should not display Date Time display Enter the length of time from 1 to 60 sec seconds that the Date and time display before switching back to the idle message The default is 2 0 indicates the date and time should not display Swipe amp Go Badges If the Swipe amp Go feature is used enter the highest badge number that the terminal will recognize as a Swipe amp Go badge For example if 2000 is entered here only badge numbers 0001 through 2000 are considered Swipe amp Go badges All badge numbers above 2000 are treated as normal badges requiring the employee to enter a function key to complete the transaction Clock In or Out Out to Lunch In from Lunch etc NOTE The Swipe amp Go feature is enabled in the Main Company configuration screen See Main Company page 28 4 The Function Keys tab allows you customize the clock s keypad As customizing the keypad can be an extensive process a section of this manual has been dedicated to it See Customizing Function Keys page 370 This section merely describes the contents of the screen The tab contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 339 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC PC Clock 1 Listed iscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info CLOCK CODE PC Prompt 1 Function key o z Prompt 2 Prompt 3 Softkey swipe go y Pr t4 ae I Supervisor only 7
233. e Diagnos info Program info y POLICY NUMBER 0 Shift starts HH MM J Round forward to stat MM Grace back to start MM Shift stops HH MM 2 Grace forward to stop MM im Round back to stop MM I Pay Lunch Lockout begins HH MM Lunch duration MM Lockout ends HH MM J Deduct lunch after HH MM Lunch Grace MM Daily OT HH MM Weekly OT HH MM _ Link back time HH MM F Tip Punches T Lunch Punches y OUTSIDE ROUND IN MINUTES 6 gs C30 Lunch minimum MM Epp Dk Cancel Figure 303 Configure TASC Clock Policies tab Setting Definition Policies Displays a list of the 15 available policies Select the policy you wish to configure Shift Starts HH MM Enter the time of day HH MM the shift starts for employees Enter the time in military format The default is 08 00 or 8 00 A M Round forward to Enter the number of minutes before the shift s start MM start time that punches are rounded forward to Grace back to start MM Shift Stops HH MM Grace forward to stop MM Round back to stop MM the shift s start A maximum of 99 minutes may be entered The default is 30 minutes Enter the number of minutes after the shift s start time that punches are rounded back in grace to the shift s start A maximum of 99 minutes may be entered The default is 5 minutes Enter the time of day HH MM the shift ends for employees Enter the time in military format The default is 17
234. e 204 2 Click the Details tab to display the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 245 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Employee 00001 Baker Angela Fendt Newt gt gt Timecerd Schedule Trantactions Staas Benefits Messages Wages Badges Profiles Clocks Dalal Metro y If J Figure 220 Configure Employee Details tab Add z3 Delete Pie Close Setting Number Social Security Birth date Last Name First Name Middle Initial Address City Zip State Phone Email Address Hire Date O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a code from 2 to 10 characters in length to identify the employee The code s maximum length and type numeric or alphanumeric are defined in the System Defaults dialog box in Company Setup Numeric fields are zero filled NOTE Once saved the employee code cannot be modified except through Utilities Enter the employee s social security number Enter the employee s birth date if desired Enter the employee s last name Enter the employee s first name Enter the employee s middle initial Enter the employee s address Two lines are available Enter the employee s City Enter the employee s Zip code Enter the employee s State Enter the employee s phone number Enter the employee s email address Enter the employee s hire date 246 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Accrue this m
235. e 5 or 9 digit zip code Enter your company s primary phone number Enter your company s primary fax number 28 Genesis Pro Manual Logo The company logo will appear in this window NOTE The bitmap file must be created and saved as companylogo bmp The file is located in the Genesis Pro folder This logo can also be viewed in Reports Locate the ReportsLogo exe file Run the file and then select the reports to include the logo 3 When all settings are complete click the Configure tab The Configure screen will appear Configure Main Company ne Defaults Exports General Lon Use Flags and System Settings v Daylight savings v Tip Reporting v Divisions v Wages Y Department Dvertime Level 2 v Job v Step v Use Swipe and Go v Operation v Use am pm Format Y Task C Do not use Floater for shift selection Use level wage before default assignment wage 2 Editable Pay Periods plus O days Paid lunches and breaks do not accrue towards OT 2 Approval Editor Pay Periods Back Use SMTP for E mail Auto logout after 20 minutes 0 No auto logout Auto logout at 22 00 00 00 No auto logout INI Settings Regional Settings Currency Name Dollars Date Format American MM DD YYYY Date Delimiter European DD MM YYYY l Print l OK Cancel Figure 26 Main Company Configure tab
236. e Accessing Employee Reviewer page 168 Click the Schedule tab to select The tab contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc Setting Definition Calendar The calendar will display three weeks at a time The Schedule calendar can display either work Shift information or Job Costing information which Job Step Operation and Task the employee is scheduled to work NOTE For more information see Display shift and department information or Display all other Job Cost information in this section Date Displays the date Shift Displays the Shift selected for that particular day Department Displays the Department number for that particular day Work Not Displays if the employee is scheduled to work Working on that day Display Shift Select this option to view the Shift and Information Department information on the schedule calendar 173 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Display Job Cost Information Change Password Print Close January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select this option to view the Job Step and Operation information on the schedule calendar Click this button to change the employee s password Click this button to print the Online Timecard Schedules or Benefits Click this button to close the Employee Reviewer 174 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Transactions Tab The Transaction tab displays the individual punches for the employee NOTE Tasks ass
237. e Bell Schedules page 117 January 2009 Time America Inc 165 Genesis Pro Manual Profile Lockouts The Profile Lockouts module controls when an employee can punch at a time clock Employees can be given a lockout or a warning message when trying to punch In or Out at times that are restricted Employees who are locked out are not permitted to complete their transaction but may have a supervisor punch them in by overriding the lockout You can also use the Profile Lockouts to send messages at certain times For example if you want to alert employees that they are clocking in too early you could create a Profile Schedule with a Too Early message that displays when the employee clocks during certain hours of the day Lockout profiles are made up of Profile Schedules which can contain up to 8 different time frames each with its lockout and or message Each Profile Schedule specifies the time frames during which the lockout and or message will display There are 15 Profile Schedules are available and 17 different lockout messages are available After the lockout profile is complete it is downloaded to the time clocks at which the profile will apply Employees are assigned to the clocks and are assigned a profile schedule for each day of the week For more information see Profile Lockouts page 121 Benefit Accruals Using Benefit Accruals Genesis Pro can automatically calculate the available benefit time for your employees Thes
238. e Configure Divisions window Click the Configure menu Company Divisions The Configure Divisions dialog box will open Highlight the Division you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected division Edit the settings as described in the Configure Divisions section NOTE The Division number cannot be changed Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Divisions screen Click Close to exit the Configure Divisions window Delete a Division Divisions that are in use cannot be deleted 1 2 Click the Configure menu Company Divisions The Configure Divisions dialog box will open Highlight the division you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen January 2009 Time America Inc 37 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Click the Delete button Confirmation XX 2 Are you sure you want to delete x E Figure 30 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Divisions window January 2009 Time America Inc 38 Genesis Pro Manual Categories Categories are used to track and report types of time or money The built in categories are Absent Adjustment Break Bereavement Holiday Jury Duty Lunch Military Leave Sick NonPaid Other Paid Time Personal Day Per Diem 1 Per Diem 2 Sick Paid Cash Tips Charge
239. e Employee Number s 409 Change Employee Number Width 409 Change Password 146 CIORSTAN ad 304 ACCING iii 379 384 AT Saati ain ceils a eee 357 ATS configure airneo nereis a 357 auto PONG reiii ivi aria 392 CONNECTIONS ccoooooccccccccccccccnanononccnnnnncnanno nono 304 CUSTOM Zinc beds 370 IA a eaae a aai iaa eaa 380 386 o ati aa E 380 385 function keys eeecececteeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeenaees 370 Hand Read r seisad naiaiae aiiken 362 Hand Reader configure cconoocccconocccccnn 362 PONG ico dida 388 TA500 600 Series oooonococcnonocconcncconnos 305 321 TA500 600 Series configure 305 321 335 342 TAS Suar adi 350 TASC configu E i 350 Configuratio Nakei iiis iei eek tates 27 attendance cece eee eeeeeeetece cece eeeeeseaeeeeeeeees 45 Bell Schedules 117 165 BONG its sccscoruticssiad tii 146 166 Categoria chasis edd ce RA 39 Department cceceeeeeeeeesesteeeeeeees 92 97 DIVISION Sii te 36 EAE iris rta pura bone 87 125 HOMIdAYS coo a eaan e EEN 83 Job Costing cece ceteeeteeteeeeeteeeeeeeeeenaees 165 Main Company cocccccnoccnononcnanoninancnnnnnannnnaccnnnos 28 Occurrence Ratings occconoccccnnnncnccno 155 166 POCOS arto coa coo eaten NIE 48 Profile LOCKOUtS 0c0c0cccceeeeeeeeeeees 121 166 ROUNO sieves se renine EEE E 65 SO CUIILY a a a a aS 127 SNIS AI EEEE EIE E 72 Configure USerSsS 0 ceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeetaees 140 Databases
240. e Monthly for the Posting Basis and enter 8 in this box This setting allows you to enter the fraction of benefits earned for hours worked and or paid Genesis Pro will calculate the number of hours paid of the categories selected in the Categories to Sum section of the Benefit Accrual dialog box It will multiply the number of hours paid by the number entered here to calculate the available benefits as follows Category Hours X Factor Accrued Benefit Enter the minimum hours required to be worked in the Posting Basis period for the employee to be eligible for any benefits accrual For example this could be used to pay benefits only if the employee works more than 30 hours per week 151 Genesis Pro Manual Maximum Hours Allowed Maximum Annual Carry Over Maximum Total Benefit Hours Enter the maximum hours that can be accumulated for this category during the Posting Basis period This is used to keep employees who work lots of hours from accruing more benefits than they are entitled to Enter the number of hours the employee can carry forward into the next benefit year on the Reference Date For no carry over use it or lose it enter 0 Enter the maximum number of hours the employee is allowed to accrue during the benefit year For example this could be used to cap accruals at a maximum amount Add a Benefit Accruals Policy January 2009 Time America Inc 1 3 4 Click the Edi
241. e Overtime Page Enter Overtime hours in HHMM format e g 3 Overtime Hours 0300 If you need Help determining what can be entered into this field click the Question Mark Click Enter Confirm the date and time which you can edit then Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear 10 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page January 2009 Time America Inc 201 Genesis Pro Manual Adding a Category Transaction 1 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear ye oo GDB rfp ss amie tere wpm mi FF Cock oer jassi rar BE DOR H Figure 177 WebClock Home Page 2 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase 3 Click Login The Select Employee To Maintain page will appear Dico Aica User OPERATOR SYSTEM Log Out Clock Status Functions Board Select Employee to Maintain Employee Name Number Anderson Frank 00003 Baines Peter 00002 Jones David 00004 Smith John 00005 Washington Carol 00001 Figure 178 WebClock Select Employee to Maintain Page January 2009 Time America Inc 202 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Select employee to work with by Employee Number or Name The Supervisor Clock Function with selected employee name page will ap
242. e aaa Dreads tetra eo Ltda stags dees R Oe 409 Change Employee Number Width conil dine Beh ois daca tos 8 seus da pita 409 PTINE BAT COGS at in a a E e Gate e sean lati ete aac Hoag e uae a Eee Ida ee ites Me 410 DEL REPTOCESSDGILE as ni tdci aa 413 Fix Unasstgned Baden e og se sod tb ce iii ati dea in 414 Restore Original Reports uaiiicinainsci tancia sisadeopthoniegseasndspssvesudecuaadbes 415 Repost r m RAP UE dada cid 415 Pure REUS did acaiadi 416 Post HistoricaiDala E EE cae 417 E OA 417 AILEAK I PEPEE E iia iaa aca 419 System Backup si rnea ae aaa E aE E aA A a a E AEE oia EEE EE 420 System Restore se a a e E aa a ra aa al ais 421 ADDITIONAL UTILITIES citada lol 422 Calculator a ETE 422 Va EEEN A AN 423 System E A A OS 423 AAA AN 424 IT A O O NN 425 O January 2009 Time America Inc 9 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter About this Manual This section describes how to use this manual In addition to providing you with step by step knowledge for performing various procedures this manual will help you get the most out of Genesis Pro Disclaimer Every attempt is made to keep this manual up to date However software enhancements do occur and the content of this manual is subject to change without notice Before using this manual verify that the information contained in it is current Proper installation configuration and operation of the software are contingent upon reading and following the procedures contained in the
243. e calculations are based upon rules that can account for different benefit types vacation sick personal etc different accrual methods seniority rules and other factors Benefit time taken is automatically subtracted from the available benefits so that balances are always accurate Genesis Pro allows for an unlimited number of policies so that you can accommodate different situations within your company Each policy contains Accumulators which specify the Categories amounts and rules for earning benefits After the policies are created they are assigned to appropriate employees within the company For more information see Benefit Accruals page 146 NOTE Benefit Accruals is an additional module added into Genesis Pro If you did not purchase Benefit Accruals you will have Benefit Entitlement instead See Benefit Entitlement Configure page 224 Occurrence Ratings Occurrence Ratings is an optional module that allows you to track an employee s attendance infractions report on them and send disciplinary notices when a specified number of infractions have been recorded Occurrence Ratings are assigned to the employees that are affected by them It is possible to define which attendance codes count as infractions how many infractions are considered an occurrence and how many occurrences may be recorded before the disciplinary notice is generated For more information see Occurrence Rating page 155 January 2009 Time America
244. e check box to indicate that the data collector is currently in use Uncheck this box if the data collector is not being used at this time 382 Genesis Pro Manual Model Select the model of your Videx Data Collector The options e Dura Trax e LaserLite e LaserLite Pro e LaserLite MX Comm Port Select the communications port on your computer that will be used to communicate with the data collector Idle Message Enter the message text that displays on the time clock when in an idle state If this field is left blank no message will be displayed The idle message will hold up to 16 characters Division Select the Division that the data collector is for Download OS Click this button to download the operating system to the data collector Configure Videx Data Collectors a es A Function key o v Prompt Definition 1 ENTER DIVISION Softkey Change Mi Y Input data Prompt ENTER DIVISION Class Division Prompt 2 Prompt 3 Number of input characters Prompt 4 Use button for input Update soft key O Listed Print barcoded keys Figure 318 Configure Videx Data Collectors Input Definition 3 Input Definition tab specifies the message and timeout settings and contains the following information Setting Definition Function Key Displays the function key number of the key selected January 2009 Time America Inc 383 Genesis Pro Manual S
245. e field in which you define the amount of the rate Check this box to pay employees according to the quantity of goods they produce Checking this box will enable the Piece Work Rate field in which you define the rate per item produced Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece This option may be used instead of or in conjunction with the Use Hourly Wage NOTE In order to make this option fully functional the clocks must be configured to accept piece rate entries For more information see Customizing Function Keys page 370 99 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Budgeted Total Hours Budgeted Total Dollars Hourly Wage Charge Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the maximum number of hours HH MM that are budgeted for this entire Job per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the amount budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Job by the number of hours each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 40 hours per pay period 400 total hours 400 total hours 7 days in the pay period 57 14 budge
246. e information on this feature see Benefits Accruals page 166 133 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Occurrence Ratings Check All Uncheck All Definition Allows the user access to the File Occurrence Ratings menu Occurrence Ratings are an optional feature and therefore may not be available here The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For more information on this feature see Occurrence Ratings page 166 This option will activate all available features in the Edit window This option will inactivate all available features in the Edit window 5 The Reports tab grants access to features under the Reports menu and contains the following information Configure Security Levels POLL POLL TIME CLOCKS a 3 Listed Code Name POLL TIME CLOCKS v Active Set Date and Time Print Lists File Edit f Reports Configure Clocks Payroll Exports Attendance Job Costing Exceptions Access Schedule Listings Human Resources Report Editor Wage Figure 95 Security Levels Reports tab Setting Payroll Attendance Exceptions Schedule Human Resources Wage Exports January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Grants access to the reports in the Payroll category Grants access to the reports in the Attendance category Grants access to the reports in the Exceptions category
247. e is encountered At least one prompt or message must be entered per function January 2009 Time America Inc 370 Genesis Pro Manual Pre Defined Function Keys TA500 600 Series and PC Clock There are 12 programmable function keys on the keypad These are numbered 0 through 9 In and Out Some of these keys come preset from the factory but can be modified or reassigned Function Key 0 1 2 8 9 In 10 Out 11 Available Functions Definition Change department job step etc None None None Out for Lunch None In from Lunch None Supervisor Overtime Approval Category Entry Clocked In Clocked Out The following table describes the functions that are available and their uses Function None Clock In Clock Out Blank Change January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Function key unassigned Clock In Clock Out System ignores entry Transfer an employee to another level Sample Prompt No message Prompt 1 CLOCKED In Prompt 1 CLOCKED Out No message required Prompt 1 ENTER DEPT Prompt 2 ENTER JOB Prompt 3 ENTER STEP Prompt 4 ENTER OPER 371 Genesis Pro Manual Function Out on Break In from Break Out for Lunch In from Lunch Level Change to Clock Default Out on Service In on Service Category Entry Group Transfer Group Transfer Back Tip Entry Supervisor OT approval Swipe amp Go Leave Request Availa
248. e must work to complete the shift When Flex Open is selected you cannot set the start and stop times for any individual shift created in this group You can only specify the total duration of the shift Also the Forecasted hours for floaters is unavailable Enter the number of hours that a floating employee must work within a pay period This allows the system to forecast a number of hours for floating employees when doing forecast reporting Unlike an employee assigned to a fixed shift a floating employee may work varied shifts as long as he she works the total number of hours required for the pay period 73 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Shift Details Definition Displays the individual shifts that comprise Add Edit Delete buttons Rounding In Out Lunch Break the shift group Each row in the box is an individual shift If the Shift Details box is blank no individual shifts have been created for this group These buttons allow you to maintain the Shifts within this Shift Group These settings determine which Rounding Rules will apply to all the Shifts within this Shift Group Click the arrow to select time rounding rules for In and Out punches used by the shift group NOTE These rules apply to the entire group and not to the individual shifts Click the arrow to select time rounding rules for Lunch punches used by the shift group NOTE These rules apply to the entire group and not to the i
249. e or Part Time as of the effective date Permanent Select whether the employee is a Permanent or Temporary employee as of the effective date Add Employee Status When an employee changes Status it is recommended that you add a new Status entry rather than editing the existing Status This enables you to keep a history of Status changes throughout the employee s work history 1 Navigate to the Status tab of the Configure Employee window 2 Click the Add button to add a new Status The Status Maintenance dialog box will open Status Maintenance Date MEMA Friday ESTATUS Active Full Time Permanent C Inactive C Part Time C Temporary Policies l fool STANDARD PAY RULES OK Cancel Figure 193 Adding a new Status 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Date Enter the date that this Status change becomes effective Active Inactive Choose whether the employee is Active or Inactive as of the selected date Active indicates that the employee is currently working for the company Inactive indicates that the employee is not currently working for the company perhaps because of a leave of absence or termination Full Time Part Time Choose whether the employee is Full Time or Part Time as of the selected date Permanent Temporary Choose whether the employee is Permanent or Temporary as of the selected date Policies Select the Policy that will apply to this emp
250. e performs different functions 234 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Step Click this button to set a wage that applies whenever the employee works for a particular Step This can be used to pay different rates when the employee performs different functions Operation Click this button to set a wage that applies whenever the employee works for a particular Operation This can be used to pay different rates when the employee performs different functions Task Click this button to set a wage that applies whenever the employee works for a particular Task This can be used to pay different rates when the employee performs different functions Exempt Check this option to indicate the employee is Exempt Report Hours Genesis Pro can report exempt employees hours From either from actual punches or from their schedule regardless of their punches Check Actual to have Genesis Pro report the hours as they are punched at the clock Check Schedule to have Genesis Pro report hours from the employee s schedule The Attendance Clocking settings will become available when this option is checked and need to be configured Attendance These settings become available when the Report Clocking Hours From Schedule option is checked Check Paired Punching to indicate that the employee should punch In and Out but Genesis Pro will ignore the actual times of the punches and report the scheduled times and duration Check In Only to indi
251. e system either adds or subtracts this time difference from the computer s clock A setting of 0 indicates that the clock and computer are in the same time zone Select the company division where the clock is located Every transaction entered on this clock is tagged with this division code Enter the message text that displays on the time clock when in an idle state If this field is left blank no message will be displayed Check this box to allow employees to enter badge numbers and other data such as department numbers on the clock s keypad Check this box to allow supervisor functions such as entering punches at the clock Check this box to make the clock Swipe amp Go The system then determines whether the individual punch was an In or an Out based on the last punch the employee did Enter the length of time duration the employee will have to enter information after the badge is swiped 359 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Displayed messages Validation Download messages Definition Enter the length of time duration the message displays on the time clock in seconds For example 2 means the message displays for two seconds The maximum message timeout is 9 seconds If 0 is entered no message displays Check this box to validate Job Costing entries when they are entered at the clock The F5 function key is configured for Change Department Only those Levels that have the Validate box checked wil
252. e that the category is currently in use Clear this check box if the category is not being used at this time Do you wish to _ This indicates whether this category will be included in export this the export information created for your payroll service 2 CHEO If this option is selected the Export tab will become available You must configure the Export tab settings to specify field mappings for your payroll export See Step 3 Hours Dollars This is a required field Select either Hours or Dollars to indicate the category type For example the category VACATION collects hour amounts while the categories TIP1 and TIP2 collect dollar amounts If Hours is selected complete the remaining fields that apply If Dollars is selected the remaining fields in this dialog box are unavailable January 2009 Time America Inc 40 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Miscellaneous Select this option to allow a Miscellaneous entry of this entry category to override an absence Miscellaneous refers overrides to an entry other than Work absence Miscellaneous Allows time in this category to count toward the minimum entry hours worked requirement for allocating paid holiday overrides time Miscellaneous refers to an entry other than Work holiday minimum hours Are Allows time in this category to be treated as paid time miscellaneou Select this option if employees will be paid when s entries receiving a miscellaneo
253. e the method by which an employee badge number is entered into the clock The employee s badge number can be entered by swiping a badge The employee s badge number can be entered by pressing keys on the clock keypad The employee s badge number can be entered by scanning a bar code Check the applicable check box es to indicate the method by which a supervisor in supervisor mode can enter employee badge number into the clock The employee s badge number can be entered by swiping a badge The employee s badge number can be entered by pressing keys on the clock keypad The employee s badge number can be entered by scanning a bar code 3 The Configure tab defines the message and timeout settings and contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 309 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA600 Series Clocks 100 General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info MAIN CLOCK Time Outs Messages a For data input 60 0 ENTER FUNCTION message ENTER FUNCTION To ENTER FUNCTION 20 0 INVALID SOURCE message INVALID SOURCE Displayed messages 20 INVALID BADGE message INVALID BADGE Supervisor questions 90 0 INVALID LEVEL message INVALID LEVEL Error messages 1 5 Idle message TIME AMERICA INC Idle display sec Date time display sec 2 nN Swipe amp Go Badges Highest Swipe amp Go number to be used Use Feedback Enhancer Skip recording o
254. e will appear on A ss tee tare whe TO SIJON sai Figure 170 WebClock Home Page 2 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase 3 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Employee Washington Caro Log Out p find EI To Sheet Timecard Schedule Benefits pate GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 171 WebClock Function Page 4 Click the Employee link top left corner of screen in blue The Change Password page will appear Log Out Employee Washington Carol Figure 172 WebClock Change Password Page 5 Enter the old password in the Existing Password field and press Tab O January 2009 Time America Inc 199 Genesis Pro Manual 6 Enter the new password in the New Password field and press Tab 7 Reenter the new password in the Confirm Password field Click Submit 8 The system will automatically return to the Clock Function Screen when complete Supervisor Functions Supervisors can perform all clock functions as the employees do except for TimeSheet Submittal In addition they can approve overtime and add categories from the WebClock Approving Overtime 1 Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your c
255. ear the transaction Click this key to backspace one character Confirms an entry Click this button Close PC Clock Click OK to confirm transaction O January 2009 Time America Inc 182 Genesis Pro Manual 3 4 5 Click the Enter key Click the Out key Click OK to confirm transaction Default Clock Out for Lunch 1 Par on Navigate to PC Clock Enter Badge number Click the Enter key Click the 4 key Click the Enter key Click OK to confirm transaction Default Clock In from Lunch T ROTOT Nd Navigate to PC Clock Enter Badge number Click the Enter key Click the 6 key Click OK to confirm transaction Default Transfer Department NE O JOT E IN Navigate to PC Clock Enter Badge number Click the Enter key Click the 0 key Enter the Department number Click the Enter key Click OK to confirm transaction Other Key Functions PC Clock keys can be defined for any functionality For more information see Configure PC Clock page 336 January 2009 Time America Inc 183 Genesis Pro Manual WebClock WebClock is an additional module and an application that allows employees to punch In and Out punch for Lunches and Breaks and Transfer Departments from a web browser For more information on configuring WebClock keys see Configure WebClock page 342 NOTE It is recommended that a facilitator go over the information available in this chapter with employ
256. ecific day The edit must be initiated from the start time This section will only become available when the Miscellaneous function is selected Select the category for this transaction Select Add to add the number of hours or dollars in the next field Select Subtract to deduct the number of hours or dollars in the next field If an Hours category was selected this field will become available Enter the number of hours for this transaction in decimal format 256 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Amount If a Dollars category was selected this field will become available Enter the amount of dollars for this transaction NOTE for an Check this box if you would like a note to appear in adjustment prior the Timecard to denote an adjustment If checked a date field will appear Enter in the date where you would like to see the note The entry will appear on the day you select in the clock field The note will appear on the day you entered in for the adjustment prior date REG OT1 0T2 0T3 Select the rate at which the Miscellaneous time should be paid Accrue towards Check this box to cause the Miscellaneous entry to Overtime count toward overtime daily and weekly Differential Select the differential at which the Miscellaneous time should be paid Level Check this option to have Genesis Pro override the Job Costing level s Prompt This section will become available if a function requiring additional input is
257. ed through a Category Code Hours to Add or Hours to Subtract should count toward overtime The classes Overtime Accrue and Overtime Level are only appropriate with hours not dollar amounts The valid entries for Overtime Accrue are 0 do not accrue and 1 accrue This class is used in conjunction with the Overtime Accrue to indicate the OT level at which the overtime that are accruing should be paid The valid entries for Overtime Level are 0 regular time 1 OT1 2 OT2 and 3 OT3 373 Genesis Pro Manual Function Group Code Tip1 Tip2 Accepted Quantity Rejected Quantity Generic Entry Generic dec quantity January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This class transfers a group of employees from their current level assignment to another level Another function key can be assigned to transfer them back When defining a key for the group transfer you must first identify the group code you are transferring The Group Code class is used for this purpose This class is used to enter and total tips typically cash or charge tips Tips entered with this class are reported on the employee s time card and added to the category TIP1 for reporting This class is used to enter and total tips typically cash or charge tips Tips entered with this class are reported on the employee s time card and added to the category TIP2 for reporting This class is used to enter Piece Rate informati
258. ed list on the right Select Employees by Division e Click the Division button The Division Selection dialog box will open Division Selection SELECT CuNOOOO TIME AMERICA INC z To 0000 TIME AMERICA INC y DK Cancel Figure 264 Division Selection Use the drop down to select in the From box to select the first Division you wish to choose Use the drop down to select in the To box to select the first Division you wish to choose TIP To choose a single Division select the same Division in both boxes Click OK to accept the changes and return to the dialog box All employees in the selected Divisions will appear in the Selected list on the right January 2009 Time America Inc 293 Genesis Pro Manual 8 When all settings are complete click OK to proceed to the Additional Reporting Parameters dialog box Additional Reporting Parameters STATUS Both Both Both Full time Permanent O Hourly Patt time Temporary O Salary SORT BY O Number Name GROUP BY None O Department O Division Group OUTPUT TO Screen C Printer CI File C E mail C E mail Employee Figure 265 Additional Reporting Parameters 9 The Additional Parameters dialog box allows you to further filter and group report data Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Status Full Time Part Time Both Permanent Temporary Both Hourly Salary Sort By January 2009 Time
259. ed outside the employee s schedule This option is only available if process on schedule is chosen on the General tab of the Configure Policy dialog box 57 Genesis Pro Manual Setting In punches between XX and XX to OT level REG Definition Check this option to cause any hours between the specified times to be paid at the specified overtime level A drop down box from which to choose the desired OT level will become available Select the OT level for OT paid during these hours You must also choose whether All Hours or Hours Between are eligible for the OT If All Hours is selected all the hours for the shift whose In punch falls in the range specified above will be paid at the specified OT level If Hours Between is selected only the hours that fall in the specified range will be paid at OT 5 The Service tab defines In and Out on Service parameters and contains the following information Configure Policies 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions Main Y A 2 Listed Pay in and out on service In On Service Out On Service Minimum hours 0 00 Addhours 0 00 Accrue given hours to OT Accrue given hours to OT Level Level Regular O Overtime 1 Overtime 2 Change Work hours to MN Y ABSE ABSENT BER BEREAVEMENT BRK BREAK FHOL FLOATING HOLIDA HOL NON PAY HOLIDAY HOL HOLIDAY vi Figure 42 Polic
260. ed pay period Click this button to change the employee s password Click this button to print the Online Timecard Schedules or Benefits Click this button to close the Employee Reviewer 172 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Schedules Tab The Schedule tab displays the employee s schedule Reviewer for 00001 Carol Washington Timecard SUNDAY 03 24 2002 0700 1600 1 Not Working 03 31 2002 0700 1600 1 Not Working 04 07 2002 Oron 600 Not Working Change Password Figure 129 Employee Reviewer Schedules tab Benefits MONDAY 03 25 2002 0700 600 Work 8 00 04 01 2002 0700 1600 1 Work 8 00 04 08 2002 0700 1600 1 Work 8 00 TUESDAY WEDNESDAY 03 26 2002 03 27 2002 03 28 2002 03 29 2002 03 30 2002 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 1 1 1 1 1 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Not Working THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY Work 8 00 04 02 2002 0700 1600 1 04 03 2002 0700 1600 1 04 04 2002 0700 1600 1 04 05 2002 0700 1600 1 04 06 2002 0700 1600 1 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Not Working 04 09 2002 0700 1600 1 04 10 2002 0700 1600 1 04 11 2002 Oro 600 04 12 2002 0700 1600 1 04 13 2002 0700 1600 1 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Not Working Display shift and department information Display all other Job Cost Information Print Close Navigate to the Employee Reviewer window Se
261. ednesday T Thursday T Friday I Saturday Time 00 00 Duration 2 0 OK Cancel OListed Coree ier T Showilnact Figure 84 Bell Schedules Bell Details Select the days of the week you want the bell to ring Enter the time HH MM at which you want the bell to ring This must be entered in military time Enter the duration for the bell how long the bell should ring The default value is 2 0 seconds Click OK to commit the changes and close the Bell Details dialog box Repeat Steps 4 through 8 to add all the Bell Details for this schedule Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Bells screen Click Close to exit the Configure Bells dialog box Edit a Bell Schedule 1 Click the Configure menu Bell Schedules The Configure Bells dialog box will open Highlight the Bell Schedule you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Bell Schedule Edit the settings as described in the Configure Bell Schedule section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Bells screen Click Close to exit the Configure Bells dialog box Delete a Bell Schedule Bell Schedules that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Bell Schedules The Configure Bells dialog box will open Highlight the Bell Schedule you wish to delete using the list at the side of the s
262. ee starting on 12 04 2008 E Thu Copy to selected Employee Employee 00006 Temvlate Name loooos Training A Y Job Y Task v Step v Operation Copy forever O stopping on O starting on hire date starting on 12704 2008 C Thu Figure 190 Copy Schedule Details 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate Settin Code Template Name Display What to Copy Shift Info Work Department Job Step Operation Task Define Copy Copy From Starting On O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the code of the available Template Displays the name of the available Template Click this button to display the details of the selected Template These settings define what will be copied Check this box to copy scheduled starting and stopping times Check this box to copy which days are selected for Work Check this box to copy the Department assignments Check this box to copy the Job assignments Check this box to copy the Step assignments Check this box to copy the Operation assignments Check this box to copy the Task assignments These settings define when the template will be copied These settings define the date range that will be copied from Enter the date from which you wish to copy forward 218 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Copy forever Stop On Copy to Starting on hire date Starting on date 4 Click OK to commit
263. ee has for information purposes Code Displays the category code of the benefit i e VAG SICK etc Description Displays the category name of the benefit i e Vacation Sick etc Given Displays the number of hours the employee has been granted through Benefit Entitlement Taken Displays the number of hours of the benefit the employee has already taken This number is calculated from the Miscellaneous entries on the employee s time card January 2009 Time America Inc 224 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Pending Displays the number of hours of the benefit the employee will take in the future within the current pay period Left Displays the number of hours left This is calculated by subtracting the Taken and Pending amounts from the Allowed as follows Left Given Taken Pending Count Displays the number of individual days on which the benefit time was taken or is pending Details button Click this button to display the individual entitlement transactions for this employee Benefit Entitlement Employee Benefit Details 1 Navigate to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee window 2 Highlight the benefit Category you wish to view 3 Click the Details button The Benefit Details screen for the selected Category will open Amount allowed REQ Day Date Time Amount Archived Category hu 0a 25 2 01 00 00 02 E 0 Vac Wea 08 22 2001 00 00 02 8 00 NO VAC Tue 08 21 2001 00 00
264. ees Who Can Clock In and Out with WebClock WebClock can only be used by the employees who have been assigned to use the WebClock Employees can be assigned when they are entered into Genesis Pro or assigned at a later date For more information see Employee Details Tab page 243 Accessing WebClock e Launch your preferred web browser and point it to the proper web page e g your companies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear ee 4 2 Done LE Bisun BAD HE Ondine Ss li gt Micra H Genesis Web fe Cork mie Hutte Para SEITA 756m Figure 135 WebClock Home Page January 2009 Time America Inc 184 Genesis Pro Manual Clock Functions Clocking In 1 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase 2 Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Wtcc Ricau Employee Washington Carol o de f mehe Tap Ate Timecard Schedule Benefits pan GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 nction CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP e Clock IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 136 WebClock Function Page 3 Select Clock In The Clock In page will appear Employee Washington Carol o Le n Lio TUR Ae Timecard Schedule Benefits gana GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Function CLOCKED IN Submit
265. eld number 16 By assigning a field code V to the VACATION category and H to the HOLIDAY category vacation hours are reported in field 16V while holiday hours are reported in 16H If no field code was assigned you could not differentiate between vacation and holiday hours Add a Category 1 Click the Configure menu Categories The Configure Categories dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Category The General tab will become available Configure Categories BRY BEREAVEMENT 1 General Export Codes Code er equals category number from hand reader KE Name BEREAVEMENT IV Active IV Do you wish to export this category Hours C Dollars I Miscellaneous entry overrides absence F Miscellaneous entry overrides holiday minimum hours I Ate miscellaneous entries paid T Can this category be overtime Defauts REG C OTI Con CDT I Accrue towards overtime Deducts from NONE Factor 0 00 T Post to benefit entitlement 20 Listed Cod Hane I Show Inactive Apply OK Cancel Figure 33 Adding a new Category 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Categories section 4 Click OK to commit the changes and close the Categories dialog box 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Categories window January 2009 Time America Inc 43 Genesis Pro Manual Edit a Category 1 Click the Configure menu Categories The Con
266. em needing approval occurred Displays the date on which the item needing approval occurred Displays the time at which the item needing approval occurred Displays the Attendance Code for any infractions i e IL for In Late OG for Out Graced etc Displays the reason in color why the transaction is displayed in the Approval Editor Displays the number of infractions next to the label Select this option to show only Active employees Select this option to show only Inactive employees Select this option to show both Active and Inactive employees Select this option to display a specific Group Select this option to display a specific Division 3 To edit a transaction from the Approval Editor double click the transaction you wish to change The Online Timecard will open to display the pay period during which the transaction took place Approval for Employee 00001 Washington Carol Timecard Schedule Transactions Date Day Cat m 12 15 08 Mon A 12 16 08 Tue A 12 17 08 Wed 12 18 08 Thu A 12 19 08 Fri 12 22 08 Mon VAC 12 23 08 Tue VAC 12 24 08 Wed VAC 12 25 08 Thu VAC 12 26 08 Fri VAC Start Stop Reg OT1 OT2 OT3 Unpaid Dollars sE 7 002 z 5 F B F A CR A AAA 7 00a 4 00p a x 5 s 7 00a 4 00p 7 00a 4 00p B 7 00a 8 00 7 00a 8 00 7 00a 8 00 7 00a 8 00 7 00a 8 00 Kk Auto proces Timecard Approved Unapprove Pay Periods back 0 El Key From 12 14 2008
267. employee you wish to edit See Online Timecard page 251 2 Click the From Schedule button Genesis Pro will automatically fill in the Start and Stop fields with the employee s Scheduled Start and Stop times for the day Configure Employee K b 00003 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Wages Badges Profies Detai Anderson Frank a p Department A Unpaid Dollars 5 EE 250 00 Template Division ant y Group ant lt Wed WORK Wed WORK Thu WORK Fri WORK Mon Tue WORK i Jones David 00004 Wed WORK 6 59a Smith John 00005 Thu 6 55a Washington Carol 00001 Auto processing Show Schedule Forecasting Unapprove A Timecard Approved From 11 04 2002 to 11 17 2002 11 05 2002 1106 2002 11 07 2002 11 08 2002 11 09 2009 11 10 2002 0 00 7 75 8 00 7 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 1 00 Figure 232 Start and Stop filled in From Schedule January 2009 Time America Inc 262 Genesis Pro Manual Delete a Transaction You may need to delete a transaction that has been made in error Delete carefully as there is no way to retrieve deleted data 1 Navigate to the Online Timecard see Online Timecard page 251 or the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box see Employee Transactions page 220 and select the employee you wish to edit Navigate to the transaction you wish to del
268. emselves are entered in the Prompt area in the upper left corner of the keypad display Up to four prompts are available For more information on creating custom prompts see page 371 January 2009 Time America Inc 361 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Class Number of Input Characters Number of Decimal Update Soft Key Swipe and Go Hand Reader Clocks Definition The Class defines the information being entered for reporting For example is it a department number tips etc Class choices cannot be added If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available Enter total number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The number displayed in this field is based on the Class selected but may be changed Enter the number of places after the decimal point for a numeric entry A maximum of 4 decimal places may be entered This field will only be available if a Numeric option was chosen in the Class field Click this button to commit the changes made to a key s functions or settings Click this button to display the Swipe and Go function since there is no actual Swipe and Go function key Swipe and Go occurs when an employee swipes a card through the clock and is not asked to enter a function All swipes are either In or Out punches Selecting Swipe on the Function Key dropdown menu provides the same information The Swipe and Go function will work with all methods of punching as long as it i
269. ences window will open January 2009 Time America Inc 155 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Occurrences 001 BASIC gt d 1 Listed General Category and Attendance Infractions Code Name Ml Active System generated absences count as 1 00 occurences Calculations are done on a rolling 12 Y month basis Occurrence start date 0140142005 Notices ype Occurrence At Notice O 1ST WARNING v v Add Edt J _ Delet Ad _ Edt Delete Notices Text Figure 117 Occurrence Ratings 2 The Configure Occurrences dialog box contains the following information Setting Code Name Active System Generated absences count as X occurrences Calculations are done on a rolling X month basis Occurrence Start Date Category and Attendance Infractions Code Name O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a code to identify this Occurrence Rating You may enter up to 3 characters This is a required field Enter the name for this Occurrence Rating You may enter up to 30 characters Click the Active check box to indicate that the rating is currently in use Uncheck this box if the rating is not being used at this time Enter the number of occurrences to record for system generated absences System Generated Absences happen automatically when an employee is scheduled to work but does not
270. endance codes were predefined in the Attendance page 45 dialog box Outside Round or Since it is impractical to enter all instances of Go to 999 and 999 time rounding in the Scheduled Start Scheduled Stop and Scheduled Duration boxes the Outside Round 2 boxes are for additional rounding rules not covered in the ranges above Each rounding category Start Stop and Duration has its own set of outside rounding parameters In addition if 999 or 999 is entered in the Go to field the rounding rules in this box apply Start These settings refer to In Start Lunch or Start Break punches Every XX mins Rounding may be minute to minute 0 or in set increments of 3 6 15 30 or 60 minutes Click the arrow to display valid entries then select the increment desired For example entering 15 in this field means that for punches occurring outside the Scheduled Start time round to the nearest 15 minutes using the Round Back and Round Forward rules specified below Round back This range indicates the period of time in minutes during which the clock rounds back to the last increment You need only enter the last minute of this range The first minute is always 0 Round forward This range indicates the period of time in minutes during which the clock rounds forward to the next increment These fields are automatically calculated by the system based on the rounding increment specified in the round back field Stop These settings
271. ent 00001 Washington Carol Wed 12 10 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Thu 12 11 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Fri 12 12 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Mon 12 15 2008 07 00 00 Missing Punch 00001 Washington Carol Tue 12 16 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Wed 12 17 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Thu 12 18 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Fri 12 19 2008 07 00 00 Absent mi 89 Listed V Show Count Totals O Active Employees Inactive Employees All Employees ALL GROUPS w ALL DIVISIONS Y Figure 236 Approval Editor 2 The Approval Editor contains the following information Setting Definition Absences Select this option to show only Absent Exceptions needing approval Missing Select this option to show only Missing Punch Exceptions needing approval Attendance Select this option to show only Attendance Infractions needing approval such as In Late or Out Early Requests Select this option to show only pending Leave Request All Select this option to show all Absences Missing Punches Attendance Infractions Leave Requests and all other Exceptions O January 2009 Time America Inc 266 Genesis Pro Manual Name Number Dow Date Time Code Reason Show Count Totals Active Inactive All Employees Group Division Displays the employee s name Displays the employee s number Displays the day of the week on which the it
272. ent allows you to create a customized message that will display when employees punch at the clock This is an easy way to send the same message to multiple employees at once For example you might send a message that says Welcome or display the employee s name after punching 1 Click the Edit menu Global Message Assignment The Global Message Assignment dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 273 Genesis Pro Manual S y _ _ Global Message Assignment JONES DAVID 00004 REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 Add SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Add all l El 5 Available D Selected Group Division Dei ok Chose Figure 243 Global Message Assignment 2 Select the employee s to whom you wish to send the message using the techniques described above see Selecting Employees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes page 272 3 Click the Details button The Global Message Assignment Details dialog box will open Global Global Message Assignment Details AN ASIGNE Details aa Adal all MESSAGE Y Default message to Employee name Mesae Cancel Figure 244 Global Message Assignment Details 4 Select the clock s to which the message should be sent by click Add to select a single clock or Add All to select all clocks 5 Check Default message to Employee name or enter the Message you wish to send The Mes
273. eport category to another For example you might want the Who s Not In report to appear in the Exceptions category rather than the Attendance category 1 Navigate to the Report Editor See Report Editor page 298 2 Highlight the report you wish to relocate 3 Click the Location button The Location dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 299 Genesis Pro Manual Who s Not In Location Zj Code AT2 Name MARTA Sort order 5 MENU Payroll Attendance C Exceptions Human Resources Schedule C Wage C Exports Job Costing Access Listings None OK Cancel Figure 271 Report Location 4 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Code Name Sort Order Menu Definition Displays the code for the selected report Displays the current name of the report You may edit this setting to change the display name of the report Enter a number that indicates where in the list of reports this item will appear 1 for the top 2 for the second position down etc Select the report category under which you wish this report to appear NOTE Choosing None removes the report from the menu entirely but retains the report definition in case you wish to reinstate it later 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Report Maintenance Selection screen 6 Click Close to exit the dialog box Copy a Report Copying a report enables you to create a
274. er the date on which this schedule assignment should take place Insert Shift Select the pre defined Shift to be assigned Insert Department Select the Department in which the employees will work Insert Job Select the Job on which the employees will work Insert Step Select the Step on which the employees will work Insert Operation Select the Operation on which the employees will work Insert Task Select the Task on which the employees will work Insert Working Check this box to indicate that the employees will work on the date selected Scheduled to Work Check this box to indicate if the employees are scheduled to work 5 Click the Close button to commit the changes and return to the Global Schedule One Day Assignment dialog box Click OK to complete the assignment Click Close to exit the dialog box Global Schedule Copy Global Schedule Copy allows you to copy a pre defined Schedule Template to multiple employees at once 1 Click the Edit menu Global Schedule Copy The Global Schedule Copy dialog box will open a Global Schedule Copy y E JONES DAVID 00004 Add JOHN WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Add all El f 5 Available 0 Selected Bemove Remove a Group Division Close Figure 249 Global Schedule Copy O January 2009 Time America Inc 277 Genesis Pro Manual 2 Select the employee s you wish to assign using the techniques described above see Selecting Em
275. erica Inc Definition Check this box to enable the wages features throughout Genesis Pro This makes it possible to enter wage information in the Employee Maintenance screen Up to three levels of overtime may be defined in Genesis Pro One overtime level OT1 is always available To use a second overtime level OT2 click the Overtime Level 2 check box To use a third overtime level OT3 in the system click the Overtime Level 3 check box This level is not available unless Overtime Level 2 is selected Check this option to allow employees to swipe the clock without punching any keys The system then determines whether the individual punch was an In Out Out for Lunch In from Lunch etc based on the employee s last punch and the employee s schedule Check this option to have reports and the online timecard use an AM PM format instead of 24 hour format military time Check this option to suppress all floaters from each shift group This option controls the number of pay periods and days in which it is possible to edit transactions in the Genesis Pro system For instance Figure 26 specifies that two pay periods of transactions can be modified This option controls the number of pay periods in which it is possible to edit transactions from the Approval Editor This option allows you to define the e mail configuration per user in security This feature will allow you to poll multiple clocks simultaneously
276. es Print Close Figure 211 Employee Maintenance Badges tab Setting Definition Number Displays the badge number assigned to the employee Valid Indicates whether or not the badge is valid and can be used by this employee When an employee is assigned another badge make the original badge invalid so that this employee cannot use it any longer Add a Badge 1 Navigate to the Badges tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Badges page 239 2 Click the Add button to add a new Badge The Assign Badge dialog box will open Assign Badge f Badge Number Iv Valid Gk Cancel Figure 212 Adding a new Badge 3 Enter the Badge number you wish to assign to this employee and press Tab O January 2009 Time America Inc 239 Genesis Pro Manual 4 Check the Valid box to indicate this badge is in use 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Badges screen Edit a Badge It is possible to edit a Badge in order to make it Invalid for this employee cannot be used by this employee to punch The badge number cannot be changed If you need to change a badge number it is best to make the old badge number inactive or delete it and add a new one 1 Navigate to the Badges tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Badges page 239 N Click the Edit button The Assign Badge dialog box will open 3 Uncheck the Valid box to make the Badge invalid Click OK to comm
277. es Wages Badges Profiles Clocks Detail TA7000 Clock ID Badge TimeZone Reject Authority a Templates on file for badge numbers None on file Retrieve templates from All Clocks Add Figure 218 Configure Employee Clocks tab January 2009 Time America Inc 243 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Clock ID Badge Time Zone Reject Authority Templates on file for Badge Numbers Retrieve Templates From All Clocks Add Edit Delete Configure TA7000 Definition Displays the Clock ID assigned to each reader Displays employee badge number Select the Time Zone defined on the previous tab that applies to this employee The reject threshold indicates how closely the hand has to match the original scanned hand template The lower the number the more exact the match needs to be The Authority Level defines which clock menus employee can view or use at the clock 0 is the lowest employee and default 5 is the highest and allows complete at the clock setup Supervisor Displays if the employee has a hand template saved Enter the specific hand reader for individual employee template retrieval This opens the All Clocks dialog box Here you can assign an employee to all hand readers Click this button to select hand readers individually Edit the settings assigned to the employee Delete the employee hand reader assignment 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee
278. es are defined as Accepted and will show as such on the report Check this option only when Access is being used in conjunction with Profiles If Profiles have not been downloaded to the clock and this option is checked any badge of the correct length will cause the clock to grant access open the door Enter the length of time in seconds that the Access relay will keep the door open These settings are used in conjunction with the always open start and stop times Select the days of the week on which the doors will always be open Enter the time of day when the clock unconditionally opens the door Between this time and the Stop time the door will remain unlocked no badge is required for entry Enter this time in military format 319 Genesis Pro Manual Always open stop Enter the time of day on the days selected when the time clock stops opening the door unconditionally Between this time and the Start time the door will remain unlocked no badge is required for entry Enter this time in military format 7 The Diag Info tab contains the communication information between the computer and the clock after each attempt to communicate NOTE This tab will be blank if the clock has not been communicated with yet or if the Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info option is checked 8 The Prog Info tab contains the information that was sent to the clock after any type of programming NOTE This tab will
279. es that will be granted by the policy as well as the amounts granted and method of accrual You can have multiple accumulators within one policy 1 While adding or editing a Benefit Accrual click the Add or Edit button in the center of the screen to display the Accumulators dialog box Configure Benefit Accrual General Code TZ Name Test F Active Code E Accumulators r Categories to sum Posting Basis Start date Reference Date Code Name VACATION SICK PAID PERSONAL DAY OTHER PAID TIME SICK NON PAID MILITARY LEAVE LUNCH JURY DUTY HOLIDAY Family Illness BEREAVEMENT BREAK Bonus Hours ADJUSTMENT ABSENT a T Regular T Overtime 2 I Overtime P Ovenime 3 Figure 109 Adding a Benefit Accumulator Accumulators Accumulator N Reference Date Posting Basis v Hire OFiscal Other l Start Date 01 01 1900 C Mon 0 Give 0 00 after 0 months from hire date Do not give hours if Employees status is inactive Accumulator Details traight Category hours Minimum Maximum Maximum Maximum Year Month calculation needed allo carry over total Dne time Add Edit Delete OK Cancel Figure 110 Benefit Accumulators 2 The Accumulators dialog box contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 149 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Accumulator Posting Basis Start Date
280. eseina Sa 304 Third Party Terminals a a 167 TIMO aaa 251 ACCESSING eaan ri 251 descriptiON oooccccnnnocccinnnocccnnononncnanannnncnnnnnos 207 navigating eeose i a as 252 A ean ia dea AAT 251 Time aldS inr Saee i A 251 Tips and Techniques ccccconoccccccnnonnncnanancnnnnnnnos 21 Toolbar displaying large buttons s e 26 Transactions ccccccccccoocnnononcncnnnnoos 251 253 263 Lo missie 254 255 258 259 262 e A A ntti antag 253 delengan eara did 263 description cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeees 175 220 Co i S E E E EEEO 257 258 259 CCIING DA E EAEE EEE E 253 266 270 A EEEn E TART 282 430 Genesis Pro Manual INDEX Cont navigating cocino dde bend 253 lui dida 145 Unassigned Badges ooocccccococcccconoccccnananccncnanns 414 WtiltheS conan 400 Underlined letters cccccceeeeeeeceteeeeeseeeeeeees 22 additional ee 422 Update ooo ide e 408 S SOM iia 406 User Accounts Videx Dura Trax eieiei ianiai 167 SYSOP iria 19 WagOS viii adi uai 234 User Maintenance oococccccnnocccccononcccnnnanncninnnns 140 AIG sc tutin wave h ete EA 236 o 19 CONMTIQULS cda iia 234 Flo o EE EAE EEE E A Cer rere rere 144 WeDCIOCK 0 cccccecccececeeeeeneeceeeeeetaeeeeaeees 167 184 delete iia di 145 Who s Logged Miserere a 146 O January 2009 Time America Inc 431
281. esessoes 10 DISCLAIMER a A catas 10 TECHNICAC SUPPORT cree r a a li ss 10 When Calling Technical Support for Assistance sccecsscceseceensecesneeesecesneeeacecesceeeasecseneecaseceeneecsaeceeneeesaecenneeesaeeees 10 CHAPTER II INEA AA sbesd sedeessestedesssessscdioesessss 11 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS iia A A ach bs Bus Res aio RAS 11 INSTALLING THE SYSTEM ata ib Rei ic havea rah is 11 HARDWARE KEYS 090 4 5 iba bdo Ra ALAR haven a RA Andee ants WAM Ratchet ae 17 Mani System K CY rd A O AD tetas A eine eae Aue na Abe ade eae 17 POUM A aac Ua E AA A BaP AUG AAA cad cea ANS cae ate 17 Demo KA A Cot cosa Th Aaa eed aE 18 CHAPTER III GETTING STARTED iisescsssevessssssvesesdocvessavecssnssecevsiusdcesevecdesuesessesssbecieeneseh suavesosteavesvesestcsduueovesse 19 STARTING GENESIS PRO AND LOGGING IN cccssssseeeessececseseececseneecesaececsesaececseseecsesaeeecseaaeeecseeeesessaeeecsesaeseeseaaeeess 19 Note on User ACCOUNES occcccccccccccccccccecccecccececesesesecesecesecesecesecesecesecesecesesesesesecesecesesesesececesecesesececesesesecececeseceseeesecess 19 Launching and Logging In to Genesis Pro oooonnicniccnionnocnnonnnnnconacona corona crono nn nena nena enano nn nena nnnn enana nec ne con n can ncnn nan nnns 19 II A NR 20 TIPS AND TECHNIQUES A vs a RS as NE 21 USING THE KEYBOARD e are EEEa Ae TNT dadas 21 Und rlined Leite rs ii iii iii 22 Hot AAA E OA E EIA 22 Additional Keyboard ACCESS iii ti a dia idad ice 22 HELP di di dabei A aber
282. esis Pro Manual Function Job Step Operation Category Code Hours to Add Hours to Subtract Dollars to Add Dollars to Subtract Overtime Accrue Overtime Level January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This option classifies the input as a Job The clock will be expecting a Job number to be entered This option classifies the input as a Step The clock will be expecting a Step number to be entered This option classifies the input as an Operation The clock will be expecting an Operation number to be entered This class is used to enter miscellaneous entries such as Absences Per Diems Vacation etc at the clock TIP A prompt asking for a dollar amount or number of hours to be added or subtracted should follow it This class is used to enter hour additions adjustment to the employee s time This could be used to grant bonus hours or to make time adjustments from previous pay periods This class is used to enter hour subtractions adjustment from the employee s time This could be used to make time adjustments from previous pay periods This class is used to enter dollar additions adjustment to the employee s time This could be used to add Bonuses or Commissions from the clocks This class is used to enter dollar subtractions adjustment from the employee s time This could be used to deduct Union Dues or payments from the clocks This class is used to specify if hours enter
283. ete Click the Delete button You will be prompted with one of the following depending upon what you are deleting Confirm Delete Start Stop i This dialog box will appear if you are deleting a line in the Timecard that has both a Start and a Stop xi gt This dialog box will appear if you 7 Are you sure you want to delete are deleting a single Start or Stop from either the Timecard or the Transactions Audit Trails Genesis Pro keeps track of the changes that are made to time entries This feature is known as an Audit Trail The Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box displays the changes made to a transaction the date the change was made and the name and number of the person who made the change This information can be printed for reporting purposes 1 Navigate to the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee window and select the employee you wish to view Highlight the transaction for which you wish to see the Audit Trail The Audit Trail section of the screen contains the following SUPERVISOR 1111111111 OPERATOR SYSTEM Date 08 27 2001 Time 11 00 05 Figure 233 Audit Trail Setting Definition Supervisor Displays the name and number of the supervisor who edited this transaction O January 2009 Time America Inc 263 Genesis Pro Manual Supervisor Badge Displays the badge number associated with the Supervisor who made the edit Date Displays the Date
284. f diagnostic and programming info Display idle time in military format Transaction Print Print transactions as they occur Line feed after 0 v Header line 1 1 Listed Header line 2 Figure 279 Configure TA500 TA600 TA7000 Clocks Configure Tab Setting Definition Time Outs These settings determine how long prompts and messages will appear on the clock s screen For data input Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wait for a response to a prompt before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 10 0 means that the clock will wait 10 seconds for a response after prompting for input The default is 60 0 seconds To Enter function Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wait for a response to enter a function before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 5 5 means that the clock will wait 5 seconds for a response after prompting for input The default is 20 0 seconds Displayed Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds messages the clock will display any message before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 1 5 means that the clock will display messages for 11 2 seconds The default is 2 0 seconds Supervisor Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds question
285. f the screen The options are All Range and List All automatically grants access to all Groups Range allows you to choose a range of Groups for access List allows you to choose individual Groups for access When List is selected a list of all the Groups in your company will appear based on what was selected above Add Add All Add adds the currently selected Group to the Selected list Add All adds all of the Groups to the Selected list Remove Remove Remove removes the currently selected All Add a User 1 Group from the Selected list Remove All removes all of the Groups from the Selected list Click the File menu Security User Maintenance The Configure Users dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new User The User tab will become available January 2009 Time America Inc 144 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Users SYSOP OPERATOR SYSTEM Active y User Login Password Jor Supervisor Badge M Active Name Last First z Security Level SUPERVISOR SUPERVISOR LEVEL x Startup Start in Mainmenu Optimize for Updated Data E mail E mail Profile Anal Gk Cancel Figure 104 Adding a new User Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Users section Click Apply to commit the changes Click on the Divisions tab Click Apply to commit the changes Click on the Groups tab Click OK Click Close
286. figure Categories dialog box will open Highlight the Category you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected category Edit the settings as described in the Configure Categories section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Categories screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Categories window Delete a Category Categories that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Categories The Configure Categories dialog box will open 2 Highlight the category you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 7 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 34 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Categories window January 2009 Time America Inc 44 Genesis Pro Manual Attendance Codes Attendance codes are used to indicate time rounding and employee attendance on reports These codes are used in conjunction with the Rounding Rules See Rounding Rules page 65 Some examples of attendance codes are e In Late IL e In Early IE e Break Long e Lunch Short e Out Early Configure Attendance Codes 1 Click the Configure menu Attendance The Configure Attendance dialog box will open Configure Attendance BL l BREAK LONG BREAK SHORT DAY
287. firmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Attendance window January 2009 Time America Inc 47 Genesis Pro Manual Policies Policies are used to store and apply the business or payroll rules governing overtime holidays etc It is possible to have more than one set of rules within an organization so Genesis Pro makes it possible to create many Policies Each employee is assigned to the Policy that applies for him or her Configure Policies 1 Click the Configure menu Policies The Configure Policies dialog box will Open Configure Policies 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions STANDARD A 2 Listed Code 00 Name STANDARD v Active Pay Period O Weekly Start Date 06 01 2008 Sun O Biweekly Number of days in semimonthly period O Semimonthly Process on O Actual Schedule O Monthly Auto close at pay period end midnight Auto close at overtime cycle end midnight Current pay period started on 11 30 2008 and ends on 12 13 2008 Punch Defaults Ignore use of duplicate function key punches within 2 minutes Ignore use of opposing function key punches within Z minutes Missing OUT punch limit gt 18 00 hours Will default the work total to 0 00 hours Maximum OUT punch link back to next IN punch 4 00 hours First change punch accrues to previous IN punch Stop after hours
288. following information Setting Definition Number This is the employee s number Name This is the employee s name Week Ending Displays the last date of the week for this timecard Date Worked Displays the Day Date and a check mark for the days that the employee is scheduled to work In Displays the time the employee is recording for their start time Out Displays the time the employee is recording for going Out for lunch In Displays the time the employee is recording for coming back In from lunch Out Displays the time the employee is recording for leaving for the day Override Auto Check this option to ignore auto lunch and Deduct break deductions Worked Hours Displays the total number of hours that the employee has recorded for the day based on the In and Out entries Miscellaneous Enter all transaction that are not regular worked Information transactions O January 2009 Time America Inc 179 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Category Select the Category for this miscellaneous transaction i e vacation sick holiday etc Time Enter the start time for this transaction Hours Enter the number of hours that applies to this transaction Total Hours Displays the total number of hours for regular worked hours and miscellaneous hours Total Displays the total number of worked hours miscellaneous hours total hours Change Password Click this button to change the employee s p
289. from the function drop down menu additional information will open Transaction Detail for 00001 Baker Angela Date and Time is me 07 02 2007 08 00 Ez CI Miscellaneous add O subtract HH MM 00 00 NOTE for an Adjustment prior ADDING TRANSACTION Function Miscell vw Clock 001 CLOCK v Reason y Override Round Override Attend y C Accrue towards overtime Differential OO1O020304 0506070809 Figure 228 Transaction Detail 4 The Transaction Detail dialog box contains the following information Setting Date Time Function Clock Reason Override Rounding Override Attendance Override Automatic Lunches and Breaks Miscellaneous Information Category Add Subtract HH MM January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter0 the date for this transaction Enter the time for the transaction HH MM SS Enter this in military time Select Miscellaneous for this transaction The Miscellaneous function is used for entering absences vacation tips and other categories of time and dollars Select the clock to which the transaction should be attributed Select the reason code associated with this transaction Check this option to have Genesis Pro ignore the rounding rules for this transaction Check this option to have Genesis Pro ignore the Attendance flags for this transaction Check this option to cancel all automatic lunches and breaks assigned to a sp
290. g time for the report Enter the ending date for the report Enter the ending time for the report Select the type of report output you wish Screen The report will preview on screen You are then able to print from the preview Printer The report will be sent directly to the printer File The report will be sent to a FoxPro report file Email The report will be sent via email See Emailing a Report page 297 Select which Audit Trail items you wish to print along with the Transaction details Deleted The report will display deleted entries Changed The report will display the editing history of the transaction Supervisor The report will display transactions edited by supervisors at the clock Select which employees for whom you wish to print Transactions Add Adds the selected employee to the list of employees for the report Add All Adds all employees to the list of employees for the report Remove Removes the selected employee from the list of employees for the report Remove All Removes all employees from the list of employees for the report Click OK to commit the changes and run the report After previewing and or printing close the report if necessary NOTE The transaction report is color coded with red representing deleted items and blue representing changes 8 Click the Close button to exit the Report Settings dialog box and return to the Transactions screen O January 2009 Ti
291. ge 304 Select the communications port on your computer that will be used to communicate with the clock The factory default is COM 1 This is the Direct connection RS232 in the Communication Path field RS232 Baud 9600 for all clocks These settings become available when LAN has been chosen as the communication type in the Communication Path field 306 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Baud Rate LAN ID Converter Ethernet IP Address IP Port Modem Baud Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition The default is 9600 baud Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock All clocks use 9600 for LAN The TA600 can go as high as 19200 TIP You can use the Configuration Badge 000000000 at the clock to view modify the clock s baud rate Enter the clock s unique identification number in this field This number provides a way for the system to distinguish between individual clocks Any one character alphabetic or numeric ID may be used Make sure the LAN ID defined here matches the LAN ID defined at the clock TIP You can use the Configuration Badge 000000000 at the clock to view modify the clock s LAN ID Select the type of converter used in the LAN setup The RTS converters have been phased out over the years and were mainly used with AT style computers that used a 25 pin serial port Most new computers use 9 pin serial ports that connect to the
292. gela Date and Time C _ Cel C Function CLOCKED OUT Mi MAAA 16 00 00 Mon w TA Clock 001 MAIN CLOCK vj Reason w Override Round Override Attend Override Punch Link Back Time ADDING TRANSACTION 1 Navigate to the Online Timecard for the employee you wish to edit See Online Timecard page 251 2 Click the Edit Add Stop button The Transaction Detail dialog box will open 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Add Transaction section 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Online Timecard Multiple Miscellaneous The Multiple Miscellaneous button appears in the Online Time Card and allows you to add Miscellaneous transactions on multiple days This option is easiest when you are adding several days of the same category for example for a weeklong vacation or per diems for a business trip 1 Navigate to the Online Timecard for the employee you wish to edit See Online Timecard page 251 2 Click the Multiple Misc button The Multiple Miscellaneous Transaction dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 259 Genesis Pro Manual Multiple Miscellaneous Transaction Miscellaneous Information Time E 46 53 PM ABSE ABSENT Hours Y add O subtract HH MM 00 00 Amount C Accrue towards overtime Difterential 010102 0 0304 O506070809 Reason _ Y Job Cost Level Override December 2008 5 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI
293. gned to the clocks and are assigned one profile schedule for each day of the week Profile Lockouts Example The company wants to make sure that employees e can t punch earlier than 6am or later than 7pm on weekdays e can t punch at all on weekends For this scenario you would create a Profile Lockout that contains two Profile Schedules Schedule 1 would lockout employees between midnight and 6am and between 7pm and 11 59pm Schedule 2 would lockout employees between midnight and 11 59pm all day The Profile Lockout would be downloaded to the clocks On the Profiles tab of the Configure Employee dialog box for each employee you would choose Schedule 1 for Monday through Friday and Schedule 2 for Saturday and Sunday Configure Profile Lockouts 1 Click the Configure menu Profile Lockouts The Configure Profiles window will open Configure Profiles 0001 G Default Profile every 30 M Active z coco cr co ro 15 Message Timeout Tone Lockout Super Lockout 3 0 y y foie feta 2 Tee fija a Fas m a la 5 o a Jos os a foo fos Jos fas Jos Ju oa Jon a fosos fosos als 5 Schedule 15 z4 16 SEE SUPERVISOR 00 INVALID BADGE 2 z z z2 z2 2 2 2 22 22 0 0 T Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close 2 The Configure Profiles dialog box contains the following information
294. h dialog box will open Change Employee Number Width New Employee Width is E Oid Employee Widths 5 Figure 345 Change Employee Number Width 2 Enter the number of digits for the new employee number 3 Click OK to commit the change Print Barcodes The Print Barcodes utility allows you generate barcodes for Employee Numbers as well as Department Job Step Operation and Task Numbers Using this utility you can create your employee badges or create bar code sheets that employees can use to scan in Department Job Step Operation and Task rather than having to key the numbers in manually This can save time and effort at the clock not to mention helping to ensure that the numbers entered are accurate Badge Maker The Badge Maker allows you to print Employee Numbers as bar codes suitable for creating employee badges 1 Click the File menu Utilities Print Barcodes Badge Maker The Select Employee dialog box will open SELECT EMPLOYEE Selection Active In active All Output Destination I Screen J Printer T File JONES DAVID 00004 SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 0 Selected OK Close Figure 346 Select Employee 2 Fill in the settings as appropriate O January 2009 Time America Inc 410 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Selection Output Destination Employees 3 G Report Designer badgmakr frx Pa Bl Fie Edit Reports Config
295. hanges and return to the Configure Holiday screen Click Close to exit the Configure Holiday dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 84 Genesis Pro Manual Delete a Holiday 1 Click the Configure menu Holidays The Configure Holidays dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Holiday you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 60 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Holidays dialog box Holidays Groups The Holidays Groups feature specifies which holidays are assigned to specific groups of employees Holidays Groups must be defined in order to post different holidays to specific groups of employees Some examples of holidays groups are e Executive e Full Time e Union Employees are assigned to a holiday group in the Employee Maintenance dialog box Configure Holiday Groups 1 Click the Configure menu Holidays Groups The Configure Holidays Groups window will open 01 General Executive Employees e 02 Hourly Employees Holidays Include Date Name A 12 24 2004 CHRISTMAS EVE 11 26 2004 THANKSGIVING DAY AFTER 11 25 2004 THANKSGIVING DAY 11 11 2004 VETERAN S DAY 09 06 2004 LABOR DAY 07 04 2004 INDEPENDENCE DAY 05 31 2004 MEMORIAL DAY A Pan 5 03 31 2004 CESAR CHAVEZ S BIRTHDAY Y Code Name Show Inactives
296. he Configure Users dialog box contains several tabs each of which is described below I AIKENS TRAC TAIKENS OPERATOR S SYSOP 2 Listed O Login Name v Show Inactives The Users tab contains the following information TAIKENS AIKENS TRACY Active Users Groups User Name Security Level Startup E mail Outgoing Security if needed le PO Tae OE RACE l S a l m ee Add Edi Delete Print Close Figure 101 Configure Users User tab Settin Login Password January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This field is required Enter a unique Login ID for this user up to 9 alphanumeric characters This code will be entered into the User ID field in the login window when this user logs in Once saved the Login name cannot be changed When you press Tab or Enter after entering this field the Password entry dialog box will appear automatically This field is required Enter a password up to 9 alphanumeric characters to be used with the User ID above Type the password again to confirm it 141 Genesis Pro Manual Supervisor Badge Active Last First Security Level Startup Start In Color Quality Email Profile SMTP server Display Name E mail Address Outgoing Security User Name Password Enter the badge number assigned to this user For audit purposes this badge number is recorded when this user adds or edits
297. he computer s clock A setting of 0 indicates that the clock and computer are in the same time zone Select the company division where the clock is located Every transaction entered on this clock is tagged with this division code These options define supervisor settings for the clock Check this box to automatically use the clock s current date for transactions added using a supervisor s badge When this check box is clear the clock prompts the supervisor for the date of any new transactions Check this box to automatically use the clock s current time for transactions added using a supervisor s badge When this check box is clear the clock prompts the supervisor for the time of any new transactions These settings determine how data can be entered into the clock Check the applicable check box es to indicate the method by which an employee badge number is entered into the clock 324 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Swipe The employee s badge number can be entered by swiping a badge Key The employee s badge number can be entered by pressing keys on the clock keypad Bar Code The employee s badge number can be entered by scanning a bar code Employee Badge Check the applicable check box es to indicate the Source By method by which a supervisor in supervisor mode Supervisor can enter employee badge number into the clock Swipe The employee s badge number can be entered by swiping a badge Key
298. he existing folders list Click Next to continue Program Folders Pro Existing Folders Accessories a Administrative Tools Adobe Acrobat 4 0 Dell Documents Genesis HourTrack 98 Microsoft Office Tools Microsoft Reference xl lt Back Cancel Figure 6 Select Program Folder 9 The Genesis Pro folder will be created automatically You may type a new folder name if you wish Click Next to continue The installation will begin Copying Files C GENPRO GenPro exe Figure 7 Genesis Pro Installation Progress 10 When the installation is finished the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen will appear Click the Finish button to proceed 11 If you selected Full in the Setup Type screen the Sentinel System Driver installation will begin automatically If you selected Workstation the installation will end at this point January 2009 Time America Inc 13 Genesis Pro Manual InstallShield Wizard a Sentinel System Driver Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard e which will guide you through the program setup process Please wait Checking Windows R Installer Version AAA Figure 8 Sentinel Driver Installation 12 The Sentinel System Driver InstallShield Wizard will appear The Sentinel System Driver is necessary for Genesis Pro to be able to access the database files 113 Sentinel System Driver InstallShield Wizard x Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for
299. he input is rejected Load Messages Check this option to send employee messages to the clock Hand Reader These settings only apply to the Hand Reader clocks The options are Send Hand Templates Select this option to send employee hand templates to the clock This can be used to upload a template to a new clock or to restore templates to a clock that has been cleared Clear Templates Check this option to clear the templates from the clock USE THIS OPTION VERY CAREFULLY as it will delete all existing templates in the clock and employees will not be able to punch until the templates are restored Retrieve Hand Templates Check this option to download new hand templates from the clock for input into the Genesis Pro database Process Punches Check this option to automatically put the after polling punches into the online timecards of the employees 4 Click the Poll button to start the polling process Configure an AutoProcess The Auto Process feature allows you to schedule the following tasks to run automatically at pre determined times e Poll one or more time clocks e Launch executable programs e Generate reports No user interaction is required when using the Auto Process feature In fact you can poll time clocks run reports download payroll data and back up the Genesis Pro data without ever touching the computer The Auto Process feature is ideal for processes that need to be performed after working hours or du
300. he stop Stop Enter the time at which the clock will stop accepting punches The time must be entered in military time The default value is 00 00 TIP To indicate that the clock can accept punches all day enter 00 00 in the Start and 23 59 in the stop Day of the Week Check the day s of the week each Access Window will be in effect 4 The Assignments tab lists the employees that can use this clock This is necessary because the Hand Reader clocks take measurements of an employee s hand Each time the employee punches the reader compares the employee s hand to the existing template Employee information and hand templates are stored in the Hand Reader clock For this reason employees must be assigned to a clock so their name and template will be downloaded to the correct clock The tab contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 365 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Hand Reader Clocks O Listed i O Employees Listed Division Group Miscellaneous nction kKe Proginfo Badge Time Zone Reject Auth Template Remove All Add All Add Ec ete Figure 310 Configure Hand Reader Clock Employee tab Setting Employee Listing Division Group Remove All Add All O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays a list of the employees that can use this clock Includes employee ID employee name employee badge number assigned time zone personal reject
301. heir own chapter See Timecard and Transaction Maintenance page 251 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window 2 When you first enter the Configure Employee window the Timecard tab is selected automatically and contains the following information Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Wages Badges Profiles Detail Start Stop HQ Reg OT1_ 0T2 OT3 Unpaid Dollars 5 Date Tue M 08 27 Wed 08 28 Thu Day Cat 5 Mon WORK S 00a WORK WORK 4 30 345 3 30p 12345 3 30p 12345 a 8 00a 3 30p 12345 7 50 8 00a 5 30p 12345 E 08 29 Fri WORK A 09 02 Tue 12345 09 03 Wed VAC 2 33p 12345 8 00 5 09 04 Thu VAC 2 33p 12345 8 00 09 05 Fri VAC 2 33p 12345 8 00 5 Auta processing Show Schedule Forecasting Approve Pay Periods back T 2 Key From 08 24 2003 to 09 06 2003 18 24 2003 0872572003 08 26 2003 08 27 2003 08 28 2003 08 29 2003 053072003 Totals Fei 0 00 7 25 0 00 7 50 9 50 0 00 5575 on 6 00 8 00 _ 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 000 OTZ 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Ora 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 oof 0 00 Unpaid 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Dollars 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 ool 0 00 Reprocess Add Trans Edit Add Start Edit Add Stop Multiple Misc From Schedule Delete Figure 183 Configure Employee Timecard tab Setting Attendance Code Date Day Cat Start Stop Department O January 2009 Time A
302. his box to download a pre defined Bell Schedule Schedule to this clock This option is only available with the Bell Schedule module Bell Schedule Select the pre defined Bell Schedule you wish to assign to this clock 4 The Function Keys tab allows you customize the clock s keypad As customizing the keypad can be an extensive process a section of this manual has been dedicated to it See Customizing Function Keys page 370 This section merely describes the contents of the screen The tab contains the following information Configure ATS Series Clocks General Miscellaneou _ _ S a Clock 1 KEY FY CLOCKED IN Softkey ciock in 7 FS Check profile l t 2 input definition Class None uf Number of input characters To aeeaa 5 r Prompt 3 input definition Class None 4 16 E Number of input characters 7 _Numberof decimals 0 7 F3 i Prompt 4 input definition Class None Number of input characters 7 cocos je OListed ee Cod Chien Swipe and go Update soft key Show Inactive Apply Ok Cancel Figure 307 Configure ATS Clock Function Keys tab Setting Definition Clock Code Displays the unique ID code assigned to this clock Soft Key Displays the software function currently assigned to the selected key See page 371 for a description of the functions available Prompt Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts th
303. his option to send Profile Lockout settings to the clock The Profile Access Module must be installed to use this option Check this option to send Department Job Step and Operation number validation to the clock When an employee punches in department job step or operation number it is compared to the defined codes that were downloaded from Genesis Pro If the codes do not match the input is rejected 389 Genesis Pro Manual Load Messages Check this option to send employee messages to the clock Hand Reader These settings only apply to the Hand Reader clocks The options are Send Hand Templates Select this option to send employee hand templates to the clock This can be used to upload a template to a new clock or to restore templates to a clock that has been cleared Clear Templates Check this option to clear the templates from the clock USE THIS OPTION VERY CAREFULLY as it will delete all existing templates in the clock and employees will not be able to punch until the templates are restored Retrieve Hand Templates Check this option to download new hand templates from the clock for input into the Genesis Pro database Process Punches Check this option to automatically put the after polling punches into the online timecards of the employees 4 Click the Poll button to start the polling process Polling Videx DuraTrax Polling is the process of communicating data back and forth between the data co
304. i Category Count Mi Listings _ O Ranges Individuals Bun l Close Figure 261 Example Select Report dialog box 3 Highlight the report you wish to run 4 Select the Individuals option 5 Click the Run button The Report Parameter Selection dialog box will open Pay period Pay Periods back 0 Start ses so O Yesterday Policy 001 O Forecasting O Today Period v Reprocess Employees aActive O Inactive OAI aT fSUDERSON FRANK 00003 BAINES PETER 00002 JONES DAVID 00004 SAMPLE JOE 00006 SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 x z D Available 6 Selected Figure 262 Report Parameter Selection 6 Fill in the settings as appropriate O January 2009 Time America Inc 290 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Pay Period Pay Periods Back Select Policy Period Special Start Stop O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select this option to run the report for a pay period You will need to fill in the rest of the pay period options that become available when the option is selected Policy Select the policy that contains the pay period definition you wish to use Pay Periods Back Enter the number of pay periods in the past for which to run the report Verify the dates shown in the Start and Stop fields TIP Entering O will run the report for the current pay period Enter the number of pay periods in the past for which to run the report Ve
305. iece The Use Piece Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Click the Configure menu Job Costing Step The Configure Step dialog Click the Add button to add a new Step The General tab will become 105 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Step EA ne A Code Name v Active Validate Y Use Hourly Wage Y Use Charge Rate Y Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours 0 00 Budgeted Total Dollars 0 0000 Hourly wage 0 0000 Charge rate 0 0000 DListed Piece work rate 0 0000 Figure 74 Adding a new Step 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Steps section 4 Click OK to commit the changes and close the Step dialog box 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Step dialog box Edit a Step 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Step The Configure Step dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Step you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Step NOTE The Code field cannot be edited 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure Steps section 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Step screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Step dialog box Delete a Step Steps that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Step The Configure Step dialog box will open
306. ies Service tab Setting Pay in and out on service In on Service Minimum Hours Accrue given hours to OT Definition Check this box to enable In and Out on service In On Service gives the employee a minimum number of hours regardless of how long the employee works For example an employee who is on call might get paid for 2 hours of time for coming in for an emergency even though he she only worked for 15 minutes Enter the minimum number of hours HH MM the employee is paid to come in on service The default is 0 00 Check this box if the in on service hours Minimum Hours count toward overtime O January 2009 Time America Inc 58 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Level Change Work hours to Out on Service Minimum Hours Accrue given hours to OT Level Definition If Accrue Given Hrs to OT is selected choose the level of overtime to be paid while in on service Choose the category to be assigned to the In On Service hours Out On Service allows the program to pay an additional number of hours for company business accomplished after the employee clocks out For example an employee might clock out for the day and then travel to a client location The employee would be paid for the time traveling as Out on Service Enter the number of hours HH MM added to the employee s time to go out on service The default is 0 00 or no hours added Check this box if the out on service hours a
307. ighlight the Occurrence Rating you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 119 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Occurrences dialog box Add Category and Attendance Infractions After adding an Occurrence Rating you will define the Categories and Attendance infractions that count toward the Attendance Notices 1 From the Configure Occurrences dialog box click the Add button in the Category and Attendance Infractions section The Infraction dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 158 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Occurrences T General Code fi Name IV Active System generated absences count as 0 00 occurrences Calculations are done on a rolling 12 month basis r Category and Attendance Infractions Notices Name Tune I t Dei mence Notice C Attendance Continue Cancel OListed Code Neme TE Show Inactives Notices Text Figure 120 Infraction selection Select Category or Attendance Click OK to continue The Infraction Details dialog box will open General Code fT Name A ive System generated absences count as 0 00 occurences Calculations are done on a rolling 12 4 month basis Category and Attendance Infractions Name Type Occurrence
308. igned to the employee 5 The Special Repost option will compare the listed badges to current employee numbers rather than comparing to a badge number It assigns any transaction to the employee whose employee number matches the unassigned badge number This option should only be chosen after a regular reposting 6 Click Close to exit the dialog box O January 2009 Time America Ine s lt i lt lt CO A A Genesis Pro Manual Restore Original Reports This utility enables you to reinstate the factory definitions of all reports This will overwrite any customization you may have done to reports This is useful when reports have been corrupted NOTE This utility removes data customized reports Use it very carefully 1 Click the File menu Utilities Restore Original Reports The Restore Original Reports dialog box will open Restore Original Reports Selection E Listings Add Add all Remove A E ABSMISS FRX sj dd 210 Available D Selected y Cancel Figure 352 Restore Original Reports 2 Select the type of report you wish to view Reports or Listings The list will display the items of the type chosen 3 Select the report s you wish to restore by clicking the Add button to add an individual item or Add All to choose all 4 Click OK to restore the report s Repost from R Files R Files are the files that store punch data downloaded from the clocks There is one
309. iguration of the system and specify the payroll service to which time and attendance data will be exported 1 Click the Configure menu Company Main Company The Main Company window will open and the General tab will be selected by default Configure Main Company General Configure Defaults Exports Company Details Name Address Address City State Zip Code Phone Number Fax Number Logo TIME AMERICA INC 15990 N GREENWAY HAYDEN LOOP _ SUITE D 500 SCOTTSDALE az 85260 480 374 7700 480 582 0835 I TimeAmerica i E Print J OK Cancel Figure 25 Main Company General tab 2 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Name Address Address City State Zip Phone Number Fax Number January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter your company s name This field is required and can contain up to 30 characters Enter the first line of your company s primary address This field can accept up to 30 characters NOTE Divisions can be used to allow for additional branch addresses Enter the second line of your company s primary address such as suite number This field can accept up to 30 characters and may be left blank Enter your company s primary address City This field can accept up to 30 characters Enter the two character code for your company s State Genesis Pro automatically capitalizes your entry Enter your company s zip code You may enter th
310. ile Lockouts This option is only used when the optional Access Control and Profile Lockout module is installed Checking this box means that when an employee swipes a badge and presses this function key the clock will check the Profile information to make sure the employee is allowed to use clock during this time If the box is unchecked the Profile table will not be accessed to verify the information NOTE The Profile Access Module needs to be installed and a Profile needs to be assigned to the clock before this checkbox is available This option will work only after a Profile is setup assigned to the correct employees and assigned to the clock The clock needs to be polled with the Program clocks and Load Profile Tables options checked Check this box to enforce Profile Access Access is used to open doors or other electric lock type enclosures If a valid badge is used the door will open When used in conjunction with Profiles Profiles will take over the verification process If the employee is confirmed to be able to use this function key at this time the door will open NOTE The Profile Access Module needs to be installed and Access must be defined for the terminal before this checkbox is available Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts themselves are entered in the Prompt area in the upper left corner of the keypad display Up to four prompts are available For more information on c
311. in the Multiplier field for OT2 On Sundays and holidays you may want to pay double time and one half regardless of hours worked In this case enter 99 99 in the Period Limit field and 2 5000 in the Multiplier field for OT3 Up to three levels of overtime OT1 OT2 and OT3 may be defined per policy Enter the number of hours in HH MM format that an employee must work to be eligible for overtime For example in a weekly pay period the Period Limit is typically defined as 40 00 in a biweekly period it is normally defined as 80 00 Enter the multiplication factor used to compute overtime pay The normal pay rate is multiplied by this number For example to pay time and a half enter 1 50 to pay double time enter 2 00 55 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Daily Overtime Day of the Week Start at OT Level Daily Qualifier Reset at Day End Consecutive Days Num of Days Minimum Daily Hours Total OT Level January 2009 Time America Inc Definition These settings allow paying daily overtime For example many companies pay daily overtime over eight hours per day Another example is paying double overtime on Sundays regardless of how many hours are worked in the overtime cycle Select the day s of the week that are paid daily overtime by checking the appropriate checkbox Select the applicable overtime level to be paid if any at the start of the day Choose Regular if no overtime is paid
312. in case you wish to reinstate it later Click OK to commit the changes The Confirm Save screen will open This screen notifies you of the file names associated with your copied report More than one file name may appear as each indicates a slightly different sorting and grouping order for the report January 2009 Time America Inc 301 Genesis Pro Manual Code JAT2 Name Who sMissing O O Z OoOo o oOo Report Grouping MISSING FRX None MISSIN2 FRX Department MISSIN3 FRX Division MISSIN4 FRX Group aro Cancel Figure 273 Confirm Save 7 Click OK to confirm the save and return to the Report Maintenance Selection screen Your new report will be selected in the list 8 You may now modify the report as desired See below Modify a Report You can modify existing or copied reports NOTE The Report Editor uses FoxPro s report editing tools which are beyond the scope of this manual If you wish to create new reports or make extensive modifications to an existing report you should become proficient with FoxPro s report editor 1 Navigate to the Report Editor dialog box See Report Editor page 298 Highlight the report you wish to modify Click the Modify button The Modify Report Selection dialog box will open NOTE Not all reports can be modified The Modify button will only be available for reports that can be copied Modify Report Selection Grouping Filename Type a D
313. inal will recognize as a Swipe amp Go badge For example if 2000 is entered here only badge numbers 0001 through 2000 are considered Swipe amp Go badges All badge numbers above 2000 are treated as normal badges requiring the employee to enter a function key to complete the transaction Clock In or Out Out to Lunch In from Lunch etc NOTE The Swipe amp Go feature is enabled in the Main Company configuration screen See Main Company page 28 Select this check box to use the optional Feedback Enhancer if applicable If the Feedback Enhancer is not being used do not select this check box NOTE The TA500 series clocks need to be wired for bells and access for this feature to work Click this check box to display the clock s idle time in military format i e a 24 hour format Clear this box to display the clock s idle time in standard format i e a 12 hour clock In both cases the time is displayed using the HH MM SS format Check this box to skip recording the Diagnostic and Programming information that display on the Diag Info and Prog Info tabs These two files are created and written to each time a clock is communicated with and programmed using Genesis Pro This information is used for troubleshooting communication problems These files slow the polling process down although not noticeably and can be turned off by checking the box NOTE Turning off these files will make it difficult to troub
314. inel System Driver and attach the hardware key System Requirements To use the Genesis Pro system the following are the recommended minimum system requirements must be present e Windows 95 98 2000 NT ME XP e Pentium III 500 or better e 128MB of total memory RAM e Amouse trackball or other pointing device Additional Requirements e 500MB of available disk space either on a workstation or accessible on a network drive e NOTE A dedicated database server is not required e Additional disk space and an enhanced wide area network connection may be required based on the number of employees network distance communication method and the amount of live data contained in the system Polling PC e An available serial port with a default address and interrupt e An available parallel port Installing the System NOTE Do not launch or run any other applications during the installation process 1 Insert the Genesis Pro Installation CD into the CD ROM drive of the computer on which you wish to install the software The InstallShield Wizard should automatically appear 2 If the InstallShield does not automatically run you may start the installation by navigating to My Computer and double clicking the icon for GENPRO lola Ele Edit view Favorites Tools Help Back E Qsearch Folders CBristory US DE X A Ede Address E my Computer z o Local Disk C Q GENPRO D 8 Control Panel
315. int to it Running a Report The basics of running reports are the same from report to report Some reports may prompt for additional information that is particular to that specific report but most have standard settings The Reports are organized into categories to make them easier to find The categories are e Payroll Hours Paid Timesheet and other Payroll oriented reports e Attendance Who s In Who s Not In and other Attendance oriented reports e Exceptions Absences Missing Punches and other Exception oriented reports e Human Resources Benefits Seniority and other Human Resources reports e Schedule Who s Scheduled Coverage and other Schedule reports e Wage Employee Division Group Wages and other Pay oriented reports e Exports Payroll exports e Job Costing Labor Distribution Piece Wage and other Job oriented reports e Access Who was Granted Access and other building access reports e Listings Lists and setup definitions for your Genesis Pro configuration Most reports can be run by Range allowing you to select a range of items or employees or Individual allowing you to selecting individual employees or groups of employees Both methods are described below Running a Report by Range 1 Click the Reports button to display the report categories 2 Select the category in which you wish to search The Select Report list for that category will appear NOTE The Location feature allows you to move a report from one
316. inutes from the scheduled time for punches that occur between the From and To entries Enter 999 to use the settings in the Outside Round or Go To 999 box Enter 0 to round the time to the scheduled stop time Select an attendance code to be applied to the time transaction The attendance codes were predefined in the Attendance page 45 dialog box These settings define rounding rules to round the duration of the work period as opposed to the start or end time Identifies the number of minutes that are rounded before the scheduled duration time The end of the duration is considered to be 0 A negative number is the number of minutes before the period s duration time A positive number is the number of minutes after the period s duration time Identifies the number of minutes that are rounded before the scheduled duration time The end of the duration is considered to be 0 A negative number is the number of minutes before the period s duration time A positive number is the number of minutes after the period s duration time 67 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Go to Indicates the rounding time in minutes from the scheduled time for punches that occur between the From and To entries Enter 999 to use the settings in the Outside Round or Go To 999 box Enter 0 to round the time to the scheduled duration time Code Select an attendance code to be applied to the time transaction The att
317. ions and schedules This information can be added back into Genesis Pro by Restoring the Archive If the information is going to be edited the Post Historical Data utility needs to be run after Restoring from Archive to unpost the data and make it available for edits Genesis Pro archive files ending with ARC It is important to note that when restoring an archive the archive does not get deleted or altered in any way It still exists in the same state as before the restoring process The transactions in the archive are copied into the appropriate Genesis Pro database It is possible to restore individual employees from the archive January 2009 Time America Inc 419 Genesis Pro Manual 1 Click the File menu Utilities Restore Archive The Restore Archive Maintenance dialog box will open Restore Archive Maintenance 1 m DUPLICATE RECORDS Archive overwrites existing records Keep existing records Employees to restore All Employees Individual Employees DATE RANGE From 01 01 1990 Mon To 09 01 2001 Sat Gk Cancel Figure 357 Restore Archive Maintenance 2 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Select File Archive overwrites existing records Keep existing records All Employees Individual Employees Date Range Definition Click the Select File button to choose the Archive file you wish to restore Check this option to have Genesis Pro overwrite d
318. irm the deletion and return to the Badges screen Employee Clocks Tab The Clocks tab is used to assign Hand Readers and TA7000 clocks to employees This is Figure 217 Deletion Confirmation necessary because the Hand Reader clocks take measurements of an employee s hand and the TA7000 clocks can be used as fingerprint clocks Each time the employee punches the clocks compare the employee s hand and or fingerprint to the existing template Employee information hand templates and fingerprints are stored in the clocks For this reason employees must be assigned to a clock so their name and template will be downloaded to the correct clock Configure Hand Readers 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Clocks tab then click the Hand Reader tab to display the following information Configure Employee 00001 Baker Angela Salary ALL z 00001 Baker 00002 Baker Shane 00003 Baker Suzanne 00004 Bedosky Janna 00005 Braunich Carol 00006 Carter Joyce 00007 Case Dustin 00008 Clark Caroline 00009 Corsetti Carola 00010 Dean Christine 00011 DeMay Kelly 00012 Donnelly Cathi 00013 Gump Barbara 00014 Hickman Joyce 00015 Hixon Joan 00016 Kelly Karen 00017 Kowalewski Rita 00018 Lingla Martha AMMA Marlin Chan 38 Listed Number O Name Show Inactives Hand Reader Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messag
319. it the Configure Task dialog box Bell Schedules The Bell Schedules module allows your Time clock to activate a bell at specified times of day For example you might have a bell ring to announce the start of a shift break or lunch and the end of the day The bell schedule is defined by the day of the week the time of day and the duration of the bell The Bell Schedules module can ring up to 336 bells per Time clock per week Each Bell Schedule template can contain multiple bell details Once the Bell Schedule has been created you will add the individual dates and times the bells will ring The Bell Schedule is then downloaded to the appropriate Time clocks Configure Bell Schedules 1 Click the Configure menu Bell Schedules The Configure Bells window will open Configure Bells T Show Inactives Add Edit Delete min Close Figure 82 Configure Bells 2 The Configure Bells dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Number This is a required field Enter a 4 digit number to identify the bell schedule Once saved this number cannot be changed Name This is a required field The bell schedule name can be up to 30 characters long January 2009 Time America Inc 117 Genesis Pro Manual Active Schedules Number SMTWTFS Time Duration Day of Week Time Duration Add a Bell Schedule Click the Active check box to indicate that the Bell Schedule i
320. it the changes and return to the Badges screen gt Delete a Badge 1 Navigate to the Badges tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Badges page 239 2 Highlight the Badge you wish to delete 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 213 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion and return to the Badges screen Employee Profiles Tab The Profiles tab is used to assign Profile Lockouts and clock access to the employee The Profile Lockout is first assigned to the clock and the clock is then assigned to the employee This makes the clock s profile available to the employee You are then able to choose which Profile Schedules apply for each day of the week Configure Employee Profiles 5 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 6 Click the Profiles tab to display the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 240 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Employee E 00003 Anderson Frank Template Division ALL Group ALL hd Prior Find Next gt Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Wages Badges PROFILES ASSIGNED Detail Schedules Clock ID Access Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Anderson Frank Baines Peter 00002 Jones David 00004 Smith John 00005 Washington Carol 00001 5 Listed C Number N
321. ition Multiplier i 0 0000 4 Addition Multiplier 0 0000 5 Addition Multiplier 0 0000 6 Addition Multiplier 0 0000 7 Addition Multiplier 0 0000 8 Addition Multiplier 0 0000 9 Addition Multiplier 0 0000 You must work at least 0 00 hours in a differential per day to recieve the differential for that day Differential fixed to IN Figure 44 Policies Differential tab Setting Use Differential Differential O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option to enable the shift differentials There are nine differential codes available 61 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Type Amount You must work at least Differential fixed to In Definition Select the type of differential Addition Select this option to add a specific dollar amount to the employee s regular wage Multiplier Select this option to multiply the employee s regular wage by a multiplication factor Enter the amount of the differential If the type is Addition enter the amount in dollars and cents that should be paid above the employee s regular wage for differential hours i e 30 for 30 cents per hour If the type is Multiplier enter the percentage or factor to multiply the employee s regular wage for differential hours i e 1 5 for time and a half Enter the minimum amount of hours an employee must work before the differential is activated Chec
322. ition Use the graphic timeline to define the individual start and stop time of a shift Enter a unique number up to 3 digits to identify the individual shift Type the individual shift s starting time in HH MM Times must be entered in military format Type the individual shift s latest starting time cutoff in HH MM before the individual would float into the next schedule Times must be entered in military format Cutoff times may overlap with other start times in the same shift group Type the individual shift s ending time in HH MM Times must be entered in military format If the shift s stop time rolls over to a new day do you want to process the hours on the day the employee punched In or punched Out Select the In or Out option by clicking the desired field This field automatically displays the total duration of the shift from clock in to clock out This field automatically displays the total number duration of lunches and breaks combined This field automatically displays the total paid hours for the day It takes into account whether or not breaks and lunches are paid These settings define how lunches are treated during this shift Check this box to indicate that employees should clock out for and in from lunch 75 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Window Elapsed None SG Max Breaks Punched January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select this option if the shift s l
323. ivi MISSIN3 FRX Group MISSIN4 FRX REP None MISSING FRX REP Edit Close Figure 274 Modify Report Selection 4 Highlight the report you wish to modify and click the Edit button The Report Designer window will open January 2009 Time America Inc 302 Genesis Pro Manual G Report Designer missin2 frx Genesis Pro Time America Inc File Edit Format Report fo BO 100 1 150 1 foo 250 1 f00 1 so 400 1 650 1 p00 550 00 eso fro 750 a Title a Page Header o i Ordered by lWF m ALLTRIM company name lcdow dateQ ralttrim atac d J Groupedby ALLTRIM COMP TIMEO Date amp time IDTOC m what SUBSTR m WHO S HOT IN Page ALLTI TT ALLTRIM company deptname department E Code Hame PADCCALLTE a Group Header 1 department 04 Emplnum ISUBSTR ALLTRIM lastname ALLTRI department _ a Detail o ALLTRIM STR emp_ent ALI a Group Footer 1 department 0 a Page Footer a Summary Figure 275 Report Designer Modify the report definition as desired When all changes are complete close the Report Designer window saving if Click Close to exit the Modify Report Selection window or select another 5 necessary 7 report to modify 8 Click Close to exit the Report Maintenance Selection window Delete a Copied Report Only copied reports can be dele
324. k the Benefits tab to display the following information Setting Code Name Allowed Taken Pending Left January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the category code of the benefit i e VAC SICK etc Displays the category name of the benefit i e Vacation Sick etc Displays the number of hours the employee has either been granted or earned This number is based on the Benefit Accrual settings if applicable Displays the number of hours of the benefit the employee has already taken This number is calculated from the Miscellaneous entries on the employee s time card Displays the number of hours of the benefit the employee will take in the future within the current pay period Displays the number of hours left This is calculated by subtracting the Taken and Pending amounts from the Allowed as follows Left Allowed Taken Pending 177 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Count Carry Date Change Password Print Close Employee Timesheets Definition Displays the number of individual days on which the benefit time was taken or is pending Displays the date on which the benefits will roll over also known as the Reference Date or Reset Date Click this button to change the employee s password Click this button to print the Online Timecard Schedules or Benefits Click this button to close the Employee Reviewer The feature of the Employee Timesheet
325. k the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 222 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Employees dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 250 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter VIII Timecard and Transaction Maintenance This section describes the concepts and tasks associated with managing employee time records including editing and adding time entries Online Timecard The Online Timecard allows you to view add edit and delete employee time entries The Timecard can be accessed from two locations the Configure Employee dialog box and the Approval Editor NOTE There are slight differences between the Online Timecard tab of the Configure Employee screen and the Online Timecard screen accessed from the Approval Editor The Online Timecard from the Approval Editor e Displays the Attendance Code flags next to the punches e Does not provide a way to switch to the Transactions screen e Does not offer a Multiple Miscellaneous button e Does not print exceptions in different colors Accessing the Online Timecard from the Configure Employee Screen 1 Click the Edit menu Employee The Configure Employee dialog box will open 2 The Timecard tab will be selected automatically fa os Figure 223 Online Timecard tab Configure Employee The Online Timecard week view at bottom of page now indicates holi
326. k the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurrences window will open 2 Highlight the Occurrence Rating you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General tab will become available 4 Click the Delete button in the Category and Attendance Infractions section You will be prompted x 2 Are you sure you want to delete OK HE Figure 122 Deletion Confirmation 5 Click OK to confirm the deletion 6 Click Close to exit the dialog box Add Attendance Notices After adding an Occurrence Rating you will define the Notices and when they should be sent The Attendance Notice prints a standard text which can be customized You also have the option of printing the dates and circumstances of the applicable occurrences 1 From the Configure Occurrences dialog box click the Add button in the Notices section The Notice Details dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 160 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Occurrences EN a Code T Name M Active System generated absences count as 0 00 occurrences Calculations are done on a rolling 12 4 month basis Category and Attendance Infractions Name Type Occurrence EE E Notice Details At BT occurences give this notice Notices At Notice OListed Figure 123 Notice Details 2 The Notice Details dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Occurre
327. k this option to pay an employee a differential premium only when he she punches n within the time frame s specified in Shift Maintenance Clear this check box to pay an employee a differential premium if any part of the hours falls within the time frame s in Shift Maintenance 8 The Exceptions tab defines rules for flagging hours worked exceptions and contains the following information Configure Policies 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions STANDARD PAY RULE 1 Listed Code Neme I Show Inactive Consecutive hours worked Overtime hours worked ollo ol a sl a Under Over o a a Daily hours worked 2 a a o a S Period hours worked Apply OK Cancel Figure 45 Policies Exceptions tab Settin Report Exceptions O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box for Genesis Pro to report employees that work above or below the specified parameters 62 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Consecutive hours worked Overtime hours worked Daily hours worked Period hours worked Add a Policy Definition Enter the number of consecutive hours worked HH MM that if exceeded by an employee will be reported on the Consecutive Hours Exception report For example if 14 00 is entered employees working over 14 consecutive hours are flagged for the report Enter the number of overtime hours HH MM
328. k will accept both numbers and letters Number with forced decimal places Clock will accept numbers only and will automatically place the last two numbers entered behind the decimal place For example if 1499 is entered the clock will format it as 14 99 Alphanumeric hidden entry Clock will accept letters only the letters will not display on the clock s screen Number hidden entry Clock will accept numbers only the numbers will not display on the clock s screen Enter the maximum total number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The number displayed in this field is based on the Class selected Enter the minimum number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The default value for this field is 1 but may be changed Enter the number of places after the decimal point for a numeric entry A maximum of 4 decimal places may be entered This field will only be available if a Numeric option was chosen in the Class field Check this box to display the input information 348 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Verify valid entry Update Soft Key January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to enforce the Validation available with the Job Cost Validation Module Validation must be turned on for each level Download Names must be checked under the miscellaneous tab and Load Level Validation must be checked as a polling option The clock will check the input information
329. l be observed This is the date on which the Holiday Policies set in Policies will apply Name Enter the name of the holiday January 2009 Time America Inc 83 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Active Check the Active box to indicate that this holiday will be observed Override Absent Check this box if paid time for this Holiday Allowed should supersede a system generated absence Apply Work Time Check this box if the holiday is paid at the on this Holiday to secondary rate Secondary OT Level Holiday Groups Click the Include box for each group the Holiday Add a Holiday 1 Edit a Holiday 1 will be observed Click the Configure menu Holiday The Configure Holiday dialog box will open Click the Add button to add a new Holiday The General tab will become available Ox L Carne Figure 59 Adding a new Holiday Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Holidays section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Holiday dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Holiday dialog box Click the Configure menu Holidays The Configure Holidays dialog box will open Highlight the Holiday you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Holiday Edit the settings as described in the Configure Holiday section NOTE The date cannot be modified Click OK to commit the c
330. l be validated After turning on Validation the clock must be programmed This option is only available with the Job Costing Validation module Check this box to download employee messages to the clock for display when they punch in If an employee does not have a message assigned to them and this is checked they will not be able to punch in on an ATS series clock 3 The Miscellaneous tab defines clock defaults and contains the following information Configure ATS Series Clocks OListed Code Name Show General Miscellaneous Function Keys DEFAULT Department 0004 Researc h Development W Client fa XYZ Widgets El IV Project 0001 Manufacture Widgets Y 3 Jone Found y Bell schedule No bell zl Figure 306 Configure ATS Clocks Miscellaneous tab Setting Clock Defaults Department January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Each clock can be assigned a default Department Job Step and Operation if applicable A function key is defined for the Defaults in Function Key Setup Using the defined function key will automatically transfer that employee into the Defaults Select the default Department for this clock 360 Genesis Pro Manual Job Select the default Job for this clock if applicable Step Select the default Step for this clock if applicable Operation Select the default Operation for this clock if applicable Download Bell Check t
331. l launch any sort of executable program An example of this might be a Batch file that zips up your data files and copies them to a safe location on your network With this option selected you must enter the path to the desired file Select this option to schedule an event that will poll the transactions from any or all of your time clocks This Event can also perform any of the other normal time clock polling options You must be sure to tag all the time clocks you want to poll by either double clicking on them or selecting the tag all button You must also select at least one polling option by clicking the Poll Options button 394 Genesis Pro Manual Run Reports Reindex Backup Items List Time Day of the Week Tag All Untag All O January 2009 Time America Inc Select this option to schedule an Event that will automatically run any of several reports such as Missing Punches or Hours You may notice that the list of available reports is greatly abridged and that none of the Payroll Exports are available Time Card data should be thoroughly reviewed before running any Payroll Export Each report to be run must be tagged by double clicking it and choosing the desired settings in the Report Parameter Window Once set these parameters can be changed at any time by clicking the Report Options button Select this option to schedule an event that will Reindex all the system databases This Event m
332. l table Load Profile tables Load Level Validation Load Messages Hand Reader January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option to send pre defined Bell Schedule assigned to the clock Bell schedules are only checked at midnight so a bell will not ring on the same day the bell schedule was downloaded The Bell Module must be installed to use this option NOTE This is not recommended with the TA520 or TA530 as the clock needs to roll past midnight for the bell schedule to take effect Check this option to send the Access Control settings defined in Configure Clock to the clock This option must be turned on in the clock setup and the Profile Access Module must be installed Check this option to send Profile Lockout settings to the clock The Profile Access Module must be installed to use this option Check this option to send Department Job Step and Operation number validation to the clock When an employee punches in department job step or operation number it is compared to the defined codes that were downloaded from Genesis Pro If the codes do not match the input is rejected Check this option to send employee messages to the clock These settings only apply to the Hand Reader clocks The options are Send Hand Templates Select this option to send employee hand templates to the clock This can be used to upload a template to a new clock or to restore templates to a clock
333. ld Enter a unique code up to 10 characters to identify the reason Once saved this code cannot be changed Name This is a required field Enter the reason as you want it to appear in the system The reason name can be up to 30 characters long Active Click the Active check box to indicate that the reason is currently in use Clear this check box if the reason is not being used at this time January 2009 Time America Inc 125 Genesis Pro Manual Add a Reason 1 Edit a Reason 1 Click the Configure menu Reason The Configure Reasons dialog box will open Click the Add button to add a new Reason The General tab will become available Configure Reason CB eneral Car Broke Down ar Broke Down 2 Figure 89 Adding a new Reason Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Reasons section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Reasons dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Reasons dialog box Click the Configure menu Reasons The Configure Reasons dialog box will open Highlight the Reason you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Reason Edit the settings as described in the Configure Reasons section NOTE The Reason Code cannot be changed Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Reasons screen Click Close to exit the Configure Reason
334. le Adjuster The Multiple Schedule Adjuster dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 280 Genesis Pro Manual Ease Figure 253 Multiple Schedule Adjuster 2 Select the employee whose schedule you wish to edit 3 Fill in the settings as appropriate NOTE A popup window is available to edit shifts and perform shift overrides The popup window can be accessed by double clicking in the shift field 0700 1600 8 00 1 00 4 Y WORK 3 Programming Service Vv 00 00 06 00 12 00 18 00 24 00 J 00 00 00 00 OK Cancel Settin Date Shift Selector Work Box Level button Level Input box Override January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Indicates the date to be edited These fill in automatically based on the week selected at the bottom of the dialog box Select the Shift assigned to each day of the week Check this box to indicate whether or not the employee is scheduled to work that day and it will display how many paid hours are forecasted Defaults to Department Clicking the button will change the purpose of the Level Input box The first time you click the button it will change to Job then to Step then to Operation then to Task then back to Department Select the Level for which you wish to enter input Select the Department Job Step Operation or Task assigned for each day The values available will depend upon the Level shown on the Level button to
335. lect button to commit the change 4 Click the OK button to begin importing employee data January 2009 Time America Inc 403 Genesis Pro Manual Exporting Data The Export function allows you to extract data from Genesis Pro for use in other programs When exported the database files can be used with many commercial spreadsheet programs and report writers to generate custom reports The supported applications are e Microsoft Multiplan 4 01 MOD e Lotus 123 versions 1 through 2 WKS WK1 e Symphony version 1 through 1 2 WRK WR1 e Microsoft Excel XLS e Comma Delimited e Tab Delimited e Space Delimited e System Data Format SDF e Symbolic Link Format SYLK e Data Interchange Format DIF e Database FoxPlus 1 Click the File menu Export The Configure Export dialog box will open Delimited with Commas Save as Uk Cancel Figure 336 Configure Export 2 Click the Export File button The Open dialog box will appear A 2x Look in Sy DBFS Y e E e EX ta accrual dbf a arptinfo dbF Ba autorep dbf sa cickread dl la acrlacum dbf sa arptsel dbf sa autosets dbf clock dbf la acrladj dbF la arptuser dbf sa belldet dbf clockkey d a acricat dbf las attend dbf sa bells dbf la cloctasc dt la acrldet dbf sa autoclk dbf sa category dbf sa company c sa acrltot dbf sa autopoll dbf sa catexprt dbf lsa dept dbf gt Open USE Files of
336. leshoot certain communication problems If a printer is connected to the time clock s serial port TA500 or parallel port TA620 check this box to print time transactions as they are entered at the terminal Uncheck this box if a printer is not attached to the clock or you do not wish print transactions Controls how many lines should feed after the receipt has printed Enter the first line of the header you wish to print on all transaction listings printed directly from the terminal Up to 40 characters may be entered in this field The default is blank indicating Header line 1 will not be printed 312 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Header line 2 Enter the second line of the header you wish to print on all transaction listings printed directly from the terminal Up to 40 characters may be entered in this field The default is blank indicating Header line 2 will not be printed 4 The Function Keys tab allows you customize the clock s keypad As customizing the keypad can be an extensive process a section of this manual has been dedicated to it See Customizing Function Keys page 370 This section merely describes the contents of the screen The tab contains the following information Configure T4500 Series Clocks 001 Demo TA520L General Configure Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info r CLOCK CODE 001 Function key o E Soft
337. lidays Holiday Group Reason Groups Figure 96 Security Levels Configure tab Setting Main Company Divisions O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Defines the user s access rights to the Main Company settings The only option is Edit For more information on this feature see Main Company page 28 Defines the user s access rights to Divisions settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Divisions page 36 135 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Categories Attendance Policies Rounding Shifts Holidays Holiday Groups Groups Department January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Defines the user s access rights to Categories settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Categories page 39 Defines the user s access rights to Attendance settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Attendance Codes page 45 Defines the user s access rights to Policies settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Policies page 48 Defines the user s access rights to Rounding rule settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Rounding page 65 Defines the user s access rights to Shifts settings The options are View Ad
338. lify as having been worked Enter the number of hours that must be worked on the day after the holiday in order for that day to qualify as having been worked These settings define how the Holiday pay will be allocated Check this option if the holiday hours can be given to an employee who is not scheduled to work on the holiday Check this option if you want overnight shift s holiday hours to apply the next day This will apply to ALL holidays entered into the system Example An employee s punch is processed on the out And the holiday is July 4 They would come in on July 3 at 11 00 and clock out July 4 Check this option if holiday hours and added holiday time count toward overtime For example assume an employee works 44 hours during a week and one 8 hour holiday occurs If this option is checked and overtime is paid after 40 hours the employee receives 40 hours regular pay and 12 hours overtime If this option is not checked the employee receives 48 hours regular pay and 4 hours overtime 52 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Holiday hours can not be overtime Apply differential based on scheduled start time Hours to add for each worked holiday Given Minimum Given Maximum Multiply worked holiday hours to apply to HOL Hours to add for each unworked holiday Beginning pay rate if Holiday is worked Standard January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option if give
339. ll employees assigned to this Operation a standard hourly wage whenever they work in this Operation Checking this box will enable the Hourly Wage field in which you define the amount of the wage NOTE This Hourly Wage is also known as the Level Wage If this wage is different than the employee s individual wage the employee s individual wage takes precedence To cause the Hourly Wage Level Wage to take precedence check the Use Level Wage before default assignment wage option on the Configure tab of the Configure Main Company dialog box Check this box to define the rate charged for all employees assigned to this Operation whenever they work in this Operation Checking this box will enable the Charge Rate field in which you define the amount of the rate 108 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to pay employees according to the quantity of goods they produce Checking this box will enable the Piece Work Rate field in which you define the rate per item produced Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece This option may be used instead of or in conjunction with the Use Hourly Wage NOTE In order to make this option fully functional the clocks must be configured to accept piece rate entries For more information see Customizing Function Keys page 370
340. llector and Genesis Pro Polling can be done manually which means a supervisor or administrator must launch the Genesis Pro software and request that the data collector be polled Polling may also be set as an auto process which means that the Genesis Pro is responsible for communicating with the data collector on a pre defined schedule 1 Click the Clocks menu Poll The Poll Clock Selection dialog box will open Clock Selection Polling Options 00l Demo TASZOL m test Eol Close Figure 325 Poll Clock Selection 2 Select the Data Collector you wish to poll by using the Add button to add the selected data collector NOTE Data Collectors must be polled individually January 2009 Time America Inc 390 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Click the Polling Options tab to select it Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Poll Transactions Clear Clock Transactions Set Clock Date and Time Program Clock Load Bell Schedules Load Access Control table Load Profile tables January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option to transfer punches from the clock to Genesis Pro Check this option to clear the transactions from the clock after transferring them to Genesis Pro TIP This does not need to be done every time You may leave the transactions in the clock until payroll is processed successfully however if you have a lot of employees you will want to clear frequently so the clock doe
341. lock 1 Listed Code C Name I Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 278 Configure TA500 TA600 TA7000 Clocks General Tab January 2009 Time America Inc 305 Genesis Pro Manual 2 The General tab defines the communication and general operation settings and contains the following information Setting Definition This is a required field Enter a unique code up to 4 characters to identify the clock Once defined this code cannot be changed Code Description Active Revision 5 or 6 Path Port Serial Baud Lan January 2009 Time America Inc Enter a description of the clock This description will be seen in the system and on reports This field can be used to describe the clock type and it s location in your facility i e TA530 In BUILDING TWO The clock description can be up to 30 characters long Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use Uncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time THIS WILL ONLY SHOW FOR THE TA600 SERIES Select the appropriate revision you can check the revision by powering up the clock Select the type of connection this clock will use The options are Direct RS232 LAN RS485 Modem Internal Serial LAN Smart Converter Remote Direct External Modem Modem LAN Smart Converter Ethernet For more information on these connections see Types of Connections pa
342. locks menu Configure TA600 The Configure Clock dialog box will open The dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below Configure TA600 Series Cloc PC Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog nto PC Clock E Tipton PPC Cloc EGYE 1 Listed Code C Name I Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 294 Configure PC Clocks General Tab 2 The General tab defines the communication and general operation settings and contains the following information Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter PC for this code Description In this field enter PC Clock for the description Active Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use Uncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time Initial Source Check the applicable check box es to indicate the method by which an employee badge number is entered into the clock Swipe Swiping a badge can enter the employee s badge number Key Pressing keys on the clock keypad can enter the employee s badge number Bar Code Scanning a bar code can enter the employee s badge number 3 The Configure tab defines the message and timeout settings and contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 336 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA500 Series Clocks 001 General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous
343. lose Figure 62 Adding a new Holidays Groups Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Holidays Groups section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Holidays Groups dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Holidays Groups dialog box Click the Configure menu Holidays Groups The Configure Holidays Groups dialog box will open Highlight the Holidays Groups you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Holidays Groups Edit the settings as described in the Configure Holidays Groups section NOTE The code cannot be modified O January 2009 Time America Inc 86 Genesis Pro Manual 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Holidays Groups screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Holidays Groups dialog box Delete a Holidays Groups 1 Click the Configure menu Holidays Groups The Configure Holidays Groups dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Holidays Groups you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 63 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Holidays Groups dialog box Groups User defined groups are optional but very useful Groups are used to organize and sort employees throughout Genesi
344. loyee as of the effective date 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Status screen The new Status will be added to the list January 2009 Time America Inc 222 Genesis Pro Manual Edit Employee Status If you choose to edit the Employee s Status the changes will be retroactive to the effective date of the original status entry Because of this when an employee changes Status it is recommended that you add a new Status entry rather than editing the existing Status This enables you to keep a history of Status changes throughout the employee s work history 1 Navigate to the Status tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Status page 221 Highlight the Status entry you wish to edit Click the Edit button The Status Maintenance screen will become available for you to edit Edit the settings as described in the Add Employee Status section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Status screen Delete Employee Status You may wish to delete a Status entry that has been added in error One Status entry must always exist thus you will not be able to delete if there is only one Status entry 1 Navigate to the Status tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Status page 221 Highlight the Status you wish to delete Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 194 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click
345. ls POLICY iio kesa iraia e e eias asioi ra aas Aea EEEa ES 152 Edita Benefit Accruals Policy ccsscccsseseshisscaugetsessesesoudeasnssies stauuseasasvecsicnsstgeaseaaagascnanngedsessasesvgseasasshseasnsulecdsaavees 154 Delete G Benefit ACCHUGLS POLICY a sudvingea EREA E EA E R E ENESES 154 Update to Current A Oi ais 155 OCCURRENCE RATINGS cid a wings cuxceddgutoves enevpcnegousvnasueductnoetes 155 Configure Occurrence Rating S sinner atadas aiii O EA a dan ciao tapia as cda 155 Add AN Occurrence Rating Laia io cada eSa EEE ATARE cud odres ASEE sate ARTENE EE aE TET A 157 Edit an Occurrence RATING rsimion a a EAE Aas sak a a Sa E OESE ia o eE SA 158 Delete a Occ rrence RAUNG iee oaea naiean ii E TASA A TE EE ti 158 Add Category and Attendance Infractions cccccccccesscesscesecesecnsecuseceeesecaeeeseeeseesacesseesseesecesecuaecuaecsesnaeeaessaeens 158 Edit a Category and Attendance Infraction ccccccsccscceescescesscesscesecesecusecusecsaecaaecseeessesseeseeeeeeeseeeseeseeeneeeseseaes 160 Delete a Category and Attendance Infraction ccccccccceescescesscesecusecusecusensecsecssecseeessesseesseeneeeseeusesneeeneeeseenaes 160 Add Attendance Notices scriitorii srie eein in r EE a aae e ioia Ee RSET EN EA aia RNa 160 Edit an Attendance Notice cccccccccsccesscessceseeesecaseesceesseeseeseescesecusecuseceseceaeceaecaaecaeecaeeeaeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeaes 162 Delete a Category and Attendance Infraction ccccccc
346. m scratch Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Policies section Click OK to commit the changes and close the General dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Policies dialog box Click the Configure menu Policies The Configure Policies dialog box will open Highlight the Policy you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Policy Edit the settings as described in the Configure Policies section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Policies screen Click Close to exit the Configure Policies dialog box Click the Configure menu Policy The Configure Policies dialog box will open Highlight the Policy you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 47 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Policies dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 64 Genesis Pro Manual Rounding Rounding is used to round punches backwards or forwards according specific rules Rounding codes can also be used to round the total duration of a work period Genesis Pro can round In Out Lunch and Break punches and can have different rules for each The rounding rules defined in this dialog box will be tied to Shifts in a separate dialog
347. me Define the elapsed time in the Elapsed Deduct box below If no restrictions apply to the shift s break select this option Typically if the employee has a paid break clear the Punched check box and select None This prohibits the employee s break from being deducted from the shift s total hours If Swipe and Go is in use this tells Genesis Pro what the maximum amount of time a lunch or break can be Enter time in military format Genesis Pro will then take all the punches and measure the duration between transactions If the duration is longer than the SG Max it will move to the next option Enter the time frames for exception transactions in this box These are the time frames in which employees are not supposed to be punching If a punch falls within these time frames it is reported on the Punch Interval Exceptions report and to the Approval Editor as an exception or violation that needs supervisor approval Type the starting time of the exception in HH MM Time must be entered in military format 77 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Stop Punch Type Type Paid Window Deduct Out In Elapsed Deduct Elapsed From Deduct Punched January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Type the ending time of the exception in HH MM Time must be entered in military format Select In or Out to indicate that the exception applies to an In or Out punch Click the down arrow to the right of the T
348. me America Inc 265 Genesis Pro Manual Approval Editor The Approval Editor is an extremely useful tool that displays employee transactions that need approval or editing by a supervisor These items display in the Approval Editor by default e System Generated Absences e Missing Punches You can choose to have attendance infractions appear in the Approval Editor as well See Configure Attendance Codes page 45 Some examples of additional items you may wish to have display are e InLate e Out Early e Long or Short Lunches or Breaks It is also possible to edit transactions directly from the Approval Editor Double clicking a transaction from the Approval Editor opens the Online Timecard from which you can add edit and delete transactions normally See Approval Editor page 266 The 1 Click the Edit menu Approval Editor or by clicking on the Approval Editor screen will open Approval Editor Selection Se A A Absences 86 Missing 3 Attendance 0 Requests 0 Number Name Dow Date and Time Code Reason A D Washington Carol Mon 12 01 2008 07 00 00 00001 Washington Carol Tue 12 02 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washinaton Carol Wed 12 03 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Thu 12 04 2008 07 00 00 Missing Punch 00001 Washington Carol Fri 12 05 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Mon 12 08 2008 07 00 00 Absent 00001 Washington Carol Tue 12 09 2008 07 00 00 Abs
349. merica Inc Definition This field is not labeled lt displays a code to indicate an exception regarding the entry See Key Displays the date of the entry Displays a three character code for the day of the week of the entry Displays the category associated with the entry i e Work Lunch Break Vacation Sick Absent etc Displays the start time of the entry i e the time at which the employee clocked in for the day started lunch etc Displays the stop time of the entry i e the time at which the employee clocked out for the day ended lunch etc By default this field displays the Department the employee worked in By clicking the Department button in the field header you can choose to display the Job Step Operation or Task if applicable Each time you click the button it advances to the next item in order Department Job Step Operation Task eventually returning to Department 207 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Reg OT1 OT2 OT3 Unpaid Dollars S Auto Processing button Show Schedule button January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the number of hours at straight time the employee will be paid for this entry This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break policies defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee Displays the number of hours at OT1 the employee will be paid for
350. missing punches in the selected date range oT3 UNPAID TOTAL DOLLARS 08 13 2001 MON 08 14 2001 TUE WORK WORK 0815 2001 WED WORK 08 16 2001 THU WORK 0817 2001 FRI WORK 08 20 2001 MON WORK 08 21 2001 TUE VAC 1601 0924 1805 1604 0 00 07 07 ID 7 75 0224 07 56 IL 07 01 1205 0858 0657 0000 0858 0000 0000 07 54 IL 215 6 60 8 00 7 00 0 00 1205 1601 1603 8 00 8 00 8 00 08 22 2001 WED VAC 08 23 2001 THU VAC 08 24 2001 FRI WORK 8 00 8 00 160006 7 00 0 00 1 00 875 1 00 8 00 0 00 9 00 9 00 8 00 8 00 8 00 8 00 EMPLOYEE TOTALS 61 75 66 75 EMPLOYEE SUPERVISOR Name Baines P eter DATE DAY _CTGY START STOP HOURS REG on oT2 This em ployee has missing punches in the selected date range OT3 UNPAID _TOTAL DOLLARS 0813 2001 MON WORK 0814 2001 TUE WORK 08 15 2001 WED 1624 IL 1558 16 04 2234 0058 OG 0053 OD 8 50 8 75 7 50 775 0 00 WORK 2234 1 00 8 50 1 00 8 75 0 00 Figure 266 Example On Screen Report Preview int Preview 4 05 00 PU cox El Figure 267 Print Toolbar 8 3 The Report Preview window contains several tool buttons Reading from left to right these are Setting Definition First Page of a multi page report Previous Page Click this button to navigate to the first page Click this button to navigate to the previous page in a multi page report Go To Page you wish to go
351. mizing Function Keys page 370 This section merely describes the contents of the screen The tab contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 343 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC PC Clock 1 Listed General Configure F Prompt 1 Function key o z Prompt 2 Prompt 3 Softkey swipe go y Prompt 4 iscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info CLOCK CODE PC Supervisor only TZ Check profiles I Check acce Prompt 1 ENTER DEPARTMENT FI I Swipe MV Key I Bar Code Class Department y Type Numeric bd Maximum input characters J T Minimum input characters J T Number of decimal T T Display entry data T Verify valid entry Update soft key Swipe and go definition Apply DK Cancel Figure 299 Configure WebClock Function Keys tab Setting Clock Code Function Key Soft Key Prompt Key Class O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the unique ID code assigned to this clock Displays the function key number of the key selected on the keypad graphic to the left Displays the software function currently assigned to the selected key See page 371 for a description of the functions available Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts themselves are entered in the Prompt area in the upper left corner of the keypad display Up to
352. more information see Main Company page 28 Some examples of departments are e Accounting e Administration e Customer Service e Research and Development e Sales and Marketing e Shipping Configure Departments 1 Click the Configure menu Department The Configure Department window will open Configure Department 100 General NORTH SIDE 100 NORTH SIDE A 400 WEST SIDE ES 4 Listed O Code O Name Show Inactives add Edt Delete Print _ Close Figure 67 Configure Departments 2 The Configure Department dialog box contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 92 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Code Name Active Validate Use Hourly Wage Use Charge Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a code to identify the department The code s length and type numeric or alphanumeric is determined in the Defaults dialog box in the Main Company dialog box see Main Company page 28 Once saved this code cannot be changed This is a required field Enter the department name as it will appear in the system and on reports The department name can be up to 30 characters long Check this box to indicate that the department is currently in use Clear this check box if the department is not being used at this time Check this box to send a Validation to the clocks The clocks will then displ
353. mployee Details w o Add Edit Delete Definition Defines the user s access rights to the Approval Editor The options are View and Edit For more information on this feature see Approval Editor page 266 Defines the user s access rights to the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete and will allow the user access to employee records f Add Edit and Delete are turned off the Detail Tab is also off For more information on this feature see Employee Maintenance page 167 Defines the user s access to the Details tab of the Configure Employee section This is a view only feature unless Add Edit and Delete have been activated in the above Employee section January 2009 Time America Inc 131 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Timecard Approve Timecard Schedule Allow Schedule Override Transactions Status Benefits Messages January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Defines the user s access rights to the Timecard tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete and will allow the user access to employee time sheet data For more information on this feature see Employee Timecard page 205 Defines the user s access to approve timecards in the Timecard tab of the Configure Employee section Defines the user s access rights to the Schedule tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Edit a
354. mployee window contains all information relating to your employees including contact schedule and time sheet data All of the tabs in the window are described in this chapter however some of the tabs such as the Timecard and Transactions have additional tasks associated with them and have been given their own sections in this manual There are two ways to access the Configure Employee window by menu or by tool button Both methods are described below E 1 Click the Edit menu Employee or click the Maintenance button the toolbar The Configure Employee window will open Configure Employee E 00003 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefts Messages Wages Badges Profies Detai Jeperiment eg ic Anderson Frank Date Day Cat Start Stop Ri OTI O72 O13 paid Dollars S 04 0 07 07 15 56 3 oo IM 11 05 02 Tue 06 54 3 p Division ALL zi 11 05 02 Tue WORK 10 06 10 06 2 Group Jan Y 11 06 02 Wed WORK 06 53 11 53 3 4 88 5 11 06 02 Wed WORK 11 53 15 53 2 2 87 1 00 Prio 11 07 02 Thu WORK 07 01 15 58 3 8 00 1 00 11 08 02 Fri WORK 06 56 15 55 3 7 75 1 00 IM 11 11 02 Mon 15 56 3 g 11 12 02 Tue WORK 07 06 15 58 3 7 75 1 00 00004 11 13 02 Wed WORK 06 59 16 05 3 8 00 00005 Washington Carol 00001 I 11 14 02 Thu 06 55 3 Auto processing Show Schedule Forecasting Approve Pay Periods back 0 lt fa From 1104 2002 to 11 17 2002 1
355. n You may select a specific type of status to view or select All to display each status available Figure 238 Status Board The Status Board screen contains the following information Setting Number Name Status Date amp Time Clock Key Prompt January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the number of the employee Displays the name of the employee The different color squares indicate the current status of the employee NOTE The status is only as accurate as the last time it polled the clocks Displays the day and time of the last punch recorded Displays the clock at which the punch occurred Displays the function key on the clock pressed Displays the prompt associated with the function key pressed 269 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Data Field 1 Displays the code for any data that the employee was prompted to enter For example PRD1 for per diem TIP1 For tips etc Data Field 2 Displays the code for any data that the employee was prompted to enter For example PRD1 for per diem TIP1 For tips etc Hours Back Enter the number of hours in the past you wish Genesis Pro to look for the last punch The default is 18 hours indicating that the Status Board screen will show all transactions that have occurred in the last 18 hours All Select this option to display all employees regardless of whether they have punched within the Hours Back time
356. n Operation 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Operation The Configure Operation dialog box will open Highlight the Operation you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Operation NOTE The Code field cannot be edited Edit the settings as described in the Configure Operations section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Operation screen Click Close to exit the Configure Operation dialog box Delete an Operation Operations that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Operation The Configure Operation dialog box will open Highlight the Operation you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted January 2009 Time America Inc 111 Genesis Pro Manual Confirmation y Are you sure you want to delete Ca Cem Figure 78 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Operation dialog box Tasks Tasks are the fifth level in Job Costing Tasks are used to track employee s time and labor cost in terms of hours and dollars Tasks serve many purposes in Genesis Pro Employees can track their time to a task by clocking into and or transferring to the task Wages and piece rates can be associated with the task and employee Hours and w
357. n Page 3 Select In From Lunch or In From Break whichever is appropriate The In From Lunch or In From Break page will appear Bisco Mica ne Employee Washington Caro O Log Out Retr MESE timecard f schecle Bene es u ti Submit Figure 146 WebClock In from Lunch Page 4 Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear Figure 147 Transaction Successfully Entered Label 5 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page January 2009 Time America Inc 188 Genesis Pro Manual Transferring to a new Department Job Step Operation or Task 1 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Employee Washington Carol Log Out Y E f eg TEEN Timecard Schedule Benefits fune GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 148 WebClock Function Page Select Enter Department Enter Job Enter Step Enter Operation or Enter Task whichever is appropriate The specific link you selected will appear Micox Rican Employee Washington Carol Log Out y f Glock Tae Steet timecard Schedule Benefits gane GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 ENTER DEPARTMENT 2 Ente
358. n Progress This entry will display in green e D Indicates a default work entry was added when the employee missed a punch as defined in the Policy associated with this employee This entry will display in pink e L Indicates a leave request This entry will display in cyan e R Indicates a rejected leave request This entry will display in maroon e F Indicates that the entry was created when Genesis Pro forecasted the employee s hours Time forecasting will display future time transactions based on the employee s current schedule on screen and in reports e A gray entry indicates a future entry Displays totals for each day in the pay period 209 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Totals Reprocess Add Trans Edit Add Start Edit Add Stop Multiple Misc From Schedule Delete January 2009 Time America Inc Definition The Totals column displays the totals for the currently selected pay period Click this button to update employee transactions Processing posts new and changed transactions to the database and allows them to be displayed on all reports NOTE If Auto Processing is checked you will not need to use this button each time a transaction is changed Click this button to add a transaction punch for the employee For more information on this feature see Adding and Editing Transactions page 253 Click this button to add or edit a Starting transaction such as a Clock In for
359. n an employee swipes a badge and presses this function key the clock will check the Profile information to make sure the employee is allowed to use clock during this time If the box is unchecked the Profile table will not be accessed to verify the information NOTE The Profile Access Module needs to be installed and a Profile needs to be assigned to the clock before this checkbox is available This option will work only after a Profile is setup assigned to the correct employees and assigned to the clock The clock needs to be polled with the Program clocks and Load Profile Tables options checked Check this box to enforce Profile Access Access is used to open doors or other electric lock type enclosures If a valid badge is used the door will open When used in conjunction with Profiles Profiles will take over the verification process If the employee is confirmed to be able to use this function key at this time the door will open NOTE The Profile Access Module needs to be installed and Access must be defined for the terminal before this checkbox is available 376 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Prompt Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts themselves are entered in the Prompt area in the upper left corner of the keypad display Up to four prompts are available NOTE These Prompt settings will not become available until you have entered at least one prompt in the Prompt area
360. n holiday hours will never be overtime Check this option if the employee should receive differential for holiday pay not worked Enter the number of hours in HH MM format to be added to the employee s time for each worked holiday These hours are in addition to actual time worked For example if 8 00 hours are entered in this field and an employee works 8 holiday hours 8 more hours are added to the employee s time The default is 8 00 Enter the minimum number of hours that an employee is guaranteed to receive for holiday pay regardless of the number of hours worked Enter the maximum number of hours that an employee is guaranteed to receive for holiday pay regardless of the number of hours worked Click this check box to multiply any worked holiday hours by a specified rate Enter the number of hours in HH MM format added to the employee s time for each non worked holiday This entry is usually equal to the number of regular hours worked The default is 8 00 Select a level to indicate the employee s wage multiplier for a Standard worked holiday Reg Regular wages are paid for a worked holiday OT1 The overtime rate specified in OT1 on the Overtime dialog box is paid for a worked holiday OT2 The overtime rate specified in OT2 on the Overtime dialog box is paid for a worked holiday OT3 The overtime rate specified in OT3 on the Overtime dialog box is paid for a worked holiday 53 Genesi
361. n the report for a pay period You will need to fill in the rest of the pay period options that become available when the option is selected Policy Select the policy that contains the pay period definition you wish to use Pay Periods Back Enter the number of pay periods in the past for which to run the report Verify the dates shown in the Start and Stop fields TIP Entering 0 will run the report for the current pay period Enter the number of pay periods in the past for which to run the report Verify the dates shown in the Start and Stop fields TIP Entering 0 will run the report for the current pay period Click this button to select the Policy that contains the pay period definition you wish to use Displays the number of the selected Policy Displays the pay period frequency weekly biweekly etc Select this option to enter the date range manually 286 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Start Stop Yesterday Today Forecasting Reprocess Employees All Range O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition The purpose of this field changes depending upon which Date Range option has been chosen If Special is chosen enter the first date you wish to display on the report If Pay Period is chosen this field will display the first date of the selected pay period If Yesterday or Today are chosen this field will display Yesterday or Today s date The purpose of this field change
362. nc Definition Displays the number of hours at straight time the employee will be paid for this entry This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break policies defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee Displays the number of hours at OT1 the employee will be paid for this entry if any This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break rules defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee as well as the Overtime rules defined in the Policy assigned to this employee Displays the number of hours at OT2 the employee will be paid for this entry if any This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break rules defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee as well as the Overtime rules defined in the Policy assigned to this employee Displays the number of hours at OT3 the employee will be paid for this entry if any This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break rules defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee as well as the Overtime rules defined in the Policy assigned to this employee Displays the number of unpaid hours for this entry if any Unpaid lunches and breaks will be reflected in this column if appropriate Displays the amount earned for this e
363. nces Enter the number of occurrences after which this notice should be sent Notice Enter the title or name you wish to use to refer to this notice This will be printed at the top of the Attendance Notice 3 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Occurrences screen 4 To customize the text of the Notice click Notices Text button The Notices Text window will open Notices Text itis being brought to your attention that you are in violation of this companies Attendance Program You are receiving the following attendance discipline due to this violation Text 2 This session is deemed to have put you on notice that your Attendance Record must improve or further disciplinary action up to and including termination may result This document is maintained in your personnel file Figure 124 Notices Text 5 Modify the text of the notice as desired Genesis Pro will automatically fill in the current date in the underlined section when printing the notice 6 Click Close to commit the changes and return to the Configure Occurrences screen January 2009 Time America Inc 161 Genesis Pro Manual Edit an Attendance Notice 1 Click the Edit menu Occurrence Ratings Configure The Configure Occurrences window will open 2 Highlight the Occurrence Rating you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General tab will become available 4 Click
364. nch and how payment should be handled if the employee takes more time than is allowed 78 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Duration Pay Outside Definition If the employee punches Out for and In from lunches or breaks enter the duration of the lunch or break in this field For example to specify a one hour lunch period enter 01 00 If the employee punches Out for and In from lunch select the Pay Outside check box to authorize payment for any time taken outside the specified window of time 4 The Differential tab defines a Shift Differential for this Shift Group not for the individual Shift and contains the following information Configure Shifts 001 Standard Shift 1 Listed C Code Name I Show Inactives Edd Edit Delete Print Close Figure 54 Shifts Differential tab Setting Differential List From To Day of the Week Definition Displays the Start Stop and daily status of an existing differential Select the starting time for the pay differential Select the ending time for the pay differential Select the differential premium code D1 D9 assigned to the shift each day of the week For example a 10 00 P M to 6 00 A M shift may receive a 5 00 per hour premium on weekends but only 2 50 per hour premium Monday through Friday If no differential premium code applies to a particular day select No Differential January 2009 Time America Inc 79 Genesis Pro Manual A
365. ncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time 3 The Configure tab defines the message and timeout settings and contains the following information Configure TA500 Series Clocks 001 General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Demo TA520L r TIME OUTS MESSAGES For data input ENTER FUNCTION message ENTER FUNCTION 20 INVALID SOURCE message INVALID SOURCE 2 0 INVALID BADGE message INVALID BADGE To ENTER FUNCTION Displayed messages Supervisor questions 90 0 INVALID LEVEL message INVALID LEVEL Error messages 1 5 Idle message TIME AM RICA INC Idle display sec 2 Date time display sec 2 y SWIPE amp GO BADGES Highest Swipe amp Go number to be used 0000 T Use Feedback Enhancer T Skip recording of diagnostic and programming info T Display idle time in military format TRANSACTION PRINT F Print transactions as they occur y Header line 1 Maa Header line 2 De Code Name fe Show Inectives Figure 298 Configure WebClock Clock Configure Tab Settin Definition Idle Message Enter the message text that displays on the time clock when in an idle state If this field is left blank no message will be displayed The idle message will hold up to 16 characters 4 The Function Keys tab allows you customize the clock s keypad As customizing the keypad can be an extensive process a section of this manual has been dedicated to it See Custo
366. nches that fall outside of the rounding to schedule should round For example if 6 is selected in this field time is rounded to the nearest 6 minutes Punches between 0 and 3 minutes are rounded back to the last increment punches between 4 and 6 minutes are rounded forward to the next increment The default is 15 Enter the length of time HH MM an employee has to work in one day before overtime is applied For example if 8 00 is entered in this field any hours worked over 8 hours a day is counted as overtime The default is 00 00 Enter the length of time HH MM an employee has to work in one week before overtime is applied For example if 40 00 is entered in this field any hours worked over 40 hours a week is counted as overtime The default is 40 00 Enter the maximum time HH MM an employee who has punched Out can punch back In and still have the new time included in the previous total For example the Link Back Time is set to 2 00 and overtime is paid after working 8 hours ina single day An employee punches In at 8 00 A M and Out at 5 00 P M with a one hour unpaid lunch If the employee punches back In at 6 30 P M within the 2 hour link back time and out at 9 30 P M the daily total shows 8 hours of regular time and 3 hours of overtime Check this box to enter tips at the clock for this policy Clear this box if no tips are entered at the clock 354 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Lunch Punches Pay L
367. nd Delete and will allow the user access to the employee s schedule For more information on this feature see Employee Schedule page 211 Defines the user s access to create new shifts as a shift override on the Schedule tab of the Configure Employee section Defines the user s access rights to the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete and will allow the user access to employee transaction punch data For more information on this feature see Employee Transactions page 220 Defines the user s access rights to the Status tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For more information on this feature see Employee Status page 221 Defines the user s access rights to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View and Edit and allow the user access to the employee s benefits entitlement information For more information on this feature see Employee Benefits page 224 Defines the user s access rights to the Messages tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For more information on this feature see Employee Messages page 231 132 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Wages Badges Profiles Clocks Status Board Task Organizer Global Benefits Accruals January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Defines the user s access
368. nd Go will be used Allows custom configuration of function keys on all models except ID3D Available on all clocks Punch Menu Use default menus in hand reader clock Available on all clocks Department with No Menu ID3D hand reader clocks do not allow for configuration of function keys This option enables department transfers ID3D only Department with Punch Menu Allows use of ID3D built in menu system ID3D only Each Clock Configuration menu needs a unique password assigned For information on how to access the menus from the clock and the options available under each menu see the Hand Punch manual Passwords are numeric and can be up to 10 digits long Enter the password associated with the Service Group settings at the clock The default is 1 Enter the password associated with the Setup settings at the clock The default is 2 Enter the password associated with the Management settings at the clock The default is 3 368 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Enrollment Special Clock Defaults Department Job Step Operation Definition Enter the password associated with the Enrollment settings at the clock The default is 4 Enter the password associated with the Special settings at the clock The default is 5 Each clock can be assigned a default Department Job Step and Operation Select the default Department for this clock if applicable Select the default Job for this clock if applic
369. ndividual shifts Click the arrow to select time rounding rules for Break punches used by the shift group NOTE These rules apply to the entire group and not to the individual shifts The Details tab is only available when you are adding or editing a Shift as opposed to the Shift Group It defines the settings for a selected Shift within the Shift Group and contains the following information Configure Shifts Details 100 Standard 30 Min Lunch a 4 Listed 00 00 06 00 12 00 18 00 24 00 Shift Number Start ij 00 Cutoff 07 15 Stop 15 30 Process On In O Out Gross Lunch Breaks Total Lunches Breaks Exceptions V Punched Y Punched Start Stop Punch type O Window O Window 1 00 00 00 00 O Elapsed O Elapsed 2 ooon oohoo O None None 3 00 100 o0 Hoo SG Max 00 45 SG Max 00 20 4 00 i Window Deduct Elapsed Deduct Punched Type Paid Out In Elapsed From Deduct Duration Pay Outside Break Y y 00 00H 00 115 Lunch f 06 00 Punch 00 30 00 30 Break_vw Y il 00 00515 None Hoo il li Cancel Figure 53 Shifts Shift Details tab January 2009 Time America Inc 74 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Graphic Shift Number Start Cutoff Stop Process On Gross Lunch Breaks Totals Lunches Punched O January 2009 Time America Inc Defin
370. nnnnnncononanonona 392 AUTOPTOCOSS rusia 392 ralo lo BERENE EE E date 393 delete iia AAA a 399 ll atid ae Re Re cited ake aa 398 AutoProcessinQ coccccconocccccononcccnnnoncncnanannncnnnnns 388 Background o O 25 e is ntact caged enen 420 PESTON kee A 421 BadGes tutti ne 239 AO sess a a ahs ah aed vai sha an Mesa e hee 239 deleto ei o 240 ditat a a a a a NE 240 OMPlOYES ar ate Rar E E ERA 239 Barcode S tica a 410 Bell Schedules oococcnccnncncncncncicicicacacaness 117 165 TN 118 olai UILEANN 117 OO EEE EE E E E E A EA 119 Benefit Accruals ooccccccnncnciciciciciconinoness 146 166 CN 152 E T E E EA nade E A ares 230 olai OILEAN 147 o EIE E E AET E AE A E EE E E tunes 231 detal EEE E E A E A tates 228 OO i EAE E aaa 154 UP ci arar oc 228 update tO current ococcccconocccccconancccnnnannnnnnnnns 155 Benefit Accumulators CONPQUIC celador 149 Benefit Entitlement CONTIGUE airs rE erek S 177 224 delete E ARE E A E EA 226 INDEX d tails ani irises teeta enact ete 225 QM AMM EATE statin ROT 226 Benefits ccccccccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 146 166 accumulators 0 2 ee ee eeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeenteeaeeeeees 149 CON QUO s aana cnn roca cnn 227 OMPlOYOC ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceneeteeeeneees 224 CT 39 cle e ia 43 CONQUE ian n a ea a A nac 40 delete ec a AN 44 e A TEE TE EE E E A EEEN 44 Category and Attendance Infractions AAG ERTE E E T ESE E E ade 158 A EE 160 l dica iaa 160 Chang
371. nononncnanoccnnnos 386 Shift Group OOO in lee ie ie eh Bee Ae 80 CONMPIQUIC E E E EA A ATT 72 COSTS Ee TE EA E E E EEEE 81 eo MT E E AEEA E 80 January 2009 Time America Inc Shifts udini nsira nirai a s 72 Add E EAE E EATE 81 A e ii dies 82 Editi iiu ndena arta a i ia i 81 Shift OrO Pi iaria a aen 72 Shortcut keys c ocococccccccccocccononnccancncnnnnnan na nancncnno 22 Starting Genesis Pro 19 SAUS idad it 221 AO 222 licitaci n 223 A aise ada ee e 221 Step Costing configure Steps ceeeeeeeeeeteeeesteeeeneeeeeees 102 OPS orien Aula ata eat aa naia 102 addi iah eee eee ene a eer prer ere ee rae 105 CONMQUIC aiara eatin a ia 102 Celete in iene Adi T eee des 106 O 106 Support TechMiCalooccnonnccnnncconnnnnnnccnnoncconnrannnncnnnncnnn 10 System requirements coocccccococcccccnnoncnnnanoncnn nana na nana 11 System Environment CUSTOMIZING asosini ee EEEN 25 System Requirement ccccccceeeeeeseeeeeseeees 11 System Utilities 2 0 eee naannccccnannns 406 TADOO Series cococococccnccccconccconancnannccnancnnns 305 321 CONfIQUlB oococccococcnanccccnancnnns 305 321 335 342 TA520 530 ueniu otr aida aora 305 321 TA600 Series coooconocccccocononcccnnoncnanacinancnnn 305 321 CONF JUFE seee 305 321 335 342 TADO total 305 321 TAS e niose do 350 COMMQUIC cei 20 a na e tances 350 ASKS aaa ri N 112 Technical SUPPOTE cooonnccccnnnococinononaccnnnnnannnnnnnnos 10 TOMAS ii 304 COMMOCTIONS s
372. nsactions and other data from the clocks to the host computer PC for processing Clocks can be manually polled or automatically polled on a pre defined schedule AutoProcessing allows certain common tasks to be run automatically Polling Reports custom files and Reindexing can set to Auto Process Polling Polling Time Clocks Polling is the process of communicating data back and forth between the clock and Genesis Pro Polling can be done manually which means a supervisor or administrator must launch the Genesis Pro software and request that the clock be polled Polling may also be set as an auto process which means that the Genesis Pro is responsible for communicating with the clock on a pre defined schedule This section describes how to poll the clock manually 1 Click the Clocks menu Poll The Poll Clock Selection dialog box will open lon Polling Options Add Add all Ec Close Figure 324 Poll Clock Selection 2 Select the clock s you wish to poll by using the Add button to add the selected clock individually or the Add All button to add all clocks 3 Click the Polling Options tab to select it Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Poll Transactions Check this option to transfer punches from the clock to Genesis Pro O January 2009 Time America Inc 388 Genesis Pro Manual Clear Clock Transactions Set Clock Date and Time Program Clock Load Bell
373. nsert Status Active O Inactive Y Insert Work Week Full Time O Part Time Y Insert Work Type Permanent O Temporary v Insert Policy 001 UNION v Figure 252 Global Status Assignment Details 4 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Date Enter the date that this Status change becomes effective Insert Status Choose whether the employees are Active or Inactive as of the selected date Active indicates that the employees are currently working for the company Inactive indicates that the employees are not currently working for the company perhaps because of a leave of absence or termination Insert Work Week Choose whether the employees are Full Time or Part Time as of the selected date Insert Work Type Choose whether the employees are Permanent or Temporary as of the selected date Insert Policy Select the Policy that will apply to all employees as of the effective date 5 Click the OK button to commit the changes and return to the Global Status Assignment dialog box Click OK again to complete the assignment Click Close to exit the dialog box Multiple Schedule Adjuster The Multiple Schedule Adjuster allows you to adjust the schedule for more than one employee from one screen You will still adjust each person s schedule individually but you will not need to change screens to move from employee to employee 1 Click the Edit menu Global Multiple Schedu
374. nstalled Checking this box means that when an employee swipes a badge and presses this function key the clock will check the Profile information to make sure the employee is allowed to use clock during this time If the box is unchecked the Profile table will not be accessed to verify the information NOTE The Profile Access Module needs to be installed and a Profile needs to be assigned to the clock before this checkbox is available This option will work only after a Profile is setup assigned to the correct employees and assigned to the clock The clock needs to be polled with the Program clocks and Load Profile Tables options checked Check this box to enforce Profile Access Access is used to open doors or other electric lock type enclosures If a valid badge is used the door will open When used in conjunction with Profiles Profiles will take over the verification process If the employee is confirmed to be able to use this function key at this time the door will open NOTE The Profile Access Module needs to be installed and Access must be defined for the terminal before this checkbox is available Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts themselves are entered in the Prompt area in the upper left corner of the keypad display Up to four prompts are available For more information on creating custom prompts see page 371 Check this box to indicate that employees must swipe a magneti
375. nthly Monthly Start Date Number of Days in semimonthly period Process on January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This field is required Enter a code up to 3 alphanumeric characters to identify the policy Once saved this code cannot be changed This field is required Type the company policy name as it will appear in the system and on reports The policy name can be up to 30 characters long Click the Active check box to indicate that the policy is currently in use Clear this check box if the policy is not being used at this time Select the appropriate pay period information for your company Check this option if wages are paid weekly Check this option if wages are paid every other week Check this option if wages are paid twice a month Check this option if wages are paid once a month Enter the starting date of the pay period using MM DD YYYY format This is used for calculations and represents the starting date of an entire payroll period The day of the week Sunday Monday etc that corresponds to the starting date is used to determine when the cycle begins NOTE This date should be the first of a month in the past that corresponds to the day of the week that the pay period starts on If the pay period is semimonthly specify the number of days in the first half of the policy s semi monthly period Click the down arrow next to the entry field to select a number from 1 to 28
376. ntry Employees may click this feature to approve their timecard Click the scroll arrow and choose the number of pay periods prior to the current one you wish to view 171 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Key Date Totals Top Row Totals Bottom Row Change Password Print Close January 2009 Time America Inc Definition When cursor moves over this box it will explain the attendance codes e A Indicates a system generated absence This entry will display in Red e M Indicates a missing punch This entry will display in purple e P Indicates a prior day adjustment This entry will display in orange e I Indicates a work period In Progress This entry will display in green e D Indicates a default work entry was added when the employee missed a punch as defined in the Policy associated with this employee This entry will display in pink e L Indicates a leave request This entry will display in cyan e R Indicates a rejected leave request This entry will display in maroon e F Indicates that the entry was created when Genesis Pro forecasted the employee s hours Time forecasting will display future time transactions based on the employee s current schedule on screen and in reports e Agray entry indicates a future entry Displays the highlighted day The Totals row displays the totals for the currently selected day The Totals row displays the totals for the currently select
377. nu Sort Type ADP Version 6 Exports 4 REPORT IADP for Windows Exports REPORT Exceptions REPORT m ons DEDO REPORT REPORT REPORT REPORT REPORT REPORT REPORT REPORT REPORT REPORT LISTING Accpac Exports Actual vs Budgeted Wage Human Resources Actual ve Scheduled Human Resources JAdvantaqe Safequard Exports Annual Attendance Attendance w ARNOWDENDROOPRTRENE BEEN Approaching Overtime Human Resources lAssiqn Hours to Messages Payroll Assim Schedule to Profile 1 Payroll lAtrache Payroll Exports JAttendance Attendance JAttendance Code List Listings Attendance Count Attendance Badge Maker Barcode Listings Bell Schedule List Listings Benefits Human Resources IRirthdaw list Lishines Re REPORT LISTING LISTING REPORT risrran Zl Location Save As Modify Delete Close Figure 270 Report Maintenance Selection 2 The Report Maintenance Selection dialog box contains the following information Settin Definition Report Listing Displays a listing of all the reports in you Genesis Pro database Location Button Allows you to change the report category under which the report appears Save As Button Allows you to copy a report in order to create a new one etc Modify Button Allows you to change an existing report Delete Button Allows you to delete a custom report you cannot delete the standard reports Relocate a Report Genesis Pro allows you to move a report from one r
378. nuary 2009 Time America Inc 230 Genesis Pro Manual Benefits Accrual Delete a Manual Adjustment 1 Navigate to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee window See Benefit Accruals Configure page 227 Click the Details button The Benefit Details screen will display Highlight the Adjustment you wish to delete 4 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 202 Deletion Confirmation 5 Click OK to confirm the deletion 6 Click Close to return to the Benefits screen Employee Messages Tab The Messages tab allows you to create a customized message that will display when this employee punches at the clock Configure 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Messages tab to display the following information 63 wages Badges Profies Detail Configure Employee 00003 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Anderson Frank p MESSAGES ASSIGNED Clock ID Message Template Division ALL al Jones David Smith John Washington Carol 5 Listed C Number Name All Clocks Add Edit Delete I Show Inactives Print Close Figure 203 Configure Employee Messages tab January 2009 Time America Inc 231 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Clock Id Displays the number of the clock at which this message will display Message
379. numbers will not display on the clock s screen Enter the maximum total number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The number displayed in this field is based on the Class selected Enter the minimum number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The default value for this field is 1 but may be changed Enter the number of places after the decimal point for a numeric entry A maximum of 4 decimal places may be entered This field will only be available if a Numeric option was chosen in the Class field Check this box to display the input information Check this box to enforce the Validation available with the Job Cost Validation Module Validation must be turned on for each level Download Names must be checked under the miscellaneous tab and Load Level Validation must be checked as a polling option The clock will check the input information against the downloaded level information If the level entry does not exist at the time of the last programming the data will be considered invalid 345 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Update Soft Key Click this button to commit the changes made to a key s functions or settings Configuring TimeSheet Submittal Configuring a TimeSheet Submittal MUST be done to use the TimeSheet Submittal feature in WebClock The configuration is done under the TA600 Series time clock Since multiple clocks can be defined in the Genesis Pro a copy feature is av
380. o function key Swipe and Go occurs when an employee swipes a card through the clock and is not asked to enter a function Selecting Swipe on the Function Key dropdown menu provides the same information The Swipe and Go function will work with all methods of punching as long as it is activated under Configure Main Company See Main Company page 28 5 The Miscellaneous tab defines clock defaults and contains the following information Configure TA715 Series Clocks a O Listed General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Into Clock Defaults Division Job Department Task Profiles Download Profile Profile Validation Download Names Bells Download Bell Schedule Bell schedule Figure 291 Configure TA715 TA777 TA780 Clocks Miscellaneous tab Settin Clock Defaults Department O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Used with the Level change to clock default function key This will transfer an employee to levels that have been assigned to the clock NOTE This is part of the Job Costing module Select the default Department for this clock 332 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Job Step Operation Download Profile Profile Validation Download Names Download Bell Schedule Bell Schedule Definition Select the default Job for this clock if applicable Selec
381. o will then take all the punches and measure the duration between transactions If the duration is longer than the SG Max it will move to the next option These settings define how breaks are treated during this shift Check this box to indicate that employees should clock to and from break 76 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Window Elapsed None SG Max Exceptions Start January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select this option if the shifts break must be taken within a specified window of time For example an employee s break is from 10 00 A M to 10 30 A M If the Punched check box is not selected this period is deducted automatically if the break is unpaid If the Punched check box is selected the employee must punch Out for and In from break within this time period If the employee punches Out at 9 45 A M and punches In at 10 15 A M 45 minutes is counted as break If the employee punches Out at 10 15 A M and punches In at 10 30 A M Ye hour is counted as break even though only 15 minutes was taken Define the time frame in the Window Deduct box below Select this option if the shift s break period is automatically deducted after a number of elapsed hours If the Punched check box is also selected the punched time overrides the elapsed time In other words if the employee does not punch Out for and In from break the shifts break period is automatically deducted after the elapsed ti
382. ociated with the Transactions tab such as editing and adding punches are covered in their own section See Timecard and Transaction Maintenance page 251 Description 1 Navigate to the Employee Reviewer window See Accessing Employee Reviewer page 168 2 Click the Transactions tab to select The tab contains the following information Configure Employee 11111 Timecard Schedule status Benefits Messages wages Badges Profiles Detail Grounds Mike Day Date Time Key Prompt Clock Badge Reas Division ALL z Hon 08 02 2003 11 5 OUT FOR LUNCH Mon 06 02 2003 11 00a 6 IN FROM LUNCH PC o RA l Mon 06 02 2003 3 46 00p CLOCKED OUT PC 7 Tue 06 03 2003 7 20 00a CLOCKED IN PC Tue 06 03 2003 10 30 00p CLOCKED OUT PC Wed 06 04 2003 8 00 00a M VAC 8 00 Hr DO REG ACC PC ss eed Cee i Pelis Tracy Fri 06 06 2003 8 17 00a CLOCKED IN PC TR Rustic Lucy Smith Susan El June 2003 H SUPERVISOR PROMPT INPUT Badge 1111111111 CLOCKED IN Name OPERATOR SYSTEM Date 06 02 2003 Time 11 39 03 5 Listed C Number Name adi Edt Dee I Show Inactives Print Close Figure 130 Configure Employee Transaction tab Setting Definition Day Displays the day of the transaction Date Displays the date of the transaction Time Displays the actual time of the transaction Key Displays the time clock function key pressed to generate the transaction i e for Clock In for day etc Prompt Displays
383. ock This eliminates the need to re enter an entirely new clock configuration Configure a TA715 TA777 TA780 Series Clock 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure TA715 or TA777 or TA780 The Configure Clock dialog box will open The dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below January 2009 Time America Inc 321 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA715 Series Clocks 003 TA715 Al Code Description TA CLOCK Communication Path Modem Y Port COM1 s SerialBaud 19200 w Misc Time difference between computer and clock Division 0000 TIME AMERICA INC Supervisor Default date Default Time Input Employee badge General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info v Active Lan Baud rate LANID 0 Ethernet IP Address IP Port Modem Baud rate 19200 v Phone number 1 Listed Initial source v Swipe Key Bar Code v source by supervisor v Swipe Key Bar Code Start stop answer 00 00 2 23 59 Ring delay 1 Number of retries 0 ELE 20f5 Code128 UPC 13 CodaBar Figure 286 Configure TA715 TA777 TA780 Clocks General Tab 2 The General tab defines the communication and general operation settings and contains the following information Settin Code Description Active Readers None or Finger Path Port Jan
384. ock is tagged with this division code These options define supervisor settings for the clock 308 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Prefix for Entry Prefix for Recall Default Date Default Time Input Initial Source Swipe Key Bar Code Employee Badge Source By Supervisor Swipe Key Bar Code Definition Enter the prefix code used by the terminal to identify a supervisor s badge Any badge starting with this prefix can access the clock s Supervisor Mode Using this mode a supervisor can add view or delete transactions in the time clock The default prefix is 11 For example badge number 112345 can access Supervisor Mode Enter the prefix code used by the terminal to identify a recall badge Any badge starting with this prefix can access the clock s Recall Mode In Recall Mode a person can view previous time transactions but not add edit or delete transactions Check this box to automatically use the clock s current date for transactions added using a supervisor s badge When this check box is clear the clock prompts the supervisor for the date of any new transactions Check this box to automatically use the clock s current time for transactions added using a supervisor s badge When this check box is clear the clock prompts the supervisor for the time of any new transactions These settings determine how data can put entered into the clock Check the applicable check box es to indicat
385. od to print for reference information Examples are listings of Departments Policies Rounding rules Clocks etc G GENESIS PRO Time America Inc File Edit REISI Configure Clocks Help MA E Payroll 2 KE 4 Attendance Exceptions PT Human Resources e Schedule in Wage Exports Job Costing Access Listings 2 Report Editor Figure 256 Reports Menu Important Information on Printing Reports Genesis Pro prints reports to the printer that is currently defined for the program under File Print By default this is the same as the Windows default printer If you wish to choose a different printer you must make the change prior to running the report as the Report Print command sends the report directly to the printer without prompting you to choose a printer The following instructions describe how to change your Genesis Pro printer Configure Printer 1 Click the File menu Print The Print Setup dialog box will open Printer PIK Printer Name HP Color LaserJet 2605dn_2605dtn PCL 6 v Status Ready Type HP Color LaserJet 2605dn_2605dtn PCL 6 Where USBOO1 Comment Figure 257 Print Setup 2 Using the Name drop down box select the pre defined printer to which you wish to print January 2009 Time America Inc 284 Genesis Pro Manual 3 Click OK to commit the changes and exit the dialog box The Genesis Pro printer will be changed and reports will now pr
386. ofile Lockout NOTE The Profile Number cannot be edited Edit the settings as described in the Configure Profile Lockout section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Profile Lockout screen Click Close to exit the Configure Profile Lockout dialog box Delete a Profile Lockout January 2009 Time America Inc Profile Lockouts that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Profile Lockouts The Configure Profile Lockouts dialog box will open Highlight the Profile Lockout you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted 124 Genesis Pro Manual xi 7 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 87 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Profile Lockouts dialog box Reasons Reason codes are added to an employee s transaction through the Online Timecard They are used to denote a specific reason for the transaction Configure Reasons 1 Click the Configure menu Reason The Configure Reasons window will open Configure Reason CB iy Car Broke Down Mi caz Broxe Down icl i 3 Listed Code Name I Show Inactives Add Edt Delete Pint _ Cose Figure 88 Configure Reasons 2 The Configure Reasons dialog box contains the following information Settin Definition Code This is a required fie
387. oft Key Prompt 1 through 4 Prompt Area Prompt Definition Input Data Class Number of input characters Use I button for input Update soft key Print barcoded keys Add a Data Collector Displays the software function currently assigned to the selected key Enter the Prompt s you wish to display when the employee presses the selected function key You may enter up to four prompts per key At least one prompt must be entered NOTE The Prompt settings to the right of the screen will not become available until you have entered at least one prompt Displays the prompt associated with the function key The prompts themselves are entered in the Prompt area to the left of the screen Up to four prompts are available Select this feature to enable data input The Class defines the information being entered for reporting For example is ita department number tips etc Class choices cannot be added If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available See page 372 for a description of the classes available The number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt Select this feature to activate I button use for data input Click this button to commit the changes made to a key s functions or settings Allows you to generate barcodes for the selected keys This can save time and effort at the clock not to mention helping to ensure that the numbers entered are accurate 1 Click the Clock
388. ompanies intranet site that contains the WebClock The WebClock home page will appear em G20 Eh posa ss pats un jojoa me fraa sa gjss ras LIION en Figure 173 WebClock Home Page 2 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase 3 Click Login The Select Employee To Maintain page will appear Dico Alca me User OPERATOR SYSTEM Log Out Clock Status Functions Board Select Employee to Maintain Employee Name Number Anderson Frank Baines Peter 00002 Jones David 00004 Smith John 00005 Washington Carol 00001 Figure 174 WebClock Select Employee to Maintain Page January 2009 Time America Inc 200 Genesis Pro Manual 4 8 9 Select employee to work with by Employee Number or Name The Supervisor Clock Function with selected employee name page will appear BiWerciocs Tica nal User OPERATOR SYSTEM O Log Out Selected Employee Washington Caro Fe Schedule Selected Employee Figure 175 WebClock Supervisor Clock Function Page Select Approve Overtime The Approve Overtime page will appear BiWencioc nica nd User OPERATOR SYSTEM Log Out Selected Employee Washington Caral f fah Timecard Schedule Benefits aag GENESIS PRO Selected Employee 00001 Washington Carol Function APPROVE OVERTIME ENTER OT AS HHMM 2 Enter Figure 176 Approv
389. on Select folder where Setup will install files Setup will install Genesis Pro in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder m Destination Folder CAGENPRO Browse InstallShield Figure 4 Choose Destination Location 6 Genesis Pro will be installed in the C GENPRO directory by default If you wish to install to a different directory click the Browse and select the directory to which you wish to install Click the Next button when you are ready to proceed The Setup Type screen will appear January 2009 Time America Inc 12 Genesis Pro Manual Genesis Pro Setup x Setup Type Choose the setup type that best suits pour needs A y Click the type of Setup you prefer Description Workstation This option is for a full install lt Back Cancel Figure 5 Setup Type 7 Choose the type of installation you wish to perform a Full will install both the software and the database files on this computer Typical b Workstation will install just the software 8 Click the Next button to continue with the installation The Select Program Folder screen will appear Genesis Pro Setup x Select Program Folder Please select a program folder F bs Setup will add program icons to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from t
390. on The Accepted Quantity indicates the number of pieces that were successfully completed This option is only available if the optional Job Costing module is installed and the Level being worked on is configured for Piece Rate These quantities apply to the current department job and step levels the employee is working at the time of entry This class is used to enter Piece Rate information The Rejected Quantity indicates the number of pieces that were not successfully completed This option is only available if the optional Job Costing module is installed and the Level being worked on is configured for Piece Rate These quantities apply to the current department job and step levels the employee is working at the time of entry This class is used to collect custom data for use by another software system If you re collecting numeric values such as a dollar amount use Generic Decimal Quantity to specify the number of decimal places If you re collecting numeric values such as a dollar amount use Generic Decimal Quantity to specify the number of decimal places An entry of 0 indicates a whole number 374 Genesis Pro Manual Function Tip3 Tip4 Task Definition This class is used to enter and total tips typically banquet or other tips Tips entered with this class are reported on the employee s time card and added to the category TIP3 for reporting This class is used to enter and total tips typi
391. on you will be given an additional screen to select the employee NOTE Reports can only be Emailed via Microsoft Outlook 289 Genesis Pro Manual 9 When all settings are complete click the OK button to run the report NOTE Some reports may prompt for additional information particular to the specific report at this point You may also be prompted for Email recipient information if you choose to send the report via email 10 The report will output to your choice Screen Printer File or Email 11 After receiving the report click the Close button until you have exited all the dialog boxes Running a Report by Individual 1 Click Reports to display the report categories 2 Select the category in which you wish to search The Select Report list for that category will appear NOTE The Location feature allows you to move a report from one report category to another Reports and Listings Selection A sd ayroll Time Card 2 Sgendance Time Card Category Summary Bat rcentions Time Card Dept Time Card Dept Cat Summary A HR Time Card Diff Cat Summary Time Card Differential i Time Card One Line penau Time Card Dept Summary Hours us Time Card One Line TA200 y Wage Time Card Analysis 3 Exports Assign Hours to Messages Assign Benefits to Messages Assign Schedule to Profile 1 Job Costing Assign TA7xx Messages A Acces Bonus Transaction 2 Category Calendar List
392. on which the edit was made Time Displays the Time at which the edit was made Print the Audit Trails Genesis Pro tracks all changes that are made to time entries You may print this Audit Trail history 1 Navigate to the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee window and select the employee you wish to view Highlight the transaction for which you wish to see the Audit Trail Click the Print button A drop down list of Reports associated with this screen will appear Online Timecard a Schedules Transactions By Employee Badges By Date Wages Profiles Messages Address Quick Status Benefits Job Cost Figure 234 Printing Audit Trails 4 Select Transactions By Employee or By Date The Print Transaction Listing dialog box will open fi H Print Transaction Listing DATE RANGE Start 08 20 2001 Mon at foo foo Stop 08 27 2001 Mon at foo foo OPTIONS r OUTPUT TO IV Deleted IV Changed IV Screen Printer D Fie I E mail 5 SELECTED 0 AVAILABLE m JONES DAVID 00004 Es REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 SMITH JOHN 00005 Add all WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Remove Remove all DK Close Figure 235 Print Transaction Listing 5 Fill in the settings as appropriate O January 2009 Time America Inc 264 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Start At Stop At Output to Options Employees Definition Enter the starting date for the report Enter the startin
393. on will activate all available features in the Clocks window This option will inactivate all available features in the Clocks window 1 Click the File menu Security Define Levels The Configure Security Level dialog box will open available Click the Add button to add a new Security Level The tabs will become Configure Security Levels POLL POLL TIME CLOCKS A 3 Listed Code File Poll Start Name v Active Set Date and Time Print Lists Edit Reports Configure Clocks Auto Process Confiqure View View Add Edit Del Schedule Start Set Date and Time Cancel Figure 98 Adding a new Security Level Fill in the settings as described in the Configuring Security Levels section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Security Level dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Security Level dialog box Edit a Security Level 1 Click the File menu Security Define Levels The Configure Security Levels dialog box will open screen Highlight the Security Level you wish to edit from the list at the side of the Click the Edit button The tabs will become available for you to edit the selected Security Level NOTE You cannot edit the Code field O January 2009 Time America Inc 139 Genesis Pro Manual Edit the settings as described in the Configure Security Level section Click OK to
394. onfigure Clocks Help Help Fi Calculator F2 About F9 System Configuration Fil Conversion tables Fi2 Figure 360 Help Menu Calculator 1 Click the Help menu Calculator The Calculator will open im Calculator Oe x Edit View Help PO ocr cal Fe al I ES VE PS E E a e e td HAJAS Figure 361 Calculator January 2009 Time America Inc 422 Genesis Pro Manual 2 You may enter numbers and functions by typing or by clicking the appropriate buttons on the keypad About The About screen displays the serial number information and all extra modules the client has purchased This is also where you can activate the Hand Reader NOTE This only applies to Hand Readers that do not match the Time America internal code and were not purchased directly from Time America 1 Click the Help menu About The About will open 2 Click on Hand Reader Activation button as shown below Registered to TIME AMERICA INC Serial Number TA99999999 10 Version Number 10 01b GENESIS rO aa Job Cost Validation Installed Bells Installed Profile Access Installed Auto Process Installed Report Writer Installed Occurrence Rating Installed Benefit Accruals Installed Third Party Terminals Installed Web Clock Installed Telephony Installed PC Clock Installed PDA Clock Installed 30 Multiple Poll Installed FOR ASSISTANCE CONTACT Time America Inc 15990 N Greenway Hayden Loop Scottsdale AZ 85260
395. onth Fiscal Date Use Alternative Hire Date for benefits User Defined fields Division Group Holiday group Accrual Rule Occurrence Web time zone Use PC Clock Allow Remote Web Access IP Access List Use WebClock View Benefits View Schedule View Timecard January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box if benefits should accrue during the first month of employment Enter the date on which this employee s or your company s fiscal year starts This date can be used as the Reference Date on which benefits carry over Use this date to override the Hire Date field as the date an employee s benefits should begin There are six user defined fields Enter information as desired For more information see Configure Main Company page 28 Select the pre defined Division to which the employee belongs Select the pre defined Group to which the employee belongs Select the pre defined Holiday Group to which the employee belongs If Holiday Groups were not created you may leave at the default listing of All Holidays Select the pre defined Benefits Accrual rule that applies to this employee Select the pre defined Occurrence Rating that applies to this employee Select the time zone the employee will be clocking in and out of when using the WebClock NOTE This is only available if the Use WebClock option is selected Allow access to the selected employee for PC Clock NOTE The
396. or LAN LAN ID Enter the clock s unique identification number in this field This number provides a way for the system to distinguish between individual clocks Any one character alphabetic or numeric ID may be used Make sure the LAN ID defined here matches the LAN ID defined at the clock The default is 0 Ethernet These settings define how an Ethernet clock will communicate with Genesis Pro IP Address Enter the IP address assigned to the Etherlink converter DO NOT enter leading zeros IP Port Displays the port used on the Etherlink Converter The default is 3734 and should not be changed Altering this number will result in communication failure and the possibility of only being able to connect to the Etherlink Converter serially Modem These settings define how a modem clock will communicate with Genesis Pro Baud Rate Select the modem s communication speed Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock The default is 19200 Phone Number Enter the phone number the PC modem must dial to communicate with this clock The number must be entered in the following format Outside Line Access Code Wait Symbol Area Code Phone Number If no outside line is required Such as 9 simply enter the phone number Omit the area code if not applicable On most modems the wait symbol is a comma typically representing a one second pause Multiple wait symbols can be used if necessary
397. ord uel DK Cancel Figure 356 Archive Maintenance 2 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Ending Date Enter the date up to which to archive FileName Archive To Destination Compression Method Database files are archived prior to this user defined date The ending date must be at least 14 days earlier than the Posting Unposting Historical Data date For example if you want to archive data from 1999 you would input 12 31 1999 If this is the first time you are archiving the archive file will consist of all the data from January 01 1900 to the selected date Enter a name for the archived file The Filename can be any combination of characters up to 8 digits long The default name for this file is the Ending Date of the archive Select the destination drive for the file The options are Drive A Typically a floppy drive Drive B Typically a floppy drive Other Can be the local hard drive or any network drive Enter the destination drive letter and directory for the archived file Select the Compression method for the archived data The options are Maximum Saves as much disk space as possible but t Fast Compresses quickly with high data integrity and is the default option Store Only Does not compress data but akes longer stores it all in one file O January 2009 Time America Inc 418 Genesis Pro Manual Format Span Floppies Append
398. oyee Diagnos Info Program info Code Description M Active Communication Lan Path Direct R5232 Boe ETE Port COM1 SerialBaud 3600 LAN ID 7 Converter ATS C SD Time difference between computer and clock 0 Modem 7 Baudrate 1200 gt Division 0000 ABC Manufactoring Company y Phone number Start stop answer TT 00 00 Jo0 Ring delay 7 Supervisor Badge Number of retries O 0 Listed Figure 302 Configure a TASC Clock 2 The General tab defines the communication and general operation settings and contains the following information Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter a unique code up to 4 characters to identify the clock Once defined this code cannot be changed Description Enter a description of the clock This description will be seen in the system and on reports This field can be used to describe the clock type and it s location in your facility i e TASC In BUILDING TWO The clock description can be up to 30 characters long January 2009 Time America Inc 350 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Active Path Port Serial Baud Lan Baud Rate LAN ID Converter January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use Uncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time Select the type of connection this clock will use
399. pa a e O 407 Report EAIOr Giresse rR 298 429 Genesis Pro Manual INDEX Cont POP Suicida 284 285 COPY did 300 Ol Cte conciente 303 A ae eae 302 A O 298 II vide anra 297 Tale V 6 eee 290 MAINCCNANCE verse sie har 299 A a aaa aaa taaa a iaaa 285 A A EES 299 lA AS 415 UNI 285 SCHECUIING ankeri lie lane 392 FRREPrOCOSS 22 viens serts side teen Mati een 413 Reprocess Date 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeneeteeeeneeees 413 Requirements Nhardware ccccceeceeeees 11 Rest si e eta EAA eure 421 R Files purge sired ic idad 416 ePOS dais 415 ROUCO 65 CONPIQUIC cococcconoccconcccnoncnonnnnnnanncnnancnnnn cnn 65 Rounding Rules ETA 70 O 70 A E 70 Running a Report by IndividuUal ooooocoonnnnncccnonnccccnnnnacccannnacancnnn 290 DY WANQC A O 285 SchedulBS cooooccconcccononicnnacccnonnccnnncnnnnnnnnanncnnnnos 211 AS Nos 213 CODY iia 217 dle ui 215 OMPlOYOS serrer Ee ENEA 211 A i iiinn 276 277 279 280 rota PE AEE EE E 215 template ia 217 ECU coat rE aetrcen een rrecerce cece ora 127 A teesenedelcveed 144 change password cocccoconoccnnnonaccnnnanancnnnnananos 146 configure levels 127 CONfigure USETS ccececeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeetaeeeeenees 140 User Maintenance s es 140 who s logged Docoooncccnnocicinicoconccnnnonananacinnnos 146 Security Levels alo lo PAN Ee yeh E E E 139 A aii iaaiiai iada 127 A A E de een 140 linia A A 139 SOW Al is a A it ada 304 Set Date and Time oooocconcccconcccconc
400. pear BiWebciock MR cam Log Out er RATOR SYSTEN Selected Employee Washington Caro FON ne Timecard Schedute Beneres EY NESIS PRO f Selected Employee Figure 179 WebClock Supervisor Clock Function Page 5 Select Enter Category The Enter Category page will appear Web clock a Log Our User OPER OK SYSTE Selected Employee Washington Caro e _timecira schede teneres fens GENESIS PRO Selected Employee Function enter category gt Poner Figure 180 WebClock Category Page 6 Enter the Category Code If you need Help determining what characters will be accepted click the Question Mark 7 Click Enter 8 Enter Category Hours in HHMM format e g 8 Hours 0800 If you need Help determining what can be entered into this field click the Question Mark 9 Click Enter 10 Enter the date and time for the Category Transaction then Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear 11 Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page January 2009 Time America Inc 203 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter VIl Employee Maintenance This section covers the concepts and tasks for managing employee information It includes information on adding employees editing employee information and managing employee schedules and assignments It also contains links to the Timecard editing sections of this manual Configure Employee The Configure E
401. pen Click the Add button The General screen will become available for you to add the new Attendance Code Configure Attendance BL General BREAK LONG BREAK LONG Code J Name M Active T Approval only i Cancel Figure 36 Add an Attendance Code Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Attendance Codes section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Attendance screen Click Close to exit the Configure Attendance window Edit an Attendance Code 1 Click the Configure menu Attendance The Configure Attendance dialog box will open Highlight the Attendance code you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected code January 2009 Time America Inc 46 Genesis Pro Manual Edit the settings as described in the Configure Attendance Codes section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Attendance screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Attendance window Delete an Attendance Code Attendance Codes that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Attendance The Configure Attendance dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Attendance code you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 37 Deletion Con
402. ployee are complete 1 Navigate to the Detail tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Details page 245 2 Click the Add button to add a new Employee The Detail tab will become available E ein o Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Employees Details section Click OK to commit the changes and continue to the next screen The Status dialog box will open See Employee Status page 221 When all settings are complete click Close to continue to the next screen The Assignment Start Date dialog box will open Choose the date on which you want the employee s schedule to start Assignment Start Date Today Other Figure 221 Assignment Start Date January 2009 Time America Inc 248 Genesis Pro Manual 8 When all settings are complete click the Continue button to advance to the next screen 9 The Schedule dialog box will open See Employee Schedule page 211 10 When all settings are complete click the OK button to advance to the next screen 11 The Message Assignment dialog box will open See Employee Messages page 231 12 When all settings are complete click the Close button to advance to the next screen 13 The Wage Assignment dialog box will open See Employee Wages page 234 14 When all settings are complete click the OK button to advance to the next screen 15 The Badge Assignment dialog box will open See Employee Badges page 239 16
403. ployees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes page 272 3 Click the Details button The Global Schedule Copy Details dialog box will open Global Schedule Copy Details f COPY SCHEDULE FROM Number Template Name Display El IV Fast Copy all r WHAT TO COPY cd f Vv aaa peration DEFINE COPY Copy from Employee 00003 Anderson Frank Starting week 08 26 2001 Sunday Ending week 09 01 2001 Saturday J Remove target Employee Schedule after ending date copy ongoing this option will also copy the rotating schedule OK Cancel Figure 250 Global Schedule Copy Details 4 Fill in the settings as appropriate Setting Definition Number Displays the number of the pre defined Template Name Display Button Fast Copy all What to Copy Shift Info Work Department Job Step Operation Task O January 2009 Time America Inc Schedule Template s available Displays the name of the pre defined Schedule Template s available Click this button to view the details of the selected Template Check this box to copy all available Schedule elements These settings allow choosing which Schedule elements will be copied and will only be available if Fast Copy is unchecked Check this box to copy Shift Info daily Start and Stop times Check this box to copy which days are expected to be worked Check this box to copy Department assignments Check this box to copy Job assignmen
404. port NOTE This significantly slows down the running of the report and is unnecessary if you already have AutoProcessing turned on Select which type of employees you wish to be included on the report Active The report will print only Active employees Inactive The report will print only Inactive employees Both The report will print both Active and Inactive employees 292 Genesis Pro Manual 7 Select the employee s for whom you wish to run the report There are four ways to select employees Individually Globally by Group and by Division Select Employees In Reports Select Employees Individually e Double click the Employee you wish to choose The Employee will be added to the Selected list on the right Select Employees Globally e Click the Add All button All employees will appear in the Selected list on the right Select Employees by Group e Click the Group button The Group Selection dialog box will open Group Selection SELECT From E Training To 001 Training OK Cancel Figure 263 Group Selection Use the drop down to select in the From box to select the first Group you wish to choose Use the drop down to select in the To box to select the first Group you wish to choose TIP To choose a single group select the same Group in both boxes Click OK to accept the changes and return to the dialog box All employees in the selected Groups will appear in the Select
405. ppropriate for the employee 1 Navigate to the Schedule tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Schedules page 211 2 Navigate to the week you wish the schedule to start by using the scroll bar on the right side of the screen 3 Click Edit Entire Week and or Shift area on Sunday of the selected week Configure Employee 000003 Anderson Francis Division ALL va Group ALL y Next gt gt Anderson Francis 000003 RN Baines Peter 000002 Jones David 000004 Smith John 000005 Washington Carol 000001 Edit Entire Week 5 Listed O Number Name Shift area Show inactivas Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Wages Badges Profiles Detail 2004 Sun Monday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday 8 29 30 3 jary 1 O 07001600 0700 1600 NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE 00 2 00 200 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 000031 000031 000031 000031 000031 000031 000031 C050044 C050044 C050044 C050044 C050044 C050044 C050044 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Ix Work 8 00 Work 8 00 Work 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 lt 9 0 0700 1
406. process Date page 413 129 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Fix Unassigned Badges Restore Original Reports Repost from R files Purge R files Archive and Restore System Backup System Restore Other Import Export Print Setup Print Barcode January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Allows the user to use the Fix Unassigned Badges utility For more information on this feature see Fix Unassigned Badges page 414 Allows the user to restore Genesis Pro original report definitions over modified reports For more information on this feature see Restore Original Reports page 415 Allows the employee to repost R files polled clock data to the Genesis Pro database For more information on this feature see Repost R Files page 415 Allows the employee to delete old R files polled clock data from the Genesis Pro directory For more information on this feature see Purge R Files page 416 Allows the employee to Archive the Genesis Pro database and restore a previously archived database For more information on these features see Archive page 417 Allows the employee to Backup the Genesis Pro database For more information on these features see System Backup page 420 Allows the employee to Restore the Genesis Pro database from the backup This section defines the user s access rights to the other items in the File menu Allows the employee to import data from ex
407. r Function Figure 149 WebClock Dpartment Page Enter the Department code If you need Help determining how many characters are in the Department code click the Question Mark Click Enter Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear Figure 150 Transaction Successfully Entered Label Click Log Out to return to the WebClock Home Page January 2009 Time America Inc 189 Genesis Pro Manual Enter Tips 1 Enter Badge Number and Password NOTE The Badge Number may include alphanumeric characters if so all alpha characters must be in uppercase Click Login The Clock Function page will appear Employee Washington Carol Log Out Y E f ag i TEAT Timecard Schedule Benefits fune GENESIS PRO Badge Number 00001 Choose Clock Function CLOCKED IN ENTER DEPARTMENT OUT ON BREAK IN FROM BREAK OUT FOR LUNCH TIP IN FROM LUNCH CLOCKED OUT Figure 151 WebClock Function Page Select Tip The Tip page will appear MiWebciock cae Employer v ngtor Log Our A ES e ques GENESIS PRO Function Figure 152 WebClock Department Page Enter Tip Amount Remember to use the decimal e g 10 00 10 00 gt If you need Help determining how many characters are available click the Question Mark Click Enter Click Submit The Transaction Successfully Entered label will appear Figure 153 Transaction Successfully Entered Label 7 Click Log
408. r they work in this Step Checking this box will enable the Charge Rate field in which you define the amount of the rate 103 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to pay employees according to the quantity of goods they produce Checking this box will enable the Piece Work Rate field in which you define the rate per item produced Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece This option may be used instead of or in conjunction with the Use Hourly Wage NOTE In order to make this option fully functional the clocks must be configured to accept piece rate entries For more information see Customizing Function Keys page 370 Enter the maximum number of hours HH MM that are budgeted for this entire Step per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the amount budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Step by the number of hours each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 40 hours per pay period 400 total hours 400 total hours 7 da
409. r other employees For more information on this feature see Create an Employee Schedule Template page 217 Check this box to update previous weeks schedule data Also enter the date to which you wish to update For more information on this feature see Assign or Edit an Employee Schedule page 213 Check this box to update following weeks schedule data Also enter the date to which you wish to update For more information on this feature see Assign or Edit an Employee Schedule page 213 Click this button to copy a previously defined schedule template to this employee For more information on this feature see Copy an Employee Schedule Template page 217 Click this button define a rotating schedule for this employee For more information on this feature see Create a Rotating Schedule page 215 212 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Multiple Misc Button Delete Assign or Edit an Employee Definition Click this button to add multiple or duplicated Miscellaneous transactions This can be used to enter a vacation that lasts several days see Multiple Miscellaneous page 259 This option opens the Delete Assignments screen Here you can remove assignments All Before a Date or All After a Date Schedule The processes for assigning a schedule for the first time and for editing the schedule assignment are the same As part of this process you will select a Shift Department Job Step Operation and Task as a
410. r that is underlined Keyboard Usage Examples To Do This Select an item from the Main Window Press ALT and the underlined letter For example press ALT F to open the File menu Select a menu command Press the underlined letter only This is true for submenus too For example type S to select Security Select a button Hot Keys Press CTRL plus the underlined letter For example press CTRL E to choose the Edit button Some menus such as the Help menu are accessible using Hot Keys These keys or key combinations correspond to a menu item Instead of typing the underlined letter in the command you can simply press the Hot Key For example to view your system configuration press F11 Also all date fields have a calendar dropdown to access right click on the date Additional Keyboard Access Other keys and key combinations are available in the system They are explained below To Press Exit the current function or window without ESC saving the data Display the Help topic associated with the F1 current window Display the Calculator F2 Display the Calendar Diary F3 Display the Help gt About menu window F9 Display Conversion Table F12 Activate the menu bar in the Main Window F10 or ALT Exit the Genesis Pro system ALT F4 Display Rounded Start and Stop times inthe R Online Timecard O January 2009 Time America Inc 22 Genesis Pro Manual Help
411. rancis 2004 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday e 7 7 31 wary 1 3 0 Division ALL 7 0700 1600 700 1 Er N NONE NONE NONE Group ALL Y Ni NE NONE NONE 00 B B t Anderson Francis Baines Peter 000002 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Jones David 000004 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 0700 1600 07001600 07001600 0700 1600 cia E 000031 000031 000031 000031 000031 000031 000031 k cosoo44 cosoosa COSODA4 Coso CoSsoo44 Cosoos4 C050044 Washington Caol 000001 Work 7 Work 8 00 7 Work 8 00 Y Work 8 00 7 Work 8 00 Y Work 8 00 C Work 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 i O Display Shift Information O Display Job Cost Information Use as a template g Update Back Fri Update Forward Fii Slated Note The system will automatically update schedules use check boxes above for manual update O Number Name C cow C Boae Mutipie Misc Delete C App C Cancel Show Inactives Figure 184 Configure Employee Schedule tab Setting Definition Calendar The calendar will display three weeks at a time The currently selected week will display in white the previous and following week display in yellow The current week will also have a field where you can edit the entire week For more
412. range Punches Select this option to display only employees who have punched within the Hours Back time range No Punches Select this option to display only employees who have not punched within the Hours Back time range Group Select a Group to only view employees assigned to that Group Division Select a Division to only view employees assigned to that Division Print button Print the Status Board report 3 Click Close to exit the Status Board window Task Organizer The Task Organizer is an extremely useful tool that allows the user to walk through the necessary steps that should be performed for a specific period of time such as Daily Monthly Annual Payroll and System Setup 1 Click the Edit menu Task Organizer The Task Organizer screen will open Task Organizer Daily Tasks s S The checklist below will walk you through the necessary steps that should be performed 0 on a daily basis paa Completed Daily Tasks Add New Employees Poll Time Clocks Monthly Tasks aai Fix Missing Punches and Absences Annual Tasks Payroll Tasks System Setup January 2009 Time America Inc 270 Genesis Pro Manual 2 The Task Organizer screen contains the following links e Daily e Monthly e Annual e Payroll e System Setup January 2009 Time America Inc 271 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter IX Global Commands This section describes commands and tasks that can be performed for many employees
413. rd rules specified below This range indicates the period of time in minutes during which the clock rounds back to the last increment You need only enter the last minute of this range The first minute is always 0 This range indicates the period of time in minutes during which the clock rounds forward to the next increment These fields are automatically calculated by the system based on the rounding increment specified in the round back field 69 Genesis Pro Manual Add a Rounding Rule 1 Click the Configure menu Rounding The Configure Rounding dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Rounding rule The General tab will become available Configure Rounding IN OUT BASIC Code Name Active z Type O In 0ut OLunch Break Scheduled Start Scheduled Stop Scheduled Duration Stop From To Goto Code From To Goto Code From To Goto Code olf o ol o olf o L l OUTSIDE ROUND OR GO TO 999 Start every 0 V mins Stop evey 0 mins Duration every 0 Y mins round back gt round back gt 0 round back 1 gt round forward gt round forward gt 0j round forward gt a OUTSIDE ROUND OR GO TO 999 IE Star every 15 mins Stop every 15 mins Duration every 15 mins round back 7 round back 0 gt 7 round back 0 gt 7 round forward 5 gt round forward 9 gt 15 round forward 8 gt 15 Figure 49 Adding a new Rounding rule
414. rder to call the clock Time America recommends U S Robotics modems as they are capable of communicating with the clock at the 1200 and 2400 baud rates required e The Ethernet connection is designed for Local or Wide Area Networks using the TCP IP protocol The terminal is connected to the network through a hub just like any other computer on the network As part of the configuration of the clock you will choose the type of connection for each clock The configuration dialog box will prompt you for information specific to the type of connection you have chosen Smart Converters Using a Smart Converter Genesis Pro can transform a LAN clock into a Modem clock TA500 TA600 and TA7000 Series TA520 530 TA620 TA7000 Configuration of the TA500 Series TA600 Series and TA7000 Series time clocks is virtually identical For this reason they are combined into one section Since multiple clocks can be defined in the Genesis Pro a copy feature is available to copy an existing clock s parameters when adding a new clock This eliminates the need to re enter an entirely new clock configuration Configure a TA500 TA600 TA7000 Series Clock 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure TA500 or TA600 or TA7000 The Configure Clock dialog box will open The dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below Configure TA600 Series Cloc PC Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info PC C
415. re which you have contact your dealer 351 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Baud Rate Phone Number Start Stop Answer Ring Delay Number of Retries Time Difference Between Computer and Clock Division Supervisor Badge January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select the modem s communication speed The default baud rate for the TASC clock is 1200 Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock Enter the phone number the PC modem must dial to communicate with this clock The number must be entered in the following format Outside Line Access Code Wait Symbol Area Code Phone Number If no outside line is required Such as 9 simply enter the phone number Omit the area code if not applicable On most modems the wait symbol is a comma typically representing a one second pause Multiple wait symbols can be used if necessary These fields control the time of day the clock s internal modem will answer an incoming call Enter the modem s start and stop answer time in military format HH MM For example to set the modem to answer only between 7 00 A M and 6 00 P M enter 07 00 and 18 00 in the fields provided The default is 00 00 midnight and 23 59 one minute before midnight In other words the modem will answer any time it is called during the day Enter the number of rings that the clock should wait before picking up the line For example set
416. reating custom prompts see page 371 Check this box to indicate that employees must swipe a magnetic badge to enter the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Department Check this box to indicate that employees may key the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Tips Check this box to indicate that employees may input a bar code to enter the information requested by the prompt Example Enter Job 330 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Class The Class defines the information being entered for reporting For example is it a department number tips etc Class choices cannot be added If None is chosen the Type setting will not be available See page 372 for a description of the classes available Type Select the data Type for the information being entered The settings in Company Defaults of Main company determine which Type options are available for each Class The options are Alphabetic Clock will accept letters only for this entry Numeric Clock will accept numbers only for this entry Alphanumeric Clock will accept both numbers and letters Number with forced decimal places Clock will accept numbers only and will automatically place the last two numbers entered behind the decimal place For example if 1499 is entered the clock will format it as 14 99 Alphanumeric hidden entry Clock will accept letters only the letters will not display on the clock
417. rical Data Last Posting Date 01 01 1900 MON at 00 00 Posting Date EWAN MON at foo 00 Note After posting transactions prior to the posting date can no longer be added or modifier I Unpost Data OK Cancel Figure 355 Post Historical Data 2 Enter the date up to which you wish to post data As posted data can no longer be edited on screen make sure that the date entered is far enough in the past to suit your needs 3 If you wish to Unpost previously posted data in order to edit it for example check the Unpost data box 4 Click OK to complete the action Archive The Archive utility removes time and attendance data from your system and stores it in another location for archive purposes Unlike the System Backup utility that only copies files the Archive utility copies specific data then deletes it from the system to free up more of the hard drive space You must Post Historical Data prior to archiving See above 1 Click the File menu Utilities Archive The Archive Maintenance dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 417 Genesis Pro Manual Archive Maintenance Ending Date MEZEMEM Sa ARCHIVE TO DriveA C DriveB Other Filename 06291901 4RC Destination C GENPRO ARCHIVE 06291 901 ARC COMPRESSION METHOD C Maximum Fast C Store only ELE FILE OPTIONS T FORMA Append to file Qu over Conditi Duplicate records Uncon FOE F lomi Discard rec
418. rify the dates shown in the Start and Stop fields TIP Entering O will run the report for the current pay period Click this button to select the Policy that contains the pay period definition you wish to use Displays the number of the selected Policy Displays the pay period frequency weekly biweekly etc Select this option to enter the date range manually The purpose of this field changes depending upon which Date Range option has been chosen If Special is chosen enter the first date you wish to display on the report If Pay Period is chosen this field will display the first date of the selected pay period If Yesterday or Today are chosen this field will display Yesterday or Today s date The purpose of this field changes depending upon which Date Range option has been chosen If Special is chosen enter the last date you wish to display on the report If Pay Period is chosen this field will display the last date of the selected pay period If Yesterday or Today are chosen this field will display Yesterday or Today s date 291 Genesis Pro Manual Yesterday Today Forecasting Reprocess Employees January 2009 Time America Inc Select this option to choose yesterday s date Select this option to choose today s date Check this box to include hours forecasted from schedule not worked yet on the reports Check this box to reprocess punch information prior to running the re
419. rights to the Wages tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View and Edit and will allow the user access to employee pay rate information For more information on this feature see Employee Wages page 234 Defines the user s access rights to the Badges tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For more information on this feature see Employee Badges page 239 Defines the user s access rights to the Profiles tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For more information on this feature see Employee Profiles page 240 Defines the user s access rights to the Clocks tab of the Configure Employee section The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For more information on this feature see Employee Clocks page 240 Allows the user to view the Status Board screen For more information on this feature see Status Board page 268 Allows the user to view the Task Organizer screen For more information on this feature see Task Organizer page 268 Allows the user access to the File Global menu from which he she can perform global functions For more information on this feature see Global Commands page 272 Allows the user to access the File Benefits Accruals menu Benefits Accruals are an optional feature and therefore may not be available here The options are View Add Edit and or Delete For mor
420. ring less busy times of the day Each automatic procedure can consist of one or more auto process cycles Each cycle can runa program poll the time clocks or generate a report and is assigned a time and day s of the week January 2009 Time America Inc 392 Genesis Pro Manual to run To create an AutoProcess that runs several times a day you will add several cycles one for each time you wish the process to run Run as Service The autoprocess can be configured to run as a service it must be installed locally as it will not run over a network The server must run the service 1 In Windows Explorer find the Genesis Pro folder Locate and double click InstallAutoprocess A black command prompt window will flash In Windows Explorer find the Genesis Pro folder Locate and double click autoProcess this will install the automated User responsible for the Auto Process A white Auto poll dialogue window will appear but will give the message nothing to poll NOTE To confirm the success of this action open Genesis PRO click the File menu Security User Maintenance There will be a new user Autoprocess Service Open Genesis PRO click the Clocks menu Auto Process In the Configure Auto Processing dialog window select 1000 Autoprocess Service click Edit and configure your specific auto process features see Add an AutoProcess Locate your system Services window and Start the Time America Auto Process or In Windows
421. rt 2 Diagnos Info Program Info ig 0 Employees Listed Division Group Remove All Add All Add Edit Delete Epp mi Cancel Figure 304 Configure TASC Clock Employee tab Setting January 2009 Time America Inc Definition 355 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Employee Listing Division Group Remove All Add All Add Edit Delete Definition Displays a list of the employees that can use this clock Includes their Employee ID Employee Name Employee Badge the policy the employee is assigned to the department and if their information will be exported to your payroll provider Click this button to select employees based on Division Employees selected are assigned the default Policy and Department automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Policy or Department Click this button to select employees based on Group Employees selected are assigned the default Policy and Department automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Policy or Department Click this button to remove all employees currently assigned to the clock Click this button to assign all employees to the clock Employees selected are assigned the default Policy and Department automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you m
422. rtain operations at the clock This field allows you to replace the default ENTER FUNCTION message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length This message is displayed after swiping a badge or entering a badge number at the clock This field allows you to replace the standard INVALID SOURCE message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length This message will display when an input source is used that the terminal has been programmed to ignore For example the employee uses a magnetic strip badge to punch In when only keypad entry is recognized This field allows you to replace the standard INVALID BADGE message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length An INVALID BADGE message displays when a badge or card other than the specified badge length is used This field allows you to replace the default INVALID LEVEL message with a custom message This message is displayed when Validation is used and an invalid level number is entered It cannot be more than 16 characters 338 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Idle Message Enter the message text that displays on the time clock when in an idle state If this field is left blank no message will be displayed The idle message will hold up to 16 characters Idle Display sec Enter the length of time from 1 to 60 seconds that the idle message displays before switching to the date and time The default is 2 0 indicates the i
423. ry code of the benefit i e VAG SICK etc Description Displays the category name of the benefit i e Vacation Sick etc Allowed Displays the number of hours the employee has either been granted or earned This number is based on the Benefit Accrual settings if applicable or can be manually edited to grant Benefit Entitlement Taken Displays the number of hours of the benefit the employee has already taken This number is calculated from the Miscellaneous entries on the employee s time card January 2009 Time America Inc 227 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Pending Displays the number of hours of the benefit the employee will take in the future within the current pay period Left Displays the number of hours left This is calculated by subtracting the Taken and Pending amounts from the Allowed as follows Left Allowed Taken Pending Count Displays the number of individual days on which the benefit time was taken or is pending Carry Date Displays the date on which the benefits will roll over also known as the Reference Date or Reset Date Update button Click this button to update the benefit calculations to the current day for this employee Details button Click this button to display the individual accrual or entitlement transactions for this employee For more information see Benefit Accruals page 146 Benefit Accruals Update Employee Benefits Genesis Pro will automatic
424. ry to benefit company benefits Checking this option makes it possible entitlement to configure benefit entitlement and or rules for this pay type Also any time posted to this category will be deducted from the available entitlement for this category 3 The Export Codes tab will be available only if the Do you wish you to export this category option is checked NOTE These settings will be used to map data collected by Genesis Pro to January 2009 Time America Inc 41 Genesis Pro Manual the appropriate fields in your payroll application and it is critical that they be configured fully and accurately The information in these fields must be obtained from the payroll service specified in Company Setup Contact your payroll service representative or software manual for the information requested if necessary Configure Categories BRY BEREAVEMENT ABSENT ADJUSTMENT BREAK V BEREAVEMENT HOLIDAY JURY JURY DUTY LUNCH LUNCH MTL MILITARY LEAVE NSIC SICK NON PAID OTHR OTHER PAID TIME PERS PERSONAL DAY PRD1 PER DIEM 1 PRDZ PER DIEM 2 SICK SICK PAID TIP1 CASH TIPS TIPZ CHARGE TIPS TIPS BANQUET TIPS xf 20 Listed Code C Name T Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 32 Export Codes tab 4 The Export Codes tab includes the following information Setting Definition Differential None Differential D1 D9 REG oT1
425. s TF Process punches after polling y Hand Reader I Send Hand Templates to Reader J Clear Templates in Hand Reader I Retrieve Hand Templates from Reader OK Cancel Figure 328 Polling Options 3 Check the options that are appropriate Settin Poll Transactions Clear Clock Transactions Set Clock Date and Time Program Clock January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this option to transfer punches from the clock to Genesis Pro Check this option to clear the transactions from the clock after transferring them to Genesis Pro TIP This does not need to be done every time You may leave the transactions in the clock until payroll is processed successfully however if you have a lot of employees you will want to clear more frequently so the clock memory does not fill up Check this option to send the computer s current date and time to the clock TIP You may not want to do this every time as the clock s internal clock tends to be much more accurate that the computer s Check this option to send programming and configuration information such as the settings in the Configure Clock dialog box to the clock Clock function keys and function messages are sent to the clock during programming This option should only be used when basic clock setup has been changed since the initial programming 396 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Load Bell Schedules Load Access Contro
426. s depending upon which Date Range option has been chosen If Special is chosen enter the last date you wish to display on the report If Pay Period is chosen this field will display the last date of the selected pay period If Yesterday or Today are chosen this field will display Yesterday or Today s date Select this option to choose yesterday s date Select this option to choose today s date Check this box to include hours forecasted from schedule not worked yet on the reports Check this box to reprocess punch information prior to running the report NOTE This significantly slows down the running of the report and is unnecessary if you already have AutoProcessing turned on Select which type of employees you wish to be included on the report Active The report will print only Active employees Inactive The report will print only Inactive employees Both The report will print both Active and Inactive employees Check All to indicate that you wish all items in a collection to be printed Check Range to indicate that you wish to choose a range of items 287 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Employees Departments Divisions Groups Definition Select the employees for whom you wish to print the report If you have chosen Range select the starting and ending employees Genesis Pro will print all employees between the selected individuals inclusive Select the Departments for whi
427. s not get full Check this option to send the computer s current date and time to the clock TIP You may not want to do this every time as the clock s internal clock tends to be much more accurate that the computer s Check this option to send programming and configuration information such as the settings in the Configure Clock dialog box to the clock Clock function keys and function messages are sent to the clock during programming This option should only be used when basic clock setup has been changed since the initial programming Check this option to send pre defined Bell Schedule assigned to the clock Bell schedules are only checked at midnight so a bell will not ring on the same day the bell schedule was downloaded The Bell Module must be installed to use this option Check this option to send the Access Control settings defined in Configure Clock to the clock This option must be turned on in the clock setup and the Profile Access Module must be installed Check this option to send Profile Lockout settings to the clock The Profile Access Module must be installed to use this option 391 Genesis Pro Manual Load Level Check this option to send Department Job Validation Step and Operation number validation to the clock When an employee punches in department job step or operation number it is compared to the defined codes that were downloaded from Genesis Pro If the codes do not match t
428. s which notice will be printed Print Notice This button works as a toggle Click this button to select Print Notice in the upper screen Click it again to deselect Print Notice Print All Notices Click this button to select Print Notice in the Print No Notices January 2009 Time America Inc upper screen Click this button to select Print Notice in the upper screen 163 Genesis Pro Manual Print Detail Print All Detai Print No Detail Group Division Screen Printer File January 2009 Time America Inc This button works as a toggle Click this button to select Print Detail in the upper screen Click it again to deselect Print Detail Click this button to select Print Detail in the upper screen Click this button to select Print Detail in the upper screen Select this option to display a specific Group Select this option to display a specific Division Outputs the report to screen first Sends the report directly to the printer The report can be saved as a file 164 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter V Optional Modules This section reviews the optional modules that are available with Genesis Pro These modules are purchased in addition to Genesis Pro and may require separate installations These modules are as follows e Job Costing e Profile Lockouts e Bell Schedules e Benefits Accruals e Occurrence Ratings e PC Clock e WebClock e Videx DuraTrax e Employee Revie
429. s Pro They may be used to sort employees when generating reports and are also used with Security to control which employees managers are allowed to edit Some examples of employee groups are e Managers e Union Employees e Part time Employees Employees are assigned to a group in the Employee Maintenance dialog box Configure Groups 1 Click the Configure menu Groups The Configure Groups window will open January 2009 Time America Inc 87 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Groups 001 Time America Inc Prov General 2 Listed Code C Name T Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 64 Configure Groups 2 The Configure Groups dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter a unique code up to 10 characters to identify the employee group Once saved this code cannot be changed Name This is a required field Enter the group name as you want it to appear in the system and on reports The group name can be up to 30 characters long Active Click the Active check box to indicate that the employee group is currently in use Clear this check box if the group is not being used at this time Add a Group 1 Click the Configure menu Groups The Configure Groups dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Group The General tab will become available January 2009 Time America Inc 88 Gene
430. s Pro Manual Setting Definition Beginning pay Select a level to indicate the employee s wage rate if Holiday multiplier for a secondary worked holiday is worked Secondary Reg Regular wages are paid for a worked holiday OT1 The overtime rate specified in OT1 on the Overtime dialog box is paid for a worked holiday OT2 The overtime rate specified in OT2 on the Overtime dialog box is paid for a worked holiday OT3 The overtime rate specified in OT3 on the Overtime dialog box is paid for a worked holiday Reset atend of Check this option to disable the holiday pay day rate at midnight Clear this check box to continue using the holiday pay rate specified until the employee punches Out 4 The Overtime tab defines the rules for calculating overtime and contains the following information Configure Policies 001 General Holidays Overtime Service Per Diem Differential Exceptions STANDARD Y Pay OT Overtime Cycle Overtime Detinition Weekly OT level Period Limit Multiplier O Biweekly or 40 00 1 5000 O Semimonthly oT2 Monthly DT3 A Daily Overtime Start at Daily Qualifier Reset at OT Level OT1 OT2 0OT3 DayEnd Consecutive Days Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Force OT by Time of Day J Time worked outside defined shifts to OT level REG
431. s This may take several minutes Status Generating script operations for action Figure 12 Sentinel Drive Installation 16 When the installation is finished the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen will appear Click the Finish button to proceed fe Sentinel System Driver InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Completed The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed Sentinel System Driver Click Finish to exit the wizard Figure 13 Installation Complete 17 This concludes the installation The Installation Complete message will appear January 2009 Time America Inc 15 Genesis Pro Manual InstallShield Wizard a Foxpro Library Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the program setup process Please wait PITT Figure 14 FoxPro LIB Installation 18 The FoxPro LIB InstallShield Wizard will appear The FoxPro LIB is for the Genesis Pro database files fe Foxpro Library InstallShield Wizard xj Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Foxpro Library The InstallShield R Wizard will install Foxpro Library on your computer To continue click Next WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Cancel Figure 15 FoxPro InstallShield Wizard 19 Click the Next button to begin the FoxPro LIB installation The Ready to Install screen will appear i Foxpro Library InstallShield Wizard
432. s activated under Configure Main Company See Main Company page 28 The Hand Reader biometric terminals are powerful computers capable of Hand Geometry recognition These devices collect clock data for Genesis Pro NOTE Hand Reader Clocks are not Third Party Terminals therefore they do not require a separate module Configure a Hand Reader Clock 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure Hand Reader The Configure Clocks dialog box will open The Configure dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below January 2009 Time America Inc 362 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Hand Reader Clocks OListed Gode Name F Stow Ire General Time Zones Assignments Miscellaneous Function Kev Proginto Codef DfT Description JO W Active Model ID3D C HP2000 HP3000 HP4000 Idle prompt Communication Comm Type RS485 or Serial Modem C Ethemet Baud Rate 3600 90S Modem Number COM1 F Comm Port Retries 0 IPAddess IP Port Time difference between computer and clock 0 vi Division 0000 ABC Manufactoring Company J Es Es a Appl Gk Cancel Figure 308 Configure Hand Reader Clock The General tab configures communication settings and contains the following information Setting Code ID Description Active Model Idle Prompt RS485 or Serial Modem Ethernet January 2009 Time America
433. s allows salaried employees only to edit and submit their own timesheets Accessing Employee Timesheets 1 Access the GenPro directory and right click on the Timeshet exe icon Select create shortcut 2 3 Drag shortcut onto your desktop 4 Double click on the Timeshet icon ID I Password OK Cancel Figure 132 Timesheets Login Screen 5 Enter the ID employee number and Password NOTE The first time that you access the Employee Reviewer you will not have a password to enter 6 Click OK Using Employee Timesheets January 2009 Time America Inc 178 Genesis Pro Manual 1 E Time Sheet Atl 00001 BAKER ANGELA 90770172007 gt NUMBER NAME WEEK ENDING Date IN OUT IN OUT Ovens Worked Miscellaneous Information Total Worked Deducts Hours Category Time Hours Hours 8 8 00 8 00 WED 06 27 Y 108 00 00 00 00 00 1600 8 00 nonz x 8 00 2025 22 08 00 00 00 00 00 16 00 8 00 nons 4 Dal 8 00 7 Far 25 22 08 00 00 00 00 00 16 00 O 8 00 xoxz 4 Dek 8 00 panas 0 00 woss 8 Bal 0 00 SUN 07 01 0 00 xoNz v 0 00 TOTAL 40 00 0 00 40 00 Gem s css Copyright 9 1989 2005 Time America Inc All rights reserved 06 26 2007 15 37 52 NUM Figure 133 Employee Timesheets Navigate to the Timesheets window See Accessing Employee Timesheets page 178 2 The Timesheets window contains the
434. s currently in use Uncheck this box if the Schedule is not being used at this time Lists the individual bell days and times entered Indicates the order the bells will ring Indicates the day s of the week the bell will ring Indicates the time at which the bell will ring Indicates how long the bell will ring Indicates the day s of the week the bell selected in the Schedules list will ring Indicates the time at which the bell selected in the Schedules list will ring Indicates how long the bell selected in the Schedules list will ring 1 Click the Configure menu Bell Schedules The Configure Bell Schedule dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Bell Schedule The General tab will become available Configure Bells O Listed Hume y SCHEDULES DAY OF WEEK Number Name IV Active SMTWTFS Time Duration fe Saturday Time 00 or Duration 20 only Gk Cancel Figure 83 Adding a new Bell Schedule 3 Enter in the Number Name and Active status NOTE As soon as the Number is entered the Add button in the center of the screen will become available 4 Click the Add button in the center of the screen to add the individual bell details The Bell Details window will open January 2009 Time America Inc 118 Genesis Pro Manual 8 9 10 11 J General Number nan Name OOOO Bell Details hes F Tuesday T W
435. s dialog box Delete a Reason 1 Click the Configure menu Reasons The Configure Reasons dialog box will open Highlight the Reason you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted January 2009 Time America Inc 126 Genesis Pro Manual xi 2 4re you sure you want to delete Figure 90 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Reasons dialog box Security Security access determines who can log in to the Genesis Pro which employees they are allowed to manage and which areas of the program they are permitted to access Security is established in two steps 1 Create the Security Levels that specify which program features are accessible 2 Add User accounts Users are given a login id and password are assigned to a Security Level and are granted access to select groups of employees You may define an unlimited number of Security Levels and Users The number of users logged in at one time is limited by the number of User Licenses installed There are four commands within the Security menu all of which are described in the following sections G GENESIS PRO Time America Inc G N Edit Reports Configure Clocks Help User Maintenance dh Import gt A Define Levels 2 Export Who s Logged in Utilities Change Password y Print Environment gt
436. s menu Configure and select the type of clock you wish to add The Configure Videx Data Collectors dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button If this is the first data collector of this type that you are adding the General tab will become available January 2009 Time America Inc 384 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Videx Data Collectors RSS res A Code Description Active v Model O DuraTrax OLaserlite LaserLite Pro O LaserLite MX Comm Port vi Idle message Division 0000 H amp L CONSTRUCTION E DListed Download OS to DuraTrax Figure 319 Example Add a Videx Data Collector 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Videx Data Collectors section 4 Click on the Input Definition tab Configure Videx Data Collectors 100 General Input Definition Training Room A Function key o v Prompt Definition Soft key y Class Prompt 1 Prompt 2 3 Prompt 3 Number of input characters Prompt 4 Update soft key 1 Listed Print barcoded keys Figure 320 Adding Videx Data Collector 5 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Videx Data Collectors section 6 When all settings are complete click OK to commit the changes Edit a Data Collector 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure and select the type of clock you wish to edit The Configure Videx Data Collectors dialog box will open Highlight the Data Collector yo
437. s that reflect holidays It is necessary to define the holidays each year as certain holidays fall on or are observed on different dates each year Holiday Tips e Itis not necessary to define all annual holidays only enter those holidays that your company recognizes e f a holiday falls on a Sunday but your employees get Monday off enter the holiday using Monday s date e If a holiday falls on a weekend and your employees do not receive holiday hours for that day then don t enter the holiday in the system e f your employees get two consecutive days off for a holiday you must enter both dates For example if Tuesday is the holiday and you wish to give both Monday and Tuesday off with pay enter the date for both days NOTE No more than two consecutive holidays may be entered if employees must work the day before and the day after the holiday Configure Holidays 1 Click the Configure menu Holidays The Configure Holidays window will open Configure Holidays 07 04 2009 Independence Day a Date Saturday Name Independence Day v Active 4 Override Absent Allowed Apply Work Time on this Holiday to Secondary OT Level Holiday Groups Include Code Name 8S vy 02 247 4 Listed Y Figure 58 Configure Holidays 2 The Configure Holidays dialog box contains the following information Setting Definition Date Enter the date on which the holiday wil
438. s the clock will wait for a response to a supervisor question before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 30 0 means that the clock will wait 30 seconds for a supervisor s response to a question such as Employee Badge The default is 90 0 seconds January 2009 Time America Inc 310 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Error messages Messages Enter Function Invalid Source Invalid Badge Invalid Level Idle Message Idle Display sec Date Time display sec January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will display any error message before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 1 0 means that the clock will display error messages for one second The default is 1 5 seconds These settings define the text prompts for certain operations at the clock This field allows you to replace the default ENTER FUNCTION message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length This message is displayed after swiping a badge or entering a badge number at the clock This field allows you to replace the standard INVALID SOURCE message with a custom message up to 16 characters in length This message will display when an input source is used that the terminal has been programmed to ignore For example the employee uses a magnetic strip
439. sage can be up to 20 characters long this is the maximum number of characters that can display on the LCD panel of the clock 6 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Global Message Assignment dialog box 7 Click OK to send the message The message will display to employees after it is uploaded to the clock 8 Click Close to exit the dialog box Global Profile Assignment Global Profile Assignment is used to assign Profile Lockouts and clock access to multiple employees The Profile Lockout is first assigned to the clock and the clock is then assigned to the employees This makes the clock s profile available to the employees You are then able to choose which Profile Schedules apply for each day of the week 1 Click the Edit menu Global Profile Assignment The Global Profile Assignment dialog box will open O January 2009 Time America Inc 274 Genesis Pro Manual Global Profile Assignment JONES DAVID 00004 REYNOLDS ADELE 00047 Add SMITH JOHN 00005 WASHINGTON CAROL 00001 Add all f Ed 5 Available D Selected Group Division Detai Gk Close Figure 245 Global Profile Assignment 2 Select the employee s you wish to assign using the techniques described above see Selecting Employees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes page 272 3 Click the Details button The Global Profile Assignment Details dialog box will open Global Profile Assignment Details 4 E 00 jemo TASZOL Profile in
440. seneceeececeesensees 272 Select Employees Individually lt A A A we tee tease eee 272 Select Employees Globdllyociociidi di it ia 272 Select Employees by TOUS A A eee nate eae 272 Select Employees by DIVISION A A a ek 273 GLOBAL MESSAGE ASSIGNMENT it A a aa aia ta 273 GLOBAL PROFILE ASSIGNMENT os iia di tt ia SESSE teo 274 GLOBAETP ACCES a a caian 275 GLOBAL SCHEDULE ONE DAY ASSIGNMENT sscccccscsssssssecccececssnscueesecsceenseausecececeensnaesesececeensnacaceeesceensnnsasseesceenee 276 GLOBAL SCHEDULE COP A ie a 277 GLOBAL STATUS ASSIGNMENT 0 den cc ib 279 MULTIPLE SCHEDULE ADJUSTER dede ciencia 280 GLOBAL ADD TRANSACTION 40 occ 282 CHAPTER X AA OOO 284 IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON PRINTING REPORTS oocccccooooonnnonconononnnnnnoncnnonnnnonononcononnnnononnncnnononnnnononcncononnnnnnnacnninnnns 284 Conf eure DINO A tc tak 284 RUNNING A REPORT iii ds iia lauceeveasees 285 Running 0 Report by RNg ession a a A de 285 Running a Report by Individual ota in ISS 290 ON SCREEN REPORT PREVIEW 00ic csvsscecsstescevsasseostcstededessesucel cobcsdsveascaves cvesssdouacieced EE EE E VEEE 295 EMAIEING A REPORT sil A 297 REPORT EDITOR ai A a dos lesa 298 Report OS AAA NN 299 Relocate AReporko iaa dl etia idea dede A EE E EE a E 299 January 2009 Time America Inc 7 Genesis Pro Manual COPY ORREPOTE azid oann A Bee let ids Devas hades RLS 300 Modifa Report masas Elle tak EE A do dll io E ais 302 Delete Copied Reports ia aa dia
441. sis Pro Manual Configure Groups 001 Time America Inc Prov General Code Name M Active 2 Listed Code Te Grow Inactive Apple Gk Cancel Figure 65 Adding a new Group Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Groups section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Group dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Groups dialog box Edit a Group 1 Click the Configure menu Groups The Configure Groups dialog box will open Highlight the Group you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Group 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure Groups section NOTE The Group Code cannot be changed 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Groups screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Groups dialog box Delete a Group 1 Click the Configure menu Groups The Configure Groups dialog box will open Highlight the Group you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 7 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 66 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion January 2009 Time America Inc 89 Genesis Pro Manual 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Groups dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 90 Genesis Pro Manual Job Costing Job
442. t Group section 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Shift Group screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Shift Group dialog box NOTE See Edit a Shift to edit shift within this shift group January 2009 Time America Inc 80 Genesis Pro Manual Delete a Shift Group 1 Click the Configure menu Shift The Configure Shift Group dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Shift Group you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 56 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Shift Group dialog box Add a Shift Click the Configure menu Shift The Configure Shift dialog box will open Click the Add button next to the Shift Details window to add a new Shift The Details tab will become available Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Shift section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Shift dialog box Click on the Differential tab to add a shift differential Click the Add button Enter the From and To in HH MM Select the Day and Differential number that will apply to this shift ON OAR w Click Close to exit the Configure Shift dialog box Edit a Shift 1 Click the Configure menu Shift The Configure Shift dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Shift you wish to edit from the list in the cen
443. t for a response to enter a function before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 5 5 means that the clock will wait 5 2 seconds for a response after prompting for input The default is 20 0 seconds Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will display any message before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 1 5 means that the clock will display messages for 11 2 seconds The default is 2 0 seconds 337 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Supervisor questions Error messages Messages Enter Function Invalid Source Invalid Badge Invalid Level January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will wait for a response to a supervisor question before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 30 0 means that the clock will wait 30 seconds for a supervisor s response to a question such as Employee Badge The default is 90 0 seconds Enter the length of time from 0 1 to 99 9 seconds the clock will display any error message before returning to an idle state Time is entered in seconds and tenths of a second For example 1 0 means that the clock will display error messages for one second The default is 1 5 seconds These settings define the text prompts for ce
444. t menu Benefit Accruals Configure The Configure Benefit Accrual dialog box will open Click the Add button to add a new Benefit Accruals policy The General tab will become available Configure Benefit Accrual 1 ANNUAL ACCRUAL General Code fF Name ANNUAL ACCRUAL W Active Code 3 Accumulators y Categories to sum Posting Basis Start date Reference Date Code Name SICE Annually ouor ioon oL ol 1o98 y Vac Annually 01 01 1990 01 01 1990 VAC VACATION SICK SICK PAID PERS PERSONAL DAY OTHR OTHER PAID TIME NSIC SICK NON PAID MTL MILITARY LEAVE LUNCH LUNCH JURY JURY DUTY HOL HOLIDAY BRY BEREAVEMENT BRK BREAK ADJ ADJUSTMENT ABSE ABSENT i a z T Regular T Overtime 2 ix poe i Ca E D I Overtime I Overtime 3 Apply OK Cancel Figure 111 Adding a new Benefit Accruals policy Fill in the Code and Name fields as described in the Configuring Benefit Accruals section Click the Add button to display the Accumulator dialog box 152 Genesis Pro Manual 11 12 13 January 2009 Time America Inc Accumulators Accumulator Toes Reference Date Posting Basis Y OQ Hire OFiscal Other Start Date 01 01 1900 CE Mon Give 0 00 after 0 v months from hire date r C Do not give hours if Employees status is inactive Accumulator Details Straight Category hours Minimum Maximum Maximum Maximum hours calculation total Year Month One time nee
445. t the default Step for this clock if applicable Select the default Operation for this clock if applicable Check this box to have the Profile assigned to this clock download to the clock Assign the Profile from the Profile box below This must be done to cause Profile Lockouts to take effect NOTE The Profile Access must be turned on Select the profile to be assigned to this clock You must check the Download Profile box in order to make sure that the Profile is enforced at the clock Check this box to download valid Department Job Step and Operation names to the clock This option is only available with the Job Costing Validation module NOTE Load Level Validation also needs to be checked in the Polling Options for the clock for this setting to take effect Check this box to download a pre defined Bell Schedule to this clock This option is only available with the Bell Schedule module Select the pre defined Bell Schedule you wish to assign to this clock 6 Access Control allows the clock to control who can enter a building and when The clock can be Access Only or it can accept Time and Attendance punches as well NOTE These settings are only available with the Access Control module The Access Control tab defines the building access settings and contains the following information Configure TA715 Series Clocks es General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info
446. tart Main System Key The Main System Key is shipped with each new software package One key per system is required The Main System Key allows you to start and operate the software as well as poll your time clock s The Main System Key is identified by the code 4HJDAB B on the outer shell Polling Key The Polling Key allows Genesis Pro to communicate with time clocks from a workstation other than where the Main System Key resides This key is identified by the code 4EQSGH B on the outer shell On local or wide area networks a remote workstation can launch and operate the software as long as the Main System Key is detected somewhere on the network However the workstation cannot poll time clocks unless it has an Additional Polling Key attached January 2009 Time America Inc 17 Genesis Pro Manual Demo Key The Demo Key is an accessory for resellers of Genesis Pro systems This key is identified by the code 4EIWEH B on the outer shell The following restrictions are present when Genesis Pro detects the Demo Key e The Genesis Pro software is limited to five employees and two users e NOT FOR RESALE is displayed on all screens January 2009 Time America Inc 18 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter Ill Getting Started This section explains how to launch the Genesis Pro system including logging on and off using Help using the keyboard instead of the mouse and customizing the Genesis Pro environment Starting Genesis
447. te 4 Listed Piece work rate Figure 68 Adding a new Department 3 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Departments section 4 Click OK to commit the changes and close the Department dialog box 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Department dialog box Edit a Department 1 Click the Configure menu Department The Configure Department dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Department you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Department NOTE The Code field cannot be edited Edit the settings as described in the Configure Departments section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Department screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure Department dialog box Delete a Department Departments that are in use cannot be deleted 1 Click the Configure menu Department The Configure Department dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Department you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted January 2009 Time America Inc 96 Genesis Pro Manual Confirmation y Are you sure you want to delete Lo Cana Figure 69 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Department dialog box Jobs Jobs are the second level in Job Costing Jobs are used
448. te for each piece This option may be used instead of or in conjunction with the Use Hourly Wage NOTE In order to make this option fully functional the clocks must be configured to accept piece rate entries For more information see Customizing Function Keys page 370 Enter the maximum number of hours HH MM that are budgeted for this entire department per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the amount budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the department by the number of hours each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 40 hours per pay period 400 total hours 400 total hours 7 days in the pay period 57 14 budgeted total hours 94 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Budgeted Total Enter the maximum number of dollars that Dollars are budgeted for this entire department per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the dollars budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in
449. te the effective date of the wage Wages will auto fill from the date entered forward Always enter the wage on the date which you wish it to take effect The Hourly amount field is the top field in the calendar Enter the wage on the date which it becomes effective The Piece Rate amount field is the lower field in the calendar Enter the wage on the date on which it becomes effective 5 Click Close to commit the changes and return to the Wages screen Edit an Employee Level Wage 1 Navigate to the Wages tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Wages page 234 Select the Non Exempt option Click the Department Job Step Operation or Task button depending upon choice The Level Wage Details dialog box will open Edit the settings as described in the Add an Employee Level Wage section Click Close to commit the changes and return to the Wages screen January 2009 Time America Inc 238 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Badges Tab The Badges dialog box is used to assign the employee s badge number Configure Employee Badges 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Badges tab to display the following information onfigure Employee 0000 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Benefits Messages Wages Badges Profies Detail Anderson Frank BADGES ASSIGNED Template Division ALL Y Number Valid I Show Inactiv
450. ted Genesis Pro standard reports cannot be deleted O January 2009 Time America Inc 4 5 Navigate to the Report Editor dialog box See Report Editor page 298 Highlight the report you wish to delete Click the Delete button You will be prompted NOTE Not all reports can be deleted The Delete button will only be available for reports that can be deleted 7 4re you sure you want to delete x Figure 276 Deletion Confirmation Click OK to confirm the deletion Click Close to exit the Report Maintenance Selection dialog box 303 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter XI Terminal Configuration This section covers the concepts and tasks associated with setting up clocks Genesis Pro Supports the use of three types of clocks TA520 530 TA620 PC Clock and TASC Support for ATS and Hand Reader Videx DuraTrax clocks is available in additional modules For each clock the following parameters must be defined Communication Type RS232 RS485 Internal External modem or Ethernet PC Comm Port used for communication Baud Rate Function Keys Default Levels Access Control if applicable Profiles if applicable Table Validation if applicable Bell Schedule if applicable G GENESIS PRO Time America Inc File Edit Reports Configure ieftem Help ol ll ERA L Ll 2 Auto Process Multiple Poll Nr Set Date and Time OT o a A TA600 TA715 TA780 TASC TAZ000 Hand Reader
451. ted for this entire Task per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the dollars budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Task by the dollar amount each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 600 dollars per pay period 6000 total dollars 6000 total dollars 7 days in the pay period 857 14 budgeted total dollars Enter the hourly wage paid to employees working in this Task The Use Hourly Wage check box must be selected for this field to be available Enter the charge rate received for the employees working in this task The Use Charge Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Enter the amount per item produced piece paid to employees working in this Task Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece The Use Piece Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Task The Configure Task dialog box will open 2 Click the Add button to add a new Task The General tab will become available January 2009 Time America Inc 115 Genesis
452. ted total hours Enter the maximum number of dollars that are budgeted for this entire Job per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the dollars budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Job by the dollar amount each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 600 dollars per pay period 6000 total dollars 6000 total dollars 7 days in the pay period 857 14 budgeted total dollars Enter the hourly wage paid to employees working in this Job The Use Hourly Wage check box must be selected for this field to be available Enter the charge rate received for the employees working in this job The Use Charge Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available 100 Genesis Pro Manual Add a Job Edit a Job Delete a Job 1 1 Setting Definition Piece Work Rate Enter the amount per item produced piece paid to employees working in this Job Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each piece The Use Piece Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Click the Configure menu then Job The Config
453. teps serve many purposes in Genesis Pro Employees can track their time to a step by clocking into and or transferring to the step Wages and piece rates can be associated with the step and employee Hours and wage budgets can be set for the step enabling accurate budget vs actual reporting Steps are optional and only available when the Department Job and Step Use Flags are checked on the Configure tab of the Main Company dialog box Also if you changed the name used to refer to Steps on the Defaults tab of the Main Company dialog box that name will be used in lieu of Steps For more information see Main Company page 28 Configure Steps Steps are the third level of the Job Costing feature Departments and Jobs are above it 1 Click the Configure menu Job Costing Step The Configure Step window will open Configure Step SS A Code Name V Active V Validate V Use Hourly Wage V Use Charge Rate V Use Piece Rate Budgeted Total Hours 0 00 Budgeted Total Dollars 0 0000 Hourly wage 0 0000 Charge rate 0 0000 DListed Piece work rate 0 0000 Figure 73 Configure Step 2 The Configure Step dialog box contains the following information O January 2009 Time America Inc 102 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Code Name Active Validate Use Hourly Wage Use Charge Rate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field En
454. ter a code to identify the Step The code s length and type numeric or alphanumeric is determined in the Defaults dialog box in the Main Company dialog box see page 28 Once saved this code cannot be changed This is a required field Enter the Step name as it will appear in the system and on reports The Step name can be up to 30 characters long Check this box to indicate that the Step is currently in use Clear this check box if the Step is not being used at this time Check this box to send a Validation to the clocks The clocks will then display this Step s name for employee confirmation when the employee enters its Step Code NOTE The Load Level Validation option must also be selected under Polling see Polling page 388 in order for this feature to be fully functional Check this box to pay all employees assigned to this Step a standard hourly wage whenever they work in this Step Checking this box will enable the Hourly Wage field in which you define the amount of the wage NOTE This Hourly Wage is also known as the Level Wage If this wage is different than the employee s individual wage the employee s individual wage takes precedence To cause the Hourly Wage Level Wage to take precedence check the Use Level Wage before default assignment wage option on the Configure tab of the Configure Main Company dialog box Check this box to define the rate charged for all employees assigned to this Step wheneve
455. ter of the Groups screen 3 Click the Edit button next to the Shift Details window The Details screen will become available for you to edit the selected Shift Edit the settings as described in the Configure Shift section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Shift screen Click on the Differential tab to edit a shift differential Click the Edit button AO OL E O January 2009 Time America Inc 81 Genesis Pro Manual 8 Edit the From To Day and Differential number 9 Click OK to commit the changes and close the Shift Differential dialog box 10 Click Close to exit the Configure Shift dialog box Delete a Shift 1 Click the Configure menu Shift The Configure Shift dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Shift you wish to from the list in the Center of the Groups screen 3 Click the Delete button next to the Shift Details window You will be prompted xi 7 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 57 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Shift dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 82 Genesis Pro Manual Holidays The Holiday feature specifies which dates are considered company holidays How employees are paid for the holidays is defined within Policies section Holidays must be defined in order to post employee time toward a paid holiday rather than time worked as well as to generate time and attendance report
456. ternal files For more information on this feature see Importing page 400 Allows the employee to export data from Genesis Pro to an external file For more information on this feature see Exporting page 404 Allows the employee access to the print setup information from the File menu See page 284 Allows the employee to Print Barcode list For more information on this feature see Print Barcode page 410 130 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Check All Uncheck All Definition This option will activate all available features in the File window This option will inactivate all available features in the File window 4 The Edittab grants access to features under the Edit menu and contains the following information Configure Security Levels POLL POLL TIME CLOCKS a 3 Listed Code Name POLL TIME CLOCKS Y Active Set Date and Time Print Lists File Edit Reports Configure Clocks View Add Edit Delete View Add Edit Delete Approval Editor Messages Employee Wages Badges Timecard Profiles Approve Timecard Clocks Status Board Schedule Task Organizer Allow Schedule Override Global Transactions Benefit Accruals Status Occurance Ratings Benefits Check all Uncheck all Figure 94 Security Levels Edit tab Setting Approval Editor E
457. that has been cleared Clear Templates Check this option to clear the templates from the clock USE THIS OPTION VERY CAREFULLY as it will delete all existing templates in the clock and employees will not be able to punch until the templates are restored Retrieve Hand Templates Check this option to download new hand templates from the clock for input into the Genesis Pro database 397 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Process Punches Check this option to automatically put the after polling punches into the online timecards of the employees 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Auto Process Maintenance screen 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Auto Process Screen 6 Click Start to activate the Auto Process schedule NOTE Genesis Pro must be running for the Auto Process to work You may minimize the Genesis Pro window NOTE For network installs you will need to check that the network is not doing any backups or running any utilities during the auto processing schedule Run Reports AutoProcess 1 If Run Reports is selected choose the report s you wish to run by double clicking each report to tag it and filling in the report settings The Report Parameters dialog box for the selected report will open 2 Fill in the Report Parameters windows as described in the Run Reports section 3 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Auto Process
458. the General tab 9 Fill in the settings as described in the Configure section for the appropriate clock See TA500 600 page 305 ATS page 357 Hand Reader page 362 10 When all settings are complete click OK to commit the changes Edit a Clock _ Click the Clocks menu Configure and select the type of clock you wish to edit The Configure Clock dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Clock you wish to edit using the drop down list at the top of the screen wo Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected category 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure Clock section for the clock you are editing 5 When all settings are complete click OK to commit the changes Delete a Clock 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure and select the type of clock you wish to edit The Configure Clock dialog box will open 2 Highlight the Clock you wish to edit using the drop down list at the top of the screen 3 Click the Delete button You will be prompted O January 2009 Time America Inc 380 Genesis Pro Manual xi 2 re you sure you want to delete Figure 316 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Clock dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 381 Genesis Pro Manual Videx Data Collectors The Videx can record employee routes time and monitor productivity for a multitude of industries
459. the left Enter the start and stop schedule change time for rounding rule purposes only 281 Genesis Pro Manual Update Forward Schedule Display Listed Total Scheduled Totals Week Group Division Click this button if you wish to apply the schedule changes into the future Displays a list of employees and their currently assigned schedule for the week Displays the number of employees included in the Multiple Schedule Adjuster Gives the total number of hours that each employee is scheduled to work Gives the total number of hours by day and by week that all the employees are scheduled to work Allows you to select the week for which you wish to adjust the schedule Allows you to filter the employee list by Group Select the Group you wish to view Allows you to filter the employee list by Division Select the division you wish to view 4 Repeat steps 2 through 3 for each employee you wish to change 5 Click Print to view a report defined by Department Job or Step 6 Click Close to exit the Multiple Schedule Adjuster dialog box Global Add Transaction Global Add Transaction allows you to add a transaction of any type for multiple employees This can be used to clock all employees out at a certain time enter vacation or sick time for multiple employees etc 1 Click the Edit menu Global Transactions The Global Add Transaction dialog box will open cional ada Transaction
460. the message you wish to send Up to 16 characters may be entered Or check the Default message to Employee name to send the employee s First Initial and Last Name 4 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Messages screen Edit a Message 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 Highlight the Message you wish to edit Click the Edit button Edit the settings as described in the Add a Message section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Messages screen a gt 0 mn Delete a Message 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 Highlight the Message you wish to delete Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 7 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 206 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion January 2009 Time America Inc 233 Genesis Pro Manual Employee Wages The Wages tab specifies the FLSA status exempt or non exempt and pay rate s for the employee For non exempt employees wages can either be Global or associated with the Department Job Step Operation or Task on which the employee works All options are described in the following sections Configure Employee Wages 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Wages tab to display the following information 00003 Anderson Frank Template Division ALL
461. this entry if any This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break rules defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee as well as the Overtime rules defined in the Policy assigned to this employee Displays the number of hours at OT2 the employee will be paid for this entry if any This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break rules defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee as well as the Overtime rules defined in the Policy assigned to this employee Displays the number of hours at OT3 the employee will be paid for this entry if any This number is calculated using the Start and Stop times adjusted according to the Rounding Lunch and Break rules defined in the Shift Group assigned to this employee as well as the Overtime rules defined in the Policy assigned to this employee Displays the number of unpaid hours for this entry if any Unpaid lunches and breaks will be reflected in this column if appropriate Displays the amount earned for this entry Displays a dot if a Supervisor has gone in to edit the punch Depress this button to automatically process time transactions whenever they are added or edited Processing posts new and changed transactions to the database and allows them to be displayed on all reports If this box is clear you must click the Reprocess button each time
462. this field is based on the Class selected Enter the minimum number of characters that can be entered for this Prompt The default value for this field is 1 but may be changed Enter the number of places after the decimal point for a numeric entry A maximum of 4 decimal places may be entered This field will only be available if a Numeric option was chosen in the Class field Check this box to display the input information Check this box to enforce the Validation available with the Job Cost Validation Module Validation must be turned on for each level Download Names must be checked under the miscellaneous tab and Load Level Validation must be checked as a polling option The clock will check the input information against the downloaded level information If the level entry does not exist at the time of the last programming the data will be considered invalid Click this button to commit the changes made to a key s functions or settings 341 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Swipe and Go Click this button to display the Swipe and Go Definition function since there is no actual Swipe and Go function key Swipe and Go occurs when an employee swipes a card through the clock and is not asked to enter a function Selecting Swipe on the Function Key dropdown menu provides the same information The Swipe and Go function will work with all methods of punching as long as it is activated under Configure Main Compan
463. ting the Ring Delay to 4 means that after the clock detects a ringing phone it will wait 4 rings before answering 0 means DO NOT ANSWER Enter the number of times the computer should attempt to connect to the clock if communication either fails or is interrupted during polling Enter the time difference in hours between the computer and time clock Since the computer can set the clock s time this field compensates for time zone differences between the computer s location and the clock s location When the clock s time is set the system either adds or subtracts this time difference from the computer s clock A setting of 0 indicates that the clock and computer are in the same time zone Select the company division where the clock is located Every transaction entered on this clock is tagged with this division code Enter the badge number that activates the Supervisor mode of the clock 352 Genesis Pro Manual 3 The Policies tab defines the rounding lunch and break policies for the employees using this clock These are not the same as the company policies set up under the Configure menu but rather policies that are transferred to the clock when it is programmed Up to 15 different policies can be defined for the TASC terminal Any company policy that is not defined here is not downloaded to the TASC Configure TASC Series Clocks OListed General r POLICIES Tasc Employe
464. tion Enter the length of time in seconds that the Access relay will keep the door open This value needs to be entered in whole seconds 367 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Access Tries Reject Threshold Keypad beep 12 hour display Use Access Control Access Only terminal Mode Passwords Service Group Setup Management January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the number of times a user may attempt to punch into clock before being locked out If an employee is locked out that employee will not be able to punch until another employee succeeds at punching the clock The Reject Threshold indicates the point at which the clock will reject a hand that does not match its hand template The lower the score the closer the match needs to be If an employee s punch score exceeds the Reject Threshold a reject tone will sound and the punch will not be accepted Check this option to cause a beep to sound when keys are pressed on the clock keypad Check this option to display times in 12 hour format on the clock screen Check this box to use the clock for Access Control to buildings Check this box to use this clock for building access only The clock will not record time punches such as Clock In Start Lunch etc These settings determine what type of punches the clock can accept The options available in this area depend on the type of Hand Reader clock being configured No Menu Use if Swipe a
465. tion company number version and limitations The lower right box details the modules that you have installed in the Genesis system Help Topics 29 Double click the topic you wish to browse This will expand the sub topics below it 30 If necessary double click the sub topic you wish to browse 31 When you find the article you are interested in double click it to open the article Use the Help Index 32 In the Help Topics window click the Index tab 33 Type in the topic you are looking for 34 When you find the article you are interested in double click it to open the article O January 2009 Time America Inc 23 Genesis Pro Manual Use Help Find 35 In the Help Topics window click the Find tab 36 Type in the topic you are looking for 37 If necessary select a word from the list of suggestions 38 When you find the article you are interested in double click it to open the article Return to the Help Topics Window After reading an article you may return to the Help Topics window by clicking the Help Topics button on the toolbar zax Eile Edit Bookmark Options Help Heb Tove Bok em gt Login Hew User This function will log out the current system operator and bring up the fig screen that is shown on start up This is used when one system administrator leaves and another comes in so that new entries wil be registered to the person who entered them Related Topics
466. to exit the Configure Users dialog box SO QO Ne O a SON a 10 Edit a User 1 Click the File menu Security User Maintenance The Configure Users dialog box will open Highlight the User you wish to edit from the list Click the Edit button The tabs will become available for you to edit NOTE The Login field cannot be edited 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure User section 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure User screen 6 Click Close to exit the Configure User dialog box Delete a User 1 Click the File menu Security User Maintenance The Configure Users dialog box will open Highlight the User you wish to delete from the list Click the Delete button You will be prompted O January 2009 Time America Inc 145 Genesis Pro Manual xi 7 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 105 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Users dialog box Who s Logged In The Who s Logged In screen displays the Login and name of all the users currently logged in to Genesis Pro Refresh button is also available to update the screen 1 Click the File menu Security Who s Logged In The Who s Logged In screen will open You may also print login activity by clicking Print Who s Logged In Login Name SYSOP OPERATOR SYSTEM 12 19 2008 14 44 24 al Refresh Login Activitiy Figure 106 Who s Logged
467. to track employee s time and labor cost in terms of hours and dollars Jobs serve many purposes in Genesis Pro Employees can track their time to a job by clocking into and or transferring to the job Wages and piece rates can be associated with the job and employee Hours and wage budgets can be set for the job enabling accurate budget vs actual reporting Jobs are optional and only available when the Department and Job Use Flags are checked on the Configure tab of the Main Company dialog box Also if you changed the name used to refer to Jobs on the Defaults tab of the Main Company dialog box that name will be used in lieu of Jobs For more information see Main Company page 28 Some examples of Jobs might be e Welding e Shipping e Product Development e Work Orders January 2009 Time America Inc 97 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Jobs Jobs are the second level of the Job Costing feature Departments are the top level 1 Click the Configure menu then Job The Configure Job window will open Figure 70 Configure Job 2 The Configure Job dialog box contains the following information Setting Code Name Active Validate January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a code to identify the Job The code s length and type numeric or alphanumeric is determined in the Defaults dialog box in the Main Company dialog box see page 28 Once saved this code cannot
468. try will display in green e D Indicates a default work entry was added when the employee missed a punch as defined in the Policy associated with this employee e F Indicates that the entry was created when Genesis Pro forecasted the employee s hours Time forecasting will display future time transactions based on the employee s current schedule on screen and in reports e S Indicates Genesis Pro has automatically created a Holiday entry This entry will display in black Displays the date of the entry Displays a three character code for the day of the week of the entry Displays the category associated with the entry i e Work Lunch Break Vacation Sick Absent etc Displays the start time of the entry i e the time at which the employee clocked in for the day started lunch etc Displays the stop time of the entry i e the time at which the employee clocked out for the day ended lunch etc By default this field displays the Department the employee worked in By clicking the Department button in the field header you can choose to display the Job Step Operation or Task if applicable Each time you click the button it advances to the next item in order Department Job Step Operation Task eventually returning to Department 170 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Reg oT1 OT2 OT3 Unpaid Dollars Accept Timecard Pay Periods back January 2009 Time America I
469. ts NOTE If the payroll provider you will be using does not appear in the list simply choose either Generic Numeric or Generic Alpha depending on the Pay Code type your provider requires contact your payroll provider to obtain this information 9 When all settings are complete click OK to save the changes and exit the Main Company configuration dialog box January 2009 Time America Inc 35 Genesis Pro Manual Divisions Divisions are subsets of the main company For example a division can be a remote office or separate business unit Divisions are not required and will only be available if the Divisions option is selected in Main Company Configure screen Configure Divisions From the divisions dialog box you may add edit and delete Divisions 1 Click the Configure menu Company Divisions The Configure Divisions dialog box will open Configure Divisions 0001 i Arizona Division 1 Listed Number Name T Show Inactives lu Figure 29 Divisions 2 The Divisions window includes the following information Setting Number Name Active Address Address City O January 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a 4 digit number to identify the division NOTE Do not use 0000 since this number is assigned to the main company and cannot be used for divisions This is a required field Type the division name up to 30 chara
470. ts Check this box to copy Step assignments Check this box to copy Operation assignments Check this box to copy Task assignments 278 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Define Copy These settings determine the date range to be copied to Starting Week Enter the day you wish the copied schedule to start Ending Week Enter the day you wish the copied schedule to end Copy Ongoing Check this option to cause Genesis Pro to automatically copy the template on an ongoing into the future 5 Click the OK button to commit the changes and return to the Global Schedule Copy dialog box Click OK again to complete the assignment Click Close to exit the dialog box Global Status Assignment Global Status Assignment allows you to assign multiple employees to a status area such as Status Work Week Work Type and Policy 1 Click the Edit menu Global Status Assignment The Global Status Assignment dialog box will open Global Status Assignment Add Add all 90013 Gu v 38 Available 0 Selected Figure 251 Global Status Assignment 2 Select the employee s you wish to assign using the techniques described above see Selecting Employees in Global Operation Dialog Boxes page 272 3 Click the Details button The Global Status Assignment Details dialog box will open January 2009 Time America Inc 279 Genesis Pro Manual Global Status Assignment Detail Date AAI wed Details Y I
471. ts to Task settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Configure Tasks page 112 Defines the user s access rights to Profile Lockouts settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Profile Lockouts page 166 Defines the user s access rights to Bell Schedule settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete For more information on this feature see Bell Schedules page 165 Defines the user s access rights to Reason settings The options are View Add Edit and Delete This option will activate all available features in the Configure window This option will inactivate all available features in the Configure window 7 The Clocks tab grants access to features under the Clocks menu and contains the following information January 2009 Time America Inc 137 Genesis Pro Manual Configure Security Levels POLL POLL TIME CLOCKS 3 Listed A Code File Poll V Start Change Selections Schedule v Options 7 Name POLL TIME CLOCKS v Active Set Date and Time Print Lists Edit Reports Configure i Clocks Auto Process Confiqure View View Add Edit Del Start V Set Date and Time Figure 97 Security Levels Clocks tab Setting Poll Start Change
472. tting will not grant employee hours if the employee status is inactive 150 Genesis Pro Manual Accumulator Details Year Month One Time Straight Given Hours at end Hours from Categories to sum X Minimum Hours Needed January 2009 Time America Inc This section displays the details for accumulating or accruing the category selected There can be multiple accumulator details for one category The Accumulator section displays the rules for details already added To display the entry screen for an Accumulator click the Add buiton This is a required field Enter the number of years of service after which this rule takes effect To have the rule start immediately select 0 Works in conjunction with the months This is a required field Enter the number of months of service after which this rule takes effect To have the rule start immediately select 0 Works in conjunction with the years This setting allows you to grant a one time benefit of this category This field is optional For example you might want to give a length of service bonus of 40 hours on the employee s anniversary in addition to their regular accruals This benefit occurs only once it does not recur each year This setting allows you to enter a set number of hours granted at the end of the Posting Basis period weekly biweekly etc This field is optional For example to grant 8 hours of time per month you would choos
473. tton The Benefit Details screen will display 3 Highlight the item you wish to delete 4 Click the Delete button You will be prompted xi 2 Are you sure you want to delete Figure 198 Deletion Confirmation January 2009 Time America Inc 226 Genesis Pro Manual 5 Click OK to confirm the deletion 6 Click OK to confirm the Archive message 7 Click Close to return to the Benefits screen Benefit Accruals Configure 1 Navigate to the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee page 204 2 Click the Benefits tab to display the following information Configure Employee Messages Wages Badges Profiles Detail 00010 Timecard Schedule Transactions Status Wayne John Fiscal Date 01 01 2002 Hire Date 01 01 2002 59 Days of Service D eras zo Description Allowed Taken Anderson Frank 00003 00 eS Baines Peter 00002 00004 00005 00001 Pending Left Count Carry date ain aE SICK SICE PAID oc 00 1 0 00 Ooo 2007 WAC VACATION 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 O 01 01 2002 6 Listed Print Close Figure 199 Configure Employee Benefits tab Setting Definition Fiscal Date Displays the employee s Fiscal Date set on the Detail tab for information purposes Hire Date Displays the employee s Hire Date set on the Detail tab for information purposes Days of Service Displays the number of Days of Service the employee has for information purposes Code Displays the catego
474. type Table DBF y Cancel Figure 337 Open January 2009 Time America Inc 404 Genesis Pro Manual Select the file you wish to export and click the USE button to continue Select the type of file you wish to export to See above for a list of the available file types 5 Click the Save As button to define the file name of the exported data The Save As dialog box will open Save in Y DBFS lt a c Ed Delimited file Save as type File v Cancel Help Figure 338 Save As 6 Inthe File Name box enter the name you wish to use for the exported data file The extension will fill in automatically based on the type of file chosen in the previous dialog box Click Save to continue Click OK to begin the export January 2009 Time America Inc 405 Genesis Pro Manual System Utilities Genesis Pro provides utilities to keep your system running smoothly Among other things these utilities can repair databases perform backups and archive data for long term storage Because these utilities affect data and ultimately your payroll contact your local representative if you have questions or concerns about the operation of a specific utility The following utilities are found under the Utilities menu under File and are described in this section e Reindex Databases e Repair Databases e Update Databases e Initialize Databases e Change Employee Number e Change Employee Number Width e Print
475. u the latest in highly functional portables For more information see Videx DuraTrax page 382 Third Party Terminals Third Party Terminals is an optional module that allows the use of Biometric Hand Readers ATS series clocks and biometric fingerprint readers For more information see Hand Readers page 362 and see ATS page 357 January 2009 Time America Inc 167 Genesis Pro Manual Chapter VI Additional Employee Features This section reviews the additional Employee Features that are available with Genesis Pro This section includes the following e Employee Reviewer e Time Sheets Employee Reviewer The Employee Reviewer is an optional module that allows the employees to view the timecard tab schedule tab transactions tab and benefit tab Exempt salary employees can also submit online electronic times sheets This is a view only module that will not allow the employee to make any changes to their punch schedule or benefit information however they will be able to change their password Accessing Employee Reviewer Click the Start button on your PC Highlight Programs then Genesis Pro then click Employee Reviewer Enter your Login ID employee number and Password NOTE The first time that you access the Employee Reviewer you will not have a password to enter ID 000000001 Password Figure 127 Employee Reviewer Login Screen 4 Click OK January 2009 Time America Inc 168 Genesis Pro M
476. u to record a time entry on behalf of an employee For example you might need to add a missed Clock Out add a lunch or break or enter a vacation day Examples of transactions are Clocked In Punching In for the day Clocked Out Punching Out for the day Swipe and Go Swipe and go transaction Out For Lunch Punching Out for lunch In From Lunch Punching In from lunch Out On Break Punching Out for break January 2009 Time America Inc 253 Genesis Pro Manual In From Break Punching In from break Enter Department Transferring departments Enter Tips Entering tips Miscellaneous Miscellaneous transactions are used to add or subtract dollars or hours including vacation and other categories of time as well as per diem tips and other categories of dollars There are several ways to add transactions All accomplish the same end but some are easier to use in certain instances All are described below Add Transaction Transactions can be added from the Online Timecard or from the Transactions tab of the Configure Employee dialog box The method is the same in both locations This option for adding a transaction works best when you are going to manually enter all elements of the transaction NOTE A popup window is available to add edit Start and Stop entries The popup window can be accessed by double clicking or a right click in the Start and Stop fields Date and Time Date and Time 01 06 2005 07 00 00 AM Thu
477. u wish to edit Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected category 4 Edit the settings as described in the Configure Videx Data Collector section When all settings are complete click OK to commit the changes O January 2009 Time America Inc 385 Genesis Pro Manual Delete a Data Collector 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure and select the type of clock you wish to edit The Configure Videx Data Collectors dialog box will open Highlight the Data Collector you wish to delete Click the Delete button You will be prompted Confirmation X Are you sure you want to delete C Figure 321 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Videx Data Collectors dialog box Set Date and Time The Set Date and Time function synchronizes the date and time of the terminals with the computer that is running the software You can set the date and time on one or more clocks However all clocks must be defined in Clock Maintenance before the date and time is set Before using this function the host computer must be set to the correct date and time Otherwise all clock transactions will have an incorrect date and time stamp although admittedly they ll all be synchronized NOTE It is recommended that you do not perform this function during periods of high clock activity such as the start of day when employees are clocking In 1
478. uary 2009 Time America Inc Definition This is a required field Enter a unique code up to 4 characters to identify the clock Once defined this code cannot be changed Enter a description of the clock This description will be seen in the system and on reports This field can be used to describe the clock type and it s location in your facility i e TA715 In BUILDING TWO The clock description can be up to 30 characters long Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use Uncheck this box if the clock is not being used at this time THIS WILL ONLY SHOW FOR THE TA780 TA785 SERIES Only select finger if the clock will accept fingerprints Select the type of connection this clock will use The options are e Direct RS232 e LAN RS485 e Modem e Ethernet For more information on these connections see Types of Connections page 304 Select the communications port on your computer that will be used to communicate with the clock The factory default is COM 1 322 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Serial Baud This is the Direct connection RS232 in the Communication Path field e RS232 Baud 19200 for all clocks Lan These settings become available when LAN has been chosen as the communication type in the Communication Path field Baud Rate The default is 19200 baud Make sure the baud rate selected here matches the baud rate defined at the clock All clocks use 19200 f
479. unch Lunch Duration MM Deduct lunch after HH MM Lunch grace MM Lunch minimum MM Definition Check this box to allow employees to punch In and Out for lunch Clear this box if employees do not punch for lunches Check this box if employee lunches are paid Paid lunches are not deducted from the shift s total hours Clear this check box if employee lunches are not paid Enter the lunch period duration in minutes for this policy The default is 60 minutes or one hour The lunch duration specified is automatically deducted from daily total hours after this length of time is worked The default is 5 00 In other words after 5 hours of worked time the value in Lunch Duration is deducted from the total hours for that day Enter the number of minutes over Lunch Duration that is in graced For example if 05 is entered here and 60 in Lunch Duration any employee that punches In from Lunch within 65 minutes from punching Out is not considered late The default is 05 or 5 minutes Enter the minimum number of minutes an employee must take for lunch to be deducted Punching Out for Lunch and back In within this time is not counted toward lunch The default is 05 or 5 minutes 4 The TASC Employee tab lists the employees that can use this clock and contains the following information Configure TASC Series Clocks O Listed Code Cane F Show Inactive General Policies Code Name Badge Policy Dept Expo
480. unch End Lunch End Day Enter Department Enter Job Enter Step January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Select the pay type that applies for this shift Work Type in the specific start time of the shift for the day Type in the specific start time for lunch Type in the specific end time for lunch Type in the specific end time of the shift for the day Select the department to which this shift will be coded Select the job to which this shift will be coded Select the step to which this shift will be coded 197 Genesis Pro Manual Note You do have the ability to complete a single day and Submit Shifts For Processing only for that day or you can wait and complete the entire week then Submit Shift For Processing 9 When all shifts have been entered click the Save New Shifts button The WebClock Time Sheet Submittal Page will appear with the entered data 11 2402 Sunday For woex 3 Poo 03 00 lt No Chenge gt fete Chenge gt E lt No Ghenge gt J 112502 Monday EXT WORK 07 11 3 1 1 1 Customer Service Tra 1 Genesis Pro Training PM work 0300 No Changes Dette Changes E lt No Changer 3 11 6027 Tuesday Save New Stats WORK 1 tomer Service Trainin sene Pro Trar P WORK J 0300 lt No Change EI lt No Change gt lt No Change gt y 112792 Wednosday Save Srta WORK 33 16 tomer Ser Y dl 1 Gene p Y P WORK E 03 00 No Change 2 f lt No Change No Change gt
481. unch period must be taken within a specified window of time For example an employee s lunch period is from 12 00 P M to 1 00 P M If the Punched check box is not selected this period is deducted automatically if lunch is unpaid If the Punched check box is selected the employee must punch Out for and In from lunch within this time period If the employee punches Out at 11 30 A M and punches In at 12 30 P M 112 hours is counted as lunch If the employee punches Out at 12 30 P M and punches In at 1 00 P M one hour is counted as lunch even though only 1 2 hour was taken Define the time frame in the Window Deduct box below Select this option if the shift s lunch period is automatically deducted after a number of elapsed hours If the Punched check box is also selected the punched time overrides the elapsed time In other words if the employee does not punch Out for and In from lunch the shifts lunch period is automatically deducted after the elapsed time Define the elapsed time in the Elapsed Deduct box below If no restrictions apply to the shifts lunch period select this option Typically if the employee has a paid lunch clear the Punched check box and select None This prohibits the employee s lunch period from being deducted from the shift s total hours If Swipe and Go is in use this tells Genesis Pro what the maximum amount of time a lunch or break can be Enter time in military format Genesis Pr
482. uplicate records with the archived data Check this option to have Genesis Pro keep existing records and ignore the duplicate archived data Check this option to restore data for all employees Check this option to restore data for individuals You have the opportunity to choose employees after clicking the OK button Enter the date range for which you wish to restore records TIP To restore all transactions for the chosen employees contained in this archive put in 01 01 1900 in the first field and today s date in the second field 3 Click OK If All Employees was selected the restoration process will begin immediately If Individual Employees was selected you will be prompted to select the employees after which the restoration will begin System Backup System Backup takes a copy of the database files as of the date of the backup These backup files can be restored if necessary If for some reason the computer network crashes the data can be loaded into a new or existing installation of Genesis Pro with no downtime Backing up Genesis Pro should be done on a regular basis January 2009 Time America Inc 420 Genesis Pro Manual 1 Click the File menu Utilities System Backup The System Backup Maintenance dialog box will open System Backup Maintenance Backup filename EQN gt BACKUP TO Destination CAGENPRO BACKUP BACKUP SQ2 OK Cancel Figure 358 System Backup M
483. ure Clocks Definition Select the status of employee to be printed The options are Active Prints barcodes for active employees only Inactive Prints barcodes for inactive employees only Both Prints barcodes for both active and inactive Select where you want the completed barcodes to go The options are Screen Previews the badges on screen from which you can print Printer Sends the badges directly to the printer File Sends the badges to an external file Select the employee s for whom you wish to make badges Click the Add button to add the selected employee or the Add All button to add all employees Click OK to create the badges The badges will be sent to the Output Destination selected 18 x 18 x ge 1 Genesis Pro Time America Inc Help 4 January 2009 Time America Inc ils ef gt Di Foe e el 00001 MANN 00002 AMANDA 00004 AI 00005 Ll Figure 347 Completed Badges Click Close to exit the dialog box 411 Genesis Pro Manual Level Codes The Print Level Codes utility generates labels that contain barcodes for the different Department Jobs Steps Operations and Tasks if applicable in your database 1 Click the File menu Utilities Print Barcodes Level Codes The Select Level dialog box will open The title of this dialog box will reflect the current level chosen Select Departments E Selection Department Ster
484. ure Job dialog box will open Click the Add button to add a new Job The General tab will become available 001 General ADMIN A Figure 71 Adding a new Job Fill in the settings as described in the Configure Jobs section Click OK to commit the changes and close the Job dialog box Click Close to exit the Configure Job dialog box Click the Configure menu then Job The Configure Job dialog box will open Highlight the Job you wish to edit from the list at the side of the screen Click the Edit button The General screen will become available for you to edit the selected Job NOTE The Code field cannot be edited Edit the settings as described in the Configure Jobs section Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Configure Job screen Click Close to exit the Configure Job dialog box Jobs that are in use cannot be deleted O January 2009 Time America Inc 101 Genesis Pro Manual 1 Click the Configure menu then Job The Configure Job dialog box will open Highlight the Job you wish to delete from the list at the side of the screen Click the Delete button You will be prompted Confirmation X Are you sure you want to delete Ca Ceres Figure 72 Deletion Confirmation 4 Click OK to confirm the deletion 5 Click Close to exit the Configure Job dialog box Steps Steps are the third level in Job Costing Steps are used to track employee s time and labor cost in terms of hours and dollars S
485. us entry using this category paid Miscellaneous refers to an entry other than Work Can this This option will only be available if miscellaneous entries category be are paid Select this option to accrue time in this category overtime towards overtime Clearing this option causes the system to prohibit overtime calculation on this category If the category can be overtime it is also possible to default to a specific level as well as enable it to accumulate towards overtime Defaults Determines to which pay factor this category should default The options are Regular OT1 OT2 and OT3 Deducts from Enables you to select a benefit entitlement bucket from which to deduct time posted to this category For example you might have a category called Family Illness that deducts from the Sick time entitlement This enables you to itemize the specific type of time taken while still tracking the time against a generic entitlement This option is mutually exclusive with the Post to benefit entitlement which causes the category to become its own benefit entitlement entry Factor This setting works with the Deducts from setting Enter the factor at which this category s time should be deducted i e a factor of 1 would indicate that for every one hour worked one hour would be deducted A factor of 2 would indicate that for every one hour worked two hours would be deducted Post to Select this option to post accrued time in this catego
486. ust be scheduled at a time when it is most likely that all users will be logged out If another user is logged into the system this Event will be skipped Select this option to schedule an event that will Backup all the system databases This Event must be scheduled at a time when it is most likely that all users will be logged out If another user is logged into the system this Event will be skipped The items that display in this list depend upon the type of AutoProcess chosen For example if Poll Clocks is selected this list will display all the clocks configured in the program To select a single item double click the item to tag it Click the Tag All button to select all items Enter the time at which you want the process to occur Select the days of the week you want the process to occur Click the Tag All button to select all the items in the list Click Untag All to deselect all the items in the list 395 Genesis Pro Manual Poll Clocks AutoProcess 1 If Poll Clocks is selected select the clock s you wish to poll with this process by double clicking each clock to tag it 2 If Poll Clocks is selected click the Polling Options button to configure the settings for polling The Polling Options dialog box will open 3 Ci E tior J Set clocks date and time T Program clocks Load Bell schedules T Load Access control table T Load Profile tables T Load Level Validation I Load Message
487. wer e Third Party Terminals Job Costing NOTE The optional Job Costing Module includes Step Operation and Task The Job Costing module is used to further track employee time and labor costs by job or project both in terms of hours and money Five levels of job costing are available by default these are called Department Job Step Operation and Task Departments are divided into Jobs Jobs are divided into Steps Steps are divided into Operations and Operations are further divided into Tasks You may use one or all of these levels depending upon your needs Each item can be assigned an hourly wage and or a piece rate For more information see Job Costing page 91 NOTE You will not be able to use Job without Department Step without Job Operation without Step Task without Operation Bell Schedules The Bell Schedules module allows your time clock to activate a bell at specified times of day For example you might have a bell ring to announce the start of a shift break or lunch and the end of the day The bell schedule is defined by the day of the week the time of day and the duration of the bell The bell schedules module can ring up to 336 bells per Time clock per week Each bell schedule template can contain multiple bell details Once the Bell Schedule has been created you will add the individual dates and times the bells will ring The Bell Schedule is then downloaded to the appropriate time clocks For more information se
488. wn boxes at the top of the dialog box select the Month and Year that contains the days for which you wish to add the Miscellaneous transactions Click the dates on the calendar for which you wish to add the transactions The dates selected will appear to be indented 4 Click the Apply button The Category code will appear on the days selected O January 2009 Time America Inc 261 Genesis Pro Manual Multiple Miscellaneous Transaction AAA Miscellaneous Information December 2008 Time 07 00 00 AM SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT VAC VACATION Hours Y 1 2 5 6 A ere z7 el El 13 HH MM 08 00 Amount 800 15 16 i H 20 C Accrue towards overtime 21 22 23 24 25 T 6 7 Differential 0O1020304 vac vac vac vac VAC C A al AEN 281 af f a Reason v Job Cost Level Override OK Cancel Figure 231 Multiple Miscellaneous 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Online Timecard From Schedule From Schedule adds a Clock In for the day and a Clock Out for the day punch taking the times from the employee s schedule This is useful when the employee did not punch in or out for the day but worked the scheduled times TIP You can check the Show Schedule option at the bottom of the Online Timecard in order to verify the scheduled Start and Stop times prior to using this feature 1 Navigate to the Online Timecard for the
489. y See Main Company page 28 WebClock Configuration of the WebClock is done under the TA600 Series time clock Since multiple clocks can be defined in the Genesis Pro a copy feature is available to copy an existing clock s parameters when adding a new clock This eliminates the need to re enter an entirely new clock configuration NOTE The TimeSheet Submittal portion of WebClock only permits up to 3 levels of Job Costing to be entered or transferred Configure a WebClock 1 Click the Clocks menu Configure TA600 The Configure Clock dialog box will open Configure TA600 Series Clocks PC PC Clock Path 7 Baud rate 9600 v Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info 1 Listed Code C Name I Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 297 Configure WebClock Clocks General Tab 2 The dialog box contains several tabs all of which are described below The General tab defines the communication and general operation settings and contains the following information Setting Definition Code This is a required field Enter WEB and a number for this code For example WEB1 or WEB2 January 2009 Time America Inc 342 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Definition Description In this field enter the name of the WebClock for the description Active Click the Active check box to indicate that the clock is currently in use U
490. y 2009 Time America Inc 328 Genesis Pro Manual Configure TA780 Series Clocks O Listed General Configure Function Keys Miscellaneous Access Control Diag Info Prog Info Assignments CLOCK CODE 100 Function key IN v Prompt 1 Prompt 2 Soft key Non Prompt 3 Prompt 4 Type Maximum input characters 11 Minimum input characters 1 Number of decimal 5 l Swipe amp go definition Update soft key OK Cancel Figure 290 Configure TA780 Clock Function Keys tab Settin Clock Code Function Key Soft Key Supervisor only January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Displays the unique ID code assigned to this clock Displays the function key number of the key selected on the keypad graphic to the left Displays the software function currently assigned to the selected key See page 371 fora description of the functions available Check this box to allow only supervisor access to this function key Supervisor access is gained by swiping a supervisor badge in the clock This is used for function keys that collect data or change employee assignments such as Group Transfer or Category Entry Clearing this box permits any employee to access this function key 329 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Check Profiles Check Access Prompt Swipe Key Bar Code January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Check this box to enforce Prof
491. y Shift workers in which unique Shifts may start at 7am 8am and 9am Rounding rules are applied to the Shift Group to determine employee tardiness and rounding An employee assigned to a Shift Group can be assigned to any of the individual shifts within it The employee may also float between Shifts which causes Genesis Pro to determine tardiness and rounding according to the Shift the employee punched in closest to For example an employee that clocks in at 7 45am would be considered to be on the 8am Shift that day simply because he she clocked in closer to 8am than to 7am The parameters for this cut off are defined as part of the Shift You will first create the Shift Group Days Swing Graveyard etc and then will create the unique Shifts within it Configure a Shift Group A Shift Group is made up of individual Shifts that are unique but are related in some way For example the Day Shift Group has Shifts that all take place during daylight hours but has unique starting amp stopping times 7am 4pm 8am 5pm 9am 6pm etc 1 Click the Configure menu Shifts The Configure Shifts dialog box will open The Configure Shifts dialog box contains three tabs which are described below Configure Shifts 001 Groups Detais Differentia Standard Shift pr Code 1001 Name Standard Shil Flex Open I Show Inactives Add Edit Delete Print Close Figure 51 Shifts 2 The Shift Groups tab defines the settings
492. y and Verification automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Authority and Verification Click this button to select employees based on Group Employees selected are assigned the default Authority and Verification automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Authority and Verification Click this button to remove all employees currently assigned to the clock Click this button to assign all employees to the clock Employees selected are assigned the default Authority and Verification automatically NOTE If you use this method to choose employees you may want to Edit the employee in order to choose another Authority and Verification Click this button to select employees individually You will be prompted to select the following Authority The Authority Level defines which clock menus employee can view or use at the clock The following options are available Employee Supervisor or Configuration Verification The Verification Level defines the false read threshold Configuration of the TA715 Series TA777 Series and TA780 Series time clocks is virtually identical For this reason they are combined into one section Since multiple clocks can be defined in the Genesis Pro a copy feature is available to copy an existing clock s parameters when adding a new cl
493. you don t have to reinvent the wheel each time NOTE However any changes that are made to the schedule that was copied will apply to all schedules that are base on that template The Copy Schedule feature allows you to copy a previously defined Template This step is the first step in copying a schedule 1 Navigate to the Schedule tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Schedules page 211 2 Check the Template box The Define Template dialog box will open Template Name OK Cancel Figure 189 Employee Schedule Template Check the Use Employee as template box Enter a name for this template Try to make it as descriptive as possible and avoid using employee names as it may be difficult to remember what type of schedule the employee has 5 Click OK to commit the changes and return to the Schedule screen Copy an Employee Schedule Template The Copy Schedule feature allows you to copy a previously defined Employee Schedule Template See Create an Employee Schedule Template 1 Navigate to the Schedule tab of the Configure Employee window See Configure Employee Schedules page 211 2 Click the Copy button The Schedule Copy Details dialog box will open O January 2009 Time America Inc 217 Genesis Pro Manual Schedule Copy Details COPY SCHEDULE FROM Code WHAT TO COPY Y Shift Info Work Y Department DEFINE COPY Copy from selected Employ
494. you want to update employee transactions Depress this button to display the employee s scheduled start and stop times on screen This can be used to help with editing when there is an absence or missing punch 208 Genesis Pro Manual Setting Forecasting button Approve Unapprove button Pay Periods back Pay Period Key Date Column January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Depress this button to generate projected time transactions Time forecasting will display future time transactions based on the employee s current schedule on screen and in reports Depress this button to approve or unapprove the selected pay period for the selected employee Click the scroll arrow and choose the number of pay periods prior to the current one you wish to view NOTE Although you may view prior pay periods only editable pay periods may be changed This is determined by the Number of Editable Pay Periods in Configure Main Company dialog box and the Block Prior Pay Periods setting for the current user Displays the starting date and the ending date of the currently selected pay period When cursor moves over this box it will explain the attendance codes e A Indicates a system generated absence This entry will display in Red e M Indicates a missing punch This entry will display in purple e P Indicates a prior day adjustment This entry will display in orange e Il Indicates a work period I
495. ype field and select the type of period Lunch Break or None to be defined in this row For example to define a windowed lunch period select Lunch as the Type For windowed lunches or breaks if the lunch or break is paid select the Paid check box Otherwise clear this box to indicate an unpaid lunch or break These settings define the parameters for Window Lunches and Breaks If Window is selected in either the Lunch or Breaks sections you must configure this section Select the type of entry you are defining Lunch or Break and enter the times for the Out and In punches Enter the starting and ending times of the lunch period or break in the Out and In fields Time must be entered in HH MM in military format These settings define the parameters for Elapsed Lunches and Breaks If Elapsed is selected in either the Lunch or Breaks sections you must configure this section Enter the number of hours that need to elapse before a Lunch or Break is automatically deducted For example if three hours must elapse enter 03 00 in this field Click the button to the left of the From field and select whether the elapsed time starts from the Actual In Punch or Shift Start Time The word Punch or Shift displays in this field to indicate your selection Enter the time to be automatically deducted for the Lunch or Break For example to deduct one hour enter 01 00 These settings define how long the employee is allowed for lu
496. ys in the pay period 57 14 budgeted total hours 104 Genesis Pro Manual Add a Step 1 Setting Budgeted Total Dollars Hourly Wage Charge Rate Piece Work Rate box will open available January 2009 Time America Inc Definition Enter the maximum number of dollars that are budgeted for this entire Step per day in the pay period This information is used for Actual vs Budgeted reports only it does not impact the employee s ability to clock in This field is optional This number indicates the dollars budgeted per day in the pay period Calculate this number by multiplying the number of employees working in the Step by the dollar amount each employee is expected to accumulate in the pay period This number is then divided by the total number of days in the pay period Example 10 employees X 600 dollars per pay period 6000 total dollars 6000 total dollars 7 days in the pay period 857 14 budgeted total dollars Enter the hourly wage paid to employees working in this Step The Use Hourly Wage check box must be selected for this field to be available Enter the charge rate received for the employees working in this step The Use Charge Rate check box must be selected for this field to be available Enter the amount per item produced piece paid to employees working in this Step Employees will enter the number of pieces produced at the clock and will be paid this rate for each p
497. ys the date on which the time was posted or taken Time Displays the time at which the time was posted or taken Amount Displays the number of hours posted or taken Balance Displays the running balance after the transaction Category Displays the Category of the benefit time Type Displays what type of benefit transaction it was Bonus Hours indicates time earned or accrued Misc Entry Indicates time taken Hours Adj Indicates a manual adjustment Balance Adj Indicates a Balance Adjustment Archived Indicates whether these transactions are ina data set that has already been archived For more information on Archiving see Archive page 417 Show Accrued Check this box to display the adjustments that Adjustments have been made to accrued Benefits Manual Adj Button Click this button to make a manual adjustment For more information see Manual Benefit Adjustment page 230 4 Click OK to close the Benefit Details screen January 2009 Time America Inc 229 Genesis Pro Manual Benefit Accruals Manual Benefit Adjustment It is possible to make manual adjustments to an employee s Benefit Entitlement These adjustments can be additions or deductions to the employee s available benefits You can also use this feature to zero out the employee s balance called a balance adjustment 1 Navigate to the Benefits tab of the Configure Employee window See Benefit Accruals Configure page 227 2 Click the Details button

Genesis Pro Manual - 10.01b

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents